UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
___________

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

  x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

 
OR

  o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 
For the transition period from ____________ to ____________


Commission file number 0-24566-01
MB FINANCIAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Maryland
 
36-4460265
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
800 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois
 
60607
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
(Zip Code)


Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (888) 422-6562

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
     
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
   
 
 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

 
 

 


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.           Yes x  No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.      Yes o   No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statement incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.       o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.  See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer x       Accelerated filer o
 
     Non-accelerated filer                                            o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)                                Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).                        Yes o   No x

The aggregate market value of the voting shares held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $722,242,874 as of June 30, 2008, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.  Solely for the purpose of this computation, it has been assumed that executive officers and directors of the Registrant are “affiliates”.

There were issued and outstanding 34,934,157 shares of the Registrant’s common stock as of February 27, 2009.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Document
   
Part of Form 10-K
       
Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement to
     
be used in conjunction with the Registrant’s
   
Part III
2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
     


 
 

 


MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

FORM 10-K

December 31, 2008

INDEX

     
Page
     
 
Business
4
 
Risk Factors
14
 
Unresolved Staff Comments
19
 
Properties
19
 
Legal Proceedings
21
 
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
21
       
     
 
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
22
 
Selected Financial Data
24
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
28
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
49
 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
53
 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
99
 
Controls and Procedures
99
 
Other Information
99
       
     
 
Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance
100
 
Executive Compensation
100
 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners,  and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
100
 
Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence
101
 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
101
       
     
 
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
102
   
103
       


 
3

 

PART I
 
Item 1.   Business

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
 
When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, in press releases or other public shareholder communications, or in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases "believe," "will," "should," "will likely result," "are expected to," "will continue," "is anticipated," "estimate," "project," "plans," or similar expressions are intended to identify "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made.  These statements may relate to MB Financial, Inc.’s future financial performance, strategic plans or objectives, revenues or earnings projections, or other financial items.  By their nature, these statements are subject to numerous uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in the statements.
 
Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated or projected include, but are not limited to, the following (1) the credit risks of lending activities, including changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, which could necessitate additional provisions for loan losses; (2) competitive pressures among depository institutions; (3) interest rate movements and their impact on customer behavior and net interest margin; (4) the impact of repricing and competitors' pricing initiatives on loan and deposit products; (5) fluctuations in real estate values; (6) the ability to adapt successfully to technological changes to meet customers' needs and developments in the market place; (7) our ability to realize the residual values of our direct finance, leveraged, and operating leases; (8) our ability to access cost-effective funding; (9) changes and volatility in financial markets; (10) changes in economic conditions in general and in the Chicago metropolitan area in particular; (11) the costs, effects and outcomes of litigation; (12) new legislation or regulatory changes, including but not limited to changes in federal and/or state tax laws or interpretations thereof by taxing authorities and other governmental initiatives affecting the financial services industry; (13) changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines; (14) our future acquisitions of other depository institutions or lines of business.
 
We do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date on which the forward-looking statement is made.
 
General
 
MB Financial, Inc., headquartered in Chicago, Illinois, is a financial holding company with 72 banking offices located primarily in the Chicago area.  The words "MB Financial,"  "the Company," "we," "our" and "us" refer to MB Financial, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, unless we indicate otherwise.  Our primary market is the Chicago metropolitan area, in which we operate 71 banking offices through our bank subsidiary, MB Financial Bank, N.A. (MB Financial Bank).  MB Financial Bank also has one banking office in the city of Philadelphia.  Through MB Financial Bank, we offer a broad range of financial services primarily to small and middle market businesses and individuals in the markets that we serve.  Our primary lines of business include commercial banking, retail banking and wealth management.  As of December 31, 2008, we had total assets of $8.8 billion, deposits of $6.5 billion, stockholders’ equity of $1.1 billion, an asset management and trust department with approximately $3.3 billion in assets under management, including approximately $702.1 million that represents our own investment accounts under management, and a broker/dealer subsidiary, Vision Investment Services, Inc., with $479.2 million in assets under administration.
 
We were incorporated as a Maryland corporation in 2001 as part of the merger of MB Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (which we sometimes refer to as Old MB Financial) and MidCity Financial Corporation (MidCity Financial).  This all-stock, merger-of-equals transaction, which we accounted for as pooling-of-interests, was completed on November 6, 2001 through the merger of Old MB Financial and MidCity Financial into our newly-formed company to create the presently existing MB Financial, Inc.
 
We have continued to grow subsequent to the Old MB Financial-MidCity Financial merger.  In April 2002, we acquired First National Bank of Lincolnwood, based in Lincolnwood, Illinois, and its parent, First Lincolnwood Corporation, for approximately $35.0 million in cash.  In August 2002, we acquired Chicago-based LaSalle Systems Leasing, Inc. and its affiliated company, LaSalle Equipment Limited Partnership (which we sometimes refer to below collectively as “LaSalle”) for consideration comprised of $5.0 million of our
 
 
common stock and cash of $30.7 million paid at the time of closing, plus deferred payments of $3.5 million that were tied to LaSalle’s operating results for the four-year period subsequent to the acquisition date.  In February 2003, we acquired South Holland Trust & Savings Bank, based in South Holland, Illinois, and its parent, South Holland Bancorp, Inc., for $93.1 million in cash.  In May 2004, we acquired First Security Federal Savings Bank, based in Chicago, Illinois, and its parent, First SecurityFed Financial, Inc., for $140.2 million.  The purchase price was paid through a combination of cash and our common stock totaling $73.3 million and $66.9 million, respectively.  In August 2006, we acquired Oak Brook Bank, based in Oak Brook, Illinois, and its parent First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. (FOBB), for $371.0 million. The purchase price was paid through a combination of cash and our common stock totaling $74.1 million and $296.9 million, respectively.  First National Bank of Lincolnwood, South Holland Trust & Savings Bank, First Security Federal Savings Bank, and Oak Brook Bank, had assets of approximately $227.5 million, $560.3 million, $576.0 million, and $2.6 billion, respectively, as of their acquisition dates, and all were merged into MB Financial Bank.  In April 2008, we purchased an 80% interest in Cedar Hill Associates, LLC (Cedar Hill), an asset management firm located in Chicago, Illinois, with approximately $960 million in assets under management.
 
In May 2003, we sold Abrams Centre National Bank (Abrams), based in Dallas, Texas, and its parent Abrams Centre Bancshares, Inc., for $16.3 million in cash.  Abrams, a former subsidiary of MidCity Financial, had assets of approximately $98.4 million as of the sale date.
 
In November 2007, we sold Union Bank (Union), based in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, for $76.3 million in cash.  Union, a former subsidiary of MidCity Financial, had assets of approximately $398.6 million as of the sale date.
 
MB Financial Bank, our largest subsidiary, has seven wholly owned subsidiaries with significant operating activities: MB Financial Center LLC; MB Financial Community Development Corporation; MBRE Holdings LLC; LaSalle Systems Leasing, Inc.; Vision Investment Services, Inc.; Cedar Hill Associates, LLC; and Ashland Management LLC.
 
MB Financial Center LLC is used to manage the real estate activities of our operations center located in Rosemont, Illinois (See Item 2. Properties for additional information).
 
MB Financial Community Development Corporation engages in community lending and makes equity investments to facilitate the construction and rehabilitation of housing in low-to-moderate income neighborhoods in MB Financial Bank’s market area.
 
MBRE Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, was established in August 2002 as the holding company of MB Real Estate Holdings LLC, which is also a Delaware limited liability company.  MB Real Estate Holdings LLC and MBRE Holdings LLC were established as part of an initiative to enhance our earnings by providing alternative methods of raising capital and funding.  The assets of MB Real Estate Holdings LLC consist primarily of 100% participation interests in commercial real estate loans, construction real estate loans, residential real estate loans, commercial loans and lease loans originated by MB Financial Bank and mortgage-backed securities.  MB Real Estate Holdings LLC has elected to be taxed as a Real Estate Investment Trust for federal income tax purposes.  The management of MBRE Holdings LLC consists of certain officers of MB Financial and MB Financial Bank who receive no compensation from MBRE Holdings LLC or MB Real Estate Holdings LLC.
 
LaSalle focuses primarily on leasing technology-related equipment to middle market and large “Fortune 1000” businesses located throughout the United States.  During the second quarter of 2005, LaSalle, which was the owner of 60% of LaSalle Business Solutions (LBS), purchased from the minority owners the remaining 40% of LBS.  LBS specializes in selling and administering third party equipment maintenance contracts as well as technology-related equipment.
 
Vision Investment Services, Inc. (Vision) is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker/dealer, is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, is a member of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, and is a licensed insurance agency.  Vision has two wholly owned subsidiaries; Vision Insurance Services, Inc. and Vision Asset Management, Inc.  Vision Insurance Services, Inc. is a licensed insurance agency which functions as a distribution firm for certain annuity products, whereas Vision Asset Management, Inc. is a Registered Investment Advisor with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Vision was acquired in connection with our February 2003 acquisition of South Holland Trust & Savings Bank (South Holland).  Vision provides both institutional and retail clients with investment and wealth management services.  It had $479.2 million in assets under administration at December 31, 2008.
 
 
Cedar Hill is an asset management firm located in Chicago, Illinois, with approximately $807.1 million in assets under management at December 31, 2008.
 
Ashland Management Agency, Inc. holds and/or manages certain properties purchased by the Company.
 
We also own all of the issued and outstanding common securities of Coal City Capital Trust I, MB Financial Capital Trust II, MB Financial Capital Trust III, MB Financial Capital Trust IV, MB Financial Capital Trust V, MB Financial Capital Trust VI, FOBB Capital Trust I, FOBB Capital Trust III, all statutory business trusts formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities.  See Note 13 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
Recent Developments
 
On February 27, 2009, we will pay a cash dividend, distributing $0.12 per share to shareholders of record as of February 13, 2009.
 
Primary Lines of Business
 
Our operations are currently managed as one unit and we have one reportable segment.  Our chief operating decision-makers use consolidated results to make operating and strategic decisions.
 
We concentrate on serving small and middle market businesses, leasing companies, and their respective owners.  We also serve consumers who live or work near our branches.  Through our acquisition program and careful selection of officers and employees, we have positioned ourselves to take a leading role in these attractive niches.  We have established three primary lines of business: commercial banking; retail banking; and wealth management.  Each is described below.
 
Commercial Banking.   Our commercial banking group focuses on serving small and middle market businesses, primarily located in the Chicago metropolitan area.  We provide a full set of credit, deposit, and treasury management products to these companies.  In general, our credit products are specifically designed for companies with annual revenues between $5 million and $100 million and credit needs of up to $25 million.  We have a broad range of credit products for our target market, including working capital loans and lines of credit; accounts receivable; inventory and equipment financing; industrial revenue bond financing; business acquisition loans; owner occupied real estate loans; and financial, performance and commercial letters of credit.  Our deposit and treasury management products are designed for companies with annual revenues up to $500 million and include: internet products for businesses, investment sweep accounts, zero balance accounts, automated tax payments, ATM access, merchant credit card processing, telephone banking, lockbox, automated clearing house transactions, account reconciliation, controlled disbursement, detail and general information reporting, wire transfers, a variety of international banking services, and checking accounts.  We also provide a full set of credit, deposit and treasury management services for real estate operators and investors.
 
Within commercial banking, we also target small and medium size equipment leasing companies located throughout the United States.  We have provided lease banking services to these companies for more than three decades.  Competition in serving this equipment leasing market generally comes from large banks, finance companies, large industrial companies and some community banks.  We compete based upon rapid decision making and excellent service and by providing flexible financial solutions to meet our customers’ needs.  We provide full banking services to leasing companies by financing the debt portion of leveraged equipment leases (referred to as lease loans), providing short and long-term equity financing and by making working capital and bridge loans.  For lease loans, a lessee’s credit is often rated as investment grade for its public debt by Moody’s, Standard & Poors or the equivalent.  If a lessee does not have a public debt rating, they are subject to the same internal credit analysis as any other customer of MB Financial Bank.  We also invest directly in equipment that we lease to other companies located throughout the United States (referred to as operating leases).  Our operating lease portfolio is made up of various kinds of equipment, generally technology related, such as computer systems, satellite equipment, and general manufacturing equipment.  We seek leasing transactions where we believe the equipment leased is integral to the lessee’s business, thereby increasing the likelihood of renewal at the end of the lease term.
 
Additionally, LaSalle, a subsidiary of MB Financial Bank, primarily focuses on leasing technology-related equipment to middle market and large “Fortune 1000” businesses throughout the United States and provides us the additional ability to directly originate leases.  LaSalle is a 28-year old organization that banked with MB Financial Bank since its inception, prior to being acquired by us in 2002.  LaSalle’s experienced leasing personnel enhance our ability to originate leases, and expand the products that we offer our commercial banking customers.
 
 
Retail Banking.   The target market for our retail banking group is individuals who live or work near our banking offices.  We offer a full set of personal banking products to these individuals, including checking accounts, savings accounts, NOW and money market accounts, time deposit accounts, secured and unsecured consumer loans, residential mortgage loans, Internet banking and a variety of fee for service products, such as money orders and travelers’ checks.  As our customers’ needs change, we adjust our product offerings accordingly, and develop new products to differentiate ourselves from our competitors.  To offer our customers additional convenience, beginning in 2005, we expanded our banking hours (including Sundays in some locations), provided a 7:00 PM cut-off time for deposits to accelerate cash availability for our customers, and introduced our ATM Freedom product that allows free ATM transactions anytime and anywhere in the world.  In 2008, we opened a limited number of supermarket branches in the Chicago metropolitan area.
 
Wealth Management.   Our Wealth Management Group provides coordinated and integrated delivery of investment management, trust, brokerage and private banking services.  Our asset management and trust department offers a wide range of financial services, including personal trust, investment management, custody, estate settlement, guardianship, tax-deferred exchange and retirement plan services.  Our private banking department provides qualified clients with personalized, “high touch” banking products and services, including a private banker as a single point of contact for all their financial needs.  MB Financial Bank subsidiaries Cedar Hill Associates and Vision Investment Services provide clients with non-FDIC insured investment alternatives and insurance products.
 
Lending Activities
 
General .  We are primarily a commercial lender and our loan portfolio consists primarily of loans to businesses or for business purposes.
 
Commercial Lending.   We make commercial loans to small and middle market businesses most often located in the Chicago area.  Borrowers tend to be privately owned and are generally manufacturers, wholesalers, distributors, long-term health care operators and service providers.  Loan products offered are primarily working capital and term loans and lines of credit that help our customers finance accounts receivable, inventory and equipment.  We also offer financial, performance and commercial letters of credit.  Commercial loans secured by owner occupied real estate are classified as commercial real estate loans in the loan portfolio composition table in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 6 to the audited consolidated financial statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.  Most commercial loans are short-term in nature, being one year or less, with the maximum term generally being five years.  Our commercial loans typically range in size from $500 thousand to $15 million.
 
Lines of credit for customers are typically secured, established for one year or less, and are subject to renewal upon a satisfactory review of the borrower’s financial statements and credit history.  Secured short-term commercial business loans are usually collateralized by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and/or real estate.  Such loans are typically, but not always, guaranteed by the owners of the business.  Collateral securing commercial loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise and fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.  In addition, in the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect the amounts due from its customers.  Accordingly, we make our commercial loans primarily based on the historical and expected cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on underlying collateral provided by the borrower.
 
Commercial Real Estate Lending .  We originate commercial real estate loans that are generally secured by multi-unit residential property and owner and non-owner occupied commercial and industrial property.  We also make loans to finance the acquisition and development of land for residential, retail, and industrial uses.  Longer term commercial real estate loans are generally made at fixed rates, although some have interest rates that change based on our Reference Rate or LIBOR.  Generally, terms of up to twenty-five years are offered on fully amortizing loans, but most loans are structured with a balloon payment at the end of five years.  For our fixed rate loans with maturities greater than five years, we may enter into an interest rate swap agreement with a third party to mitigate interest rate risk.  In deciding whether to make a commercial real estate loan, we consider, among other things, the experience and qualifications of the borrower as well as the value and cash flow of the underlying property.  Some factors considered are net operating income of the property before debt service and depreciation, the debt service coverage ratio (the ratio of the property’s net cash flow to debt service requirements), the global cash flows of the borrower, the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value and the overall creditworthiness of the prospective borrower.  Our commercial real estate loans typically range in size from $250 thousand to $20 million.
 
Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher principal amounts than other types of loans and the repayment of such a loan is often dependent on the successful operations of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan.  These loans may therefore be more adversely affected by conditions in real
 
 
estate markets or in the economy in general.  For example, if the cash flow from the borrower’s project is reduced due to leases not being obtained, renewed or modified from their original terms, the borrower’s ability to repay a loan may be impaired.  In addition, many commercial real estate loans are not fully amortized over the loan period, but have balloon payments due at maturity.  A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on their ability to either refinance the loan or complete a timely sale of the underlying property.
 
Construction Real Estate .  We provide construction loans for the acquisition and development of land for further improvement of condominiums, townhomes, and one-to-four family residences.  We also provide acquisition, development and construction loans for retail and other commercial purposes, primarily in our market areas.  With regard to construction lending, there were fewer new loans made during 2008 compared to prior years due to the economic environment.  Construction lending can involve a higher level of risk than other types of lending because funds are advanced partially based upon the value of the project, which is uncertain prior to the project’s completion.  Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs as well as the market value of a completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, our estimates with regards to the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio may vary from actual results.  As a result, construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or refinance the indebtedness.  If our estimate of the value of a project at completion proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for repayment of the loan and we may incur a loss.
 
Lease Loans .  We lend money to small and mid-size independent leasing companies to finance the debt portion of leases (which we refer to as lease loans).  A lease loan arises when a leasing company discounts the equipment rental revenue stream owed to the leasing company by a lessee.  Lease loans generally are non-recourse to the leasing company, and, consequently, our recourse is limited to the lessee and the leased equipment.  For this reason, we underwrite lease loans by examining the creditworthiness of the lessee rather than the lessor.  Generally, lease loans are secured by an assignment of lease payments and a security interest in the equipment being leased.  As with commercial loans secured by equipment, equipment securing our lease loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value.  We rely on the lessee’s continuing financial stability, rather than the value of the leased equipment, for repayment of all required amounts under lease loans.  In the event of default, it is unlikely that the proceeds from the sale of leased equipment will be sufficient to satisfy the outstanding unpaid amounts under terms of the lease loan.
 
The lessee acknowledges the bank’s security interest in the leased equipment and normally agrees to send lease payments directly to us.  Lessees tend to be Fortune 1000 companies and have an investment grade public debt rating by Moody’s or Standard & Poors or the equivalent, though, we also provided credit to below investment grade and non-rated companies as well.  If the lessee does not have a public debt rating, they are subject to the same internal credit analysis as any other customer.  Lease loans almost always are fully amortizing, with maturities typically ranging from three to five years.  Loan interest rates are fixed.
 
We also invest directly in equipment leased to other companies (which we refer to as operating leases).  The profitability of these investments depends, to a great degree, upon our ability to realize the residual values of this equipment.  See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Critical Accounting Policies-Residual Value of Our Direct Finance, Leveraged and Operating Leases.”
 
Residential Real Estate .  We also originate fixed and adjustable rate residential real estate loans secured by one to four family homes.  Terms of first mortgages range from five to thirty years.  Terms for second mortgages range from five to ten years.  In deciding whether to make a residential real estate loan, we consider the qualifications of the borrower as well as the value of the underlying property.  Our general practice is to sell the majority of our newly originated fixed-rate residential real estate loans shortly after they are funded, and to hold in portfolio the majority of adjustable rate residential real estate loans.
 
Consumer Lending .  Our consumer loan portfolio is primarily focused on home equity lines of credit, fixed-rate second mortgage loans, indirect vehicle loans, and to a lesser extent, direct motorcycle loans and secured and unsecured consumer loans.  Home equity lines of credit are generally extended up to 80% of the appraised value of the property, less existing liens.  Indirect vehicle loans represent consumer loans made primarily through a network of Harley Davidson motorcycle dealers in 44 states. To a lesser extent we originate consumer loans for other motorcycle dealers and a few local auto dealerships.  Consumer loans typically have shorter terms and lower balances with higher yields as compared to residential real estate loans, but carry a higher risk of default.  Terms for second mortgages typically range from five to ten years.  Consumer loan collections are dependent on the
 
 
borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus, are more likely to be affected by adverse personal circumstances.  Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount which can be recovered on these loans.
 
Foreign Operations
 
MB Financial Bank holds certain commercial real estate loans, residential real estate loans, other loans and mortgage-backed investment securities in a real estate investment trust through its wholly owned subsidiary MBRE Holdings LLC headquartered and domiciled in Freeport, The Bahamas.  MBRE Holdings LLC and its subsidiary, MB Real Estate Holdings LLC, were established in August 2002 to provide us with alternative methods for raising capital and funding.  We do not engage in operations in any other foreign countries.
 
Competition
 
We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations, including deposit gathering and loan origination, from a variety of competitors.  Commercial banks, savings institutions, brokerage firms, credit unions, mutual fund companies, insurance companies and specialty finance companies all compete with us for new and existing customers.  Several national financial institutions have commenced aggressive de novo branching plans that have heightened competitive pressures in our market areas.  Our bank competes by providing quality services to our customers, ease of access to our facilities, convenient hours and competitive pricing of services (including interest rates paid on deposits, interest rates charged on loans and fees charged for other non-interest related services).
 
Personnel
 
As of December 31, 2008, we and our subsidiaries employed a total of 1,342 full-time equivalent employees.  We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.
 
Supervision and Regulation
 
We, our subsidiary bank, and its subsidiaries, are subject to an extensive system of banking and securities laws and regulations that are intended primarily for the protection of customers and depositors and not for the protection of security holders.  These laws and regulations govern such areas as capital, permissible activities, allowance for loan losses, loans and investments, and rates of interest that can be charged on loans.  Described below are elements of selected laws and regulations.  The descriptions are not intended to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes and regulations described.
 
Holding Company Regulation .   As a bank holding company and financial holding company, we are subject to comprehensive regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, frequently referred to as the Federal Reserve Board, under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999.  We must file reports with the Federal Reserve Board and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require, and our holding company and non-banking affiliates are subject to examination by the Federal Reserve Board.  Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength for its subsidiary banks.  Under this policy, the Federal Reserve Board may require, and has required in the past, a holding company to contribute additional capital to an undercapitalized subsidiary bank.  The Bank Holding Company Act provides that a bank holding company must obtain Federal Reserve Board approval before:
 
Acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank
 
holding company if, after such acquisition, it would own or control more than 5% of such shares
 
(unless it already owns or controls the majority of such shares);
   
Acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or
   
Merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.
 
The Bank Holding Company Act generally prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company which is not a bank or bank holding company, or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, or providing services for its subsidiaries.  The principal exceptions to these prohibitions involve certain non-bank activities which, by statute or by Federal Reserve Board regulation or order, have been identified as activities closely related to the business of banking or managing or controlling banks.  The list of activities permitted by the Federal Reserve Board includes, among other things: lending; operating a savings institution, mortgage company, finance company, credit card company or factoring company; performing certain data processing operations; providing certain investment and financial advice; underwriting and acting as an insurance agent for certain types of credit-related insurance; leasing property on a full-payout, non-
 
 
operating basis; selling money orders, travelers’ checks and United States Savings Bonds; real estate and personal property appraising; providing tax planning and preparation services; and, subject to certain limitations, providing securities brokerage services for customers.  These activities may also be affected by federal legislation.
 
In November 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act became law.  The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act is intended to, among other things; facilitate affiliations among banks, securities firms, insurance firms and other financial companies.  To further this goal, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act amended portions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 to authorize bank holding companies, such as us, directly or through non-bank subsidiaries to engage in securities, insurance and other activities that are financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity.  In order to undertake these activities, a bank holding company must become a "financial holding company" by submitting to the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank a declaration that the company elects to be a financial holding company and a certification that all of the depository institutions controlled by the company are well capitalized and well managed.  We submitted the declaration of our election to become a financial holding company with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago in June 2002, and our election became effective in July 2002.
 
Depository Institution Regulation.   Our bank subsidiary is subject to regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  This regulatory structure includes:
 
 
Real estate lending standards, which provide guidelines concerning loan-to-value ratios for various types of real estate loans;

 
Risk-based capital rules, including accounting for interest rate risk, concentration of credit risk and the risks posed by non-traditional activities;

 
Rules requiring depository institutions to develop and implement internal procedures to evaluate and control credit and settlement exposure to their correspondent banks;

 
Rules restricting types and amounts of equity investments; and

 
Rules addressing various safety and soundness issues, including operations and managerial standards, standards for asset quality, earnings and compensation standards.
 
Capital Adequacy.    The Federal Reserve Board, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation have issued substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to bank holding companies and banks.  In addition, these regulatory agencies may from time to time require that a bank holding company or bank maintain capital above the minimum levels, based on its financial condition or actual or anticipated growth.
 
The Federal Reserve Board's risk-based guidelines establish a two-tier capital framework.  Tier 1 capital generally consists of common stockholders' equity, retained earnings, a limited amount of qualifying perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities and minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and certain intangibles.  Tier 2 capital generally consists of certain hybrid capital instruments and perpetual debt, mandatory convertible debt securities and a limited amount of subordinated debt, qualifying preferred stock, loan loss allowance, and unrealized holding gains on certain equity securities.  The sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital represents qualifying total capital, at least 50% of which must consist of Tier 1 capital.
 
Risk-based capital ratios are calculated by dividing Tier 1 and total capital by risk-weighted assets.  Assets and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to one of four categories of risk-weights, based primarily on relative credit risk.  The minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is 4% and the minimum total risk-based capital ratio is 8%.  Our Tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios under these guidelines at December 31, 2008 were 12.07% and 14.08%, respectively.
 
The Federal Reserve Board’s leverage capital guidelines establish a minimum leverage ratio determined by dividing Tier 1 capital by adjusted average total assets.  The minimum leverage ratio is 3% for bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating.  All other bank holding companies generally are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4%.  At December 31, 2008, we had a leverage ratio of 9.85%.
 
 
Prompt Corrective Action.    The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, among other things, identifies five capital categories for insured depository institutions (well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized) and requires the respective federal regulatory agencies to implement systems for "prompt corrective action" for insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements within these categories.  This act imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the category in which an institution is classified.  Failure to meet the capital guidelines could also subject a banking institution to capital raising requirements.  An "undercapitalized" bank must develop a capital restoration plan and its parent holding company must guarantee that bank's compliance with the plan.  The liability of the parent holding company under any such guarantee is limited to the lesser of five percent of the bank's assets at the time it became "undercapitalized" or the amount needed to comply with the plan.  Furthermore, in the event of the bankruptcy of the parent holding company, such guarantee would take priority over the parent's general unsecured creditors.  In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act requires the various regulatory agencies to prescribe certain non-capital standards for safety and soundness relating generally to operations and management, asset quality and executive compensation and permits regulatory action against a financial institution that does not meet these standards.
 
The various federal regulatory agencies have adopted substantially similar regulations that define the five capital categories identified by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, using the total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital and leverage capital ratios as the relevant capital measures.  These regulations establish various degrees of corrective action to be taken when an institution is considered undercapitalized.  Under the regulations, a "well capitalized" institution must have a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10% and a leverage ratio of at least 5% and not be subject to a capital directive or order.  An institution is "adequately capitalized" if it has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4%, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8% and a leverage ratio of at least 4% (3% in certain circumstances).  An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%, a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8% or a leverage ratio of less than 4% (3% in certain circumstances).  An institution is "significantly undercapitalized" if it has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3%, a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6% or a leverage ratio of less than 3%.  An institution is "critically undercapitalized" if its tangible equity is equal to or less than 2% of total assets.  Generally, an institution may be reclassified in a lower capitalization category if it is determined that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice.
 
As of December 31, 2008, our subsidiary bank met the requirements to be classified as “well-capitalized.”
 
Dividends.   The Federal Reserve Board's policy is that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that its net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company's capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition, and that it is inappropriate for a bank holding company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends.  Furthermore, a bank that is classified under the prompt corrective action regulations as "undercapitalized" will be prohibited from paying any dividends.
 
On December 5, 2008, as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program of the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”), the Company sold to Treasury 196,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), having a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share, for a purchase price of $196.0 million in cash and (ii) issued to Treasury a ten-year warrant to purchase 1,012,048 shares of the Company’s common stock  at an exercise price of $29.05 per share.
 
The securities purchase agreement between us and Treasury provides that prior to the earlier of (i) December 5, 2011 and (ii) the date on which all of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock have been redeemed by us or transferred by Treasury to third parties, we may not, without the consent of Treasury, (a) pay a quarterly cash dividend on our common stock of more than $0.18 per share or (b) subject to limited exceptions, redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire shares of our common stock or preferred stock, other than the Series A Preferred Stock, or trust preferred securities.  In addition, under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, we may not pay dividends on our common stock at any time we are in arrears on the dividends payable on the Series A Preferred Stock.  Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are payable quarterly at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and a rate of 9% per annum thereafter if not redeemed prior to that time.
 
 
Our primary source for cash dividends is the dividends we receive from our subsidiary bank.  Our bank is subject to various regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain capital above regulatory minimums.  A national bank must obtain the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency prior to paying a dividend if the total of all dividends declared by the national bank in any calendar year will exceed the sum of the bank’s net profits for that year and its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to surplus.
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Reform.   The FDIC currently maintains the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”), which was created in 2006 in the merger of the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund.   The deposit accounts of our subsidiary bank are insured by the DIF to the maximum amount provided by law.  This insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.
 
As insurer, the FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by DIF-insured institutions. It also may prohibit any DIF-insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the DIF. The FDIC also has the authority to take enforcement actions against insured institutions.
 
The FDIC’s regulations for risk-based deposit insurance assessments establish four Risk Categories. The FDIC regards well-capitalized institutions that are financially sound with only a few minor weaknesses, including MB Financial Bank, as Risk Category I.  Risk Categories II, III and IV present progressively greater risks to the DIF and pay progressively higher rates.  For the first quarter of 2009, Risk Category I institutions will pay quarterly assessments for deposit insurance at annual rates of 12 to 14 basis points.  With advance notice to insured institutions, rates are subject to change.  Within Risk Category I, the precise rate for an individual institution with less than $10 billion in assets is generally determined by a formula using CAMELS ratings, which are assigned in examinations, and financial ratios.  A different method applies for larger institutions.  The rate for an individual institution is applied to its assessment base, consisting generally of its deposit liabilities subject to certain adjustments.
 
In an effort to restore capitalization levels and to ensure the DIF will adequately cover projected losses from future bank failures, the FDIC, in October 2008, proposed a rule to alter the way in which it differentiates for risk in the risk-based assessment system and to revise deposit insurance assessment rates, including base assessment rates. For Risk Category I institutions, the FDIC proposes (i) to determine the initial base assessment rate using a combination of weighted-average CAMELS component ratings and the financial ratios method assessment rate (as defined), each equally weighted and (ii) to revise the uniform amount and the pricing multipliers. The FDIC also proposes to introduce three adjustments that could be made to an institution’s initial base assessment rate, including (i) a potential decrease of up to 2 basis points for long-term unsecured debt, including senior and subordinated debt, (ii) a potential increase for secured liabilities in excess of 15% of domestic deposits and (iii) for non-Risk Category I institutions, a potential increase for brokered deposits in excess of 10% of domestic deposits.  The FDIC also proposes, effective April 1, 2009, initial base assessment rates for Risk Category I institutions of 10 to 14 basis points. After the effect of potential base-rate adjustments, the annualized assessment rate for Risk Category I institutions would range from 8 to 21 basis points. A final rule related to this proposal is expected to be issued during the first quarter of 2009. The Company cannot provide any assurance as to the amount of any proposed increase in its deposit insurance premium rate, should such an increase occur, as such changes are dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control.
 
FDIC insurance expense totaled $1.9 million and $664.0 thousand in 2008 and 2007, respectively. FDIC insurance expense includes deposit insurance assessments and Financing Corporation (“FICO”) assessments related to outstanding FICO bonds. The FICO is a mixed-ownership government corporation established by the Competitive Equality Banking Act of 1987 whose sole purpose was to function as a financing vehicle for the now defunct Federal Savings & Loan Insurance Corporation. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005, which became law in 2006, MB Financial Bank received a one-time assessment credit of $5.3 million to be applied against future deposit insurance assessments, subject to certain limitations. This credit was utilized to offset $2.1 million of deposit insurance assessments during 2007 and $3.1 million of assessments during 2008. The assessment credits were utilized as of December 31, 2008.

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program .  On November 21, 2008, the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a final rule relating to the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLG Program”). The TLG Program was announced by the FDIC on October 14, 2008, preceded by the determination of systemic risk by the Secretary of the Department of Treasury (after consultation with the President), as an initiative to counter the system-wide crisis in the nation’s financial sector. Under the TLG Program the FDIC will (i) guarantee, through the earlier
 
 
of maturity or June 30, 2012, certain newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by participating institutions on or after October 14, 2008, and before June 30, 2009 and (ii) provide full FDIC deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts paying less than 0.5% interest per annum and Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts held at participating FDIC insured institutions through December 31, 2009. Coverage under the TLG Program was available for the first 30 days without charge. The fee assessment for coverage of senior unsecured debt ranges from 50 basis points to 100 basis points per annum, depending on the initial maturity of the debt. The fee assessment for the Transaction Account Guarantee Program is 10 basis points per quarter on amounts in covered accounts exceeding $250,000.  On December 5, 2008, the Company elected not to opt-out of either guarantee program.  The FDIC has announced that for an additional premium, it will extend the TLG Program through October 2009, but no regulations have been published in proposed or final form.
 
Transactions with Affiliates.   We and our subsidiary bank are affiliates within the meaning of the Federal Reserve Act.  The Federal Reserve Act imposes limitations on a bank with respect to extensions of credit to, investments in, and certain other transactions with, its parent bank holding company and the holding company’s other subsidiaries.  Furthermore, bank loans and extensions of credit to affiliates also are subject to various collateral requirements.
 
Community Reinvestment Act.   Under the Community Reinvestment Act, every Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured institution is obligated, consistent with safe and sound banking practices, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods.  The Community Reinvestment Act requires the appropriate federal banking regulator, in connection with the examination of an insured institution, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to consider this record in its evaluation of certain applications, such as a merger or the establishment of a branch.  An unsatisfactory rating may be used as the basis for the denial of an application and will prevent a bank holding company of the institution from making an election to become a financial holding company.
 
As of its last examination, MB Financial Bank received a Community Reinvestment Act rating of “outstanding.”
 
Interstate Banking and Branching.   The Federal Reserve Board may approve an application of a bank holding company to acquire control of, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, a bank located in a state other than the bank holding company's home state, without regard to whether the transaction is prohibited by the laws of any state.  The Federal Reserve Board may not approve the acquisition of a bank that has not been in existence for the minimum time period (not exceeding five years) specified by the law of the target bank’s home state.  The Federal Reserve Board also may not approve an application if the bank holding company (and its bank affiliates) controls or would control more than ten percent of the insured deposits in the United States or, generally, 30% or more of the deposits in the target bank's home state or in any state in which the target bank maintains a branch.  Individual states may waive the 30% statewide concentration limit.  Each state may limit the percentage of total insured deposits in the state that may be held or controlled by a bank or bank holding company to the extent the limitation does not discriminate against out-of-state banks or bank holding companies.
 
The federal banking agencies are authorized to approve interstate bank merger transactions without regard to whether these transactions are prohibited by the law of any state, unless the home state of one of the banks opted out of interstate mergers prior to June 1, 1997.  Interstate acquisitions of branches are permitted only if the law of the state in which the branch is located permits these acquisitions.  Interstate mergers and branch acquisitions are subject to the nationwide and statewide-insured deposit concentration limits described above.
 
Privacy Rules.   Federal banking regulators, as required under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, have adopted rules limiting the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties.  The rules require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to non-affiliated third parties.  The privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial services companies and conveyed to outside vendors.
 
International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001.   The President signed the USA Patriot Act of 2001 into law in October 2001. This act contains the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “IMLAFA”). The IMLAFA substantially broadens existing anti-money laundering legislation and the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the United States, imposes new compliance and due diligence obligations, creates new crimes and penalties, compels the production of documents located both inside and outside the United States, including those of foreign institutions that have a correspondent relationship in the United States, and clarifies the safe harbor from civil liability to customers. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued a number of regulations implementing the USA Patriot Act that apply certain of its requirements to
 
 
financial institutions such as our banking and broker-dealer subsidiaries. The regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing. The increased obligations of financial institutions, including us, to identify their customers, watch for and report suspicious transactions, respond to requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies, and share information with other financial institutions, requires the implementation and maintenance of internal procedures, practices and controls which have increased, and may continue to increase, our costs and may subject us to liability.
 
As noted above, enforcement and compliance-related activity by government agencies has increased. Money laundering and anti-terrorism compliance is among the areas receiving a high level of focus in the present environment.
 
Future Legislation and Changes in Regulations.   Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the banking industry are frequently introduced in Congress, in the state legislatures and by the various bank regulatory agencies.  New legislation and/or changes in regulations could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, and increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks and other financial institutions.  The likelihood and timing of any proposed legislation or changes in regulations and the impact they might have on us cannot be determined at this time.
 
Internet Website
 
We maintain a website with the address www.mbfinancial.com.  The information contained on our website is not included as a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Other than an investor's own Internet access charges, we make available free of charge through our website our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we have electronically filed such material with, or furnished such material to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Item 1A.   Risk Factors
 
An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent in our business.  Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included in this report.  In addition to the risks and uncertainties described below, other risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.  The value or market price of our common stock could decline due to any of these identified or other risks, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
 
Changes in economic conditions, particularly a further economic slowdown in the Chicago area, could hurt our business.

Our business is directly affected by market conditions, trends in industry and finance, legislative and regulatory changes, and changes in governmental monetary and fiscal policies and inflation, all of which are beyond our control.  In 2007, the housing and real estate sectors experienced an economic slowdown that has continued into 2009.  Further deterioration in economic conditions, particularly within the Chicago area, could result in the following consequences, among others, any of which could hurt our business materially:
 
·  
loan delinquencies may increase;
 
·  
problem assets and foreclosures may increase;
 
·  
demand for our products and services may decline; and
 
·  
collateral for our loans may decline in value, in turn reducing a customer’s borrowing power and reducing the value of assets and collateral securing our loans.

Negative developments in the financial industry and credit markets may continue to adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Negative developments beginning in the latter half of 2007 in the sub-prime mortgage market and the securitization markets for such loans, together with other factors, have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets in general and a related general economic downturn, which have continued into 2009.   In addition, as a consequence of the recession that the United
 
 
States now finds itself in, business activity across a wide range of industries face serious difficulties due to the lack of consumer spending and the extreme lack of liquidity in the global credit markets. Unemployment has also increased significantly.

As a result of these economic crises, many lending institutions, including us, have experienced declines in the performance of their loans, including construction loans and commercial real estate loans.  In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many loans have declined and may continue to decline.  Bank and bank holding company stock prices have been negatively affected, as has the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets compared to recent years.  These conditions may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.  In addition, as a result of the foregoing factors, there is a potential for new laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and bank regulatory agencies are expected to be very aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations.  Negative developments in the financial industry and the impact of new legislation and regulations in response to those developments could restrict our business operations, including our ability to originate loans, and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.   Overall, during the past year, the general business environment has had an adverse effect on our business, and there can be no assurance that the environment will improve in the near term. Until conditions improve, we expect our business, financial condition and results of operations to be adversely affected.

Recent legislative and regulatory initiatives to address difficult market and economic conditions may not stabilize the U.S. banking system.

The recently enacted Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) authorizes the U.S. Treasury Department (the “Treasury”) to purchase from financial institutions and their holding companies up to $700 billion in mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and certain other financial instruments, including debt and equity securities issued by financial institutions and their holding companies, under a Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”).  The purpose of TARP is to restore confidence and stability to the U.S. banking system and to encourage financial institutions to increase their lending to customers and to each other.  The Treasury has allocated $250 billion towards the TARP Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”).  Under the CPP, Treasury has purchased preferred equity securities from participating institutions, including $196.0 million of our preferred stock.  The EESA also increased federal deposit insurance on most deposit accounts from $100,000 to $250,000.  This increase is in place until the end of 2009.

The EESA followed, and has been followed by, numerous actions by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the U.S. Congress, Treasury, the FDIC, the SEC and others to address the current liquidity and credit crisis that has followed the sub-prime meltdown that commenced in 2007.  These measures include homeowner relief that encourage loan restructuring and modification; the establishment of significant liquidity and credit facilities for financial institutions and investment banks; the lowering of the federal funds rate; emergency action against short selling practices; a temporary guaranty program for money market funds; the establishment of a commercial paper funding facility to provide back-stop liquidity to commercial paper issuers; and coordinated international efforts to address illiquidity and other weaknesses in the banking sector.  In addition, Treasury recently announced its Financial Stability Plan to attack the current credit crisis, and President Obama has signed into law the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (the “ARRA”).  The purpose of these legislative and regulatory actions is to stabilize the U.S. banking system, improve the flow of credit and foster an economic recovery.  The regulatory and legislative initiatives described above may not have their desired effects, however.  If the volatility in the markets continues and economic conditions fail to improve or worsen, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Current levels of market volatility are unprecedented.
 
The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for more than a year. In recent months, the volatility and disruption has reached unprecedented levels. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. If current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, there can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse effect, which may be material, on our ability to access capital, if needed or desired, and on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 
Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb losses in our loan portfolio.
 
Lending money is a substantial part of our business. Every loan carries a certain risk that it will not be repaid in accordance with its terms or that any underlying collateral will not be sufficient to assure repayment. This risk is affected by, among other things:
 
• cash flow of the borrower and/or the project being financed;

  the changes and uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral, in the case of a collateralized loan;

t he credit history of a particular borrower;

c hanges in economic and industry conditions; and

t he duration of the loan.
 
We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which we believe is appropriate to provide for probable losses in our loan portfolio. The amount of this allowance is determined by our management through a periodic review and consideration of several factors, including, but not limited to:
 
  our general reserve, based on our historical default and loss experience;

  our specific reserve, based on our evaluation of non-performing loans and their underlying collerateral; and

current macroeconomic factors and model imprecision factors.
 
The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Continuing deterioration in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for possible loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, we will need additional provisions to increase the allowance for loan losses. Any increases in the allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and, possibly, capital, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
As of December 31, 2008, approximately 85% of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial-related credits, consisting of commercial loans, commercial loans collateralized by the assignment of lease payments, commercial real estate loans and construction loans.  See “Item 1. Business—Lending Activities.”
 
Changes in interest rates may reduce our net interest income.
 
Like other financial institutions, our consolidated operating results are largely dependent on our net interest income.  Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on loans and investments and interest expense incurred on deposits and other borrowings.  Our net interest income is impacted by changes in market rates of interest, changes in credit spreads, changes in the shape of the yield curve, the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities, and prepayments on our loans and investments.
 
Our interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates.  Interest rates on some types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate prior to changes in broader market interest rates, while rates on other types may lag behind.  The result of these changes to rates may result in differing spreads on interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities.  While we take measures intended to manage the risks from changes in market interest rates, we cannot control or accurately predict changes in market rates of interest or be sure our protective measures are adequate.
 
We pursue acquisitions to supplement internal growth.
 
We pursue a strategy of supplementing internal growth by acquiring other financial institutions that will help us fulfill our strategic objectives and enhance our earnings.  There are risks associated with this strategy, however, including the following:
 
 
  We may be exposed to potential asset quality issues or unknown or contingent liabilities of the banks or businesses we acquire.  If these issues or liabilities exceed our estimates, our earnings and financial condition may be adversely affected;

• Prices at which acquisitions can be made fluctuate with market conditions.  We have experienced times during which acquisitions could not be made in specific markets at prices our management considered acceptable and expect that we will experience this condition in the future in one or more markets;

  The acquisition of other entities generally requires integration of systems, procedures and personnel of the acquired entity in order to make the transaction economically feasible.  This integration process is complicated and time consuming and can also be disruptive to the customers of the acquired business.  If the integration process is not conducted successfully and with minimal effect on the acquired business and its customers, we may not realize the anticipated economic benefits of particular acquisitions within the expected time frame, and we may lose customers or employees of the acquired business;

  We may borrow funds to finance an acquisition, thereby increasing our leverage and diminishing our liquidity; and

  We have completed various acquisitions and opened additional banking offices in the past few years that enhanced our rate of growth.  We may not be able to continue to sustain our past rate of growth or to grow at all in the future.

Our growth or future losses may require us to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed or the cost of that capital may be very high.
 
We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations.  We anticipate that our existing capital resources will satisfy our capital requirements for the foreseeable future.  We may at some point need to raise additional capital to support continued growth or losses, both internally and through acquisitions.
 
Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial performance.  Accordingly, we cannot make assurances of our ability to raise additional capital if needed, or if the terms will be acceptable to us.  If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired.
 
Our wholesale funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits or support our future growth.
 
We   must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers.  As a part of our liquidity management, we use a number of funding sources in addition to core deposit growth and repayments and maturities of loans and investments.  As we continue to grow, we may become more dependent on these sources, which include brokered certificates of deposit, repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased, Federal Reserve term auction funds and Federal Home Loan Bank advances.  Adverse operating results or changes in industry conditions could lead to an inability to replace these additional funding sources at maturity.  Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable interest rates.  Finally, if we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs.  In this case, our operating margins and profitability would be adversely affected.
 
Since our business is concentrated in the Chicago metropolitan area, a further decline in the economy of this area may adversely affect our business.
 
Except for our lease banking activities which are nationwide, our lending and deposit gathering activities are concentrated primarily in the Chicago metropolitan area.  Our success depends on the general economic conditions of this metropolitan area and its surrounding areas.
 
Many of the loans in our portfolio are secured by real estate.  Most of these loans are secured by properties located in the Chicago metropolitan area.  Continued deterioration in the real estate markets where collateral for a mortgage loan is located could adversely affect the borrower's ability to repay the loan and the value of the collateral securing the loan.  Real estate values are affected by various other factors, including changes in general or regional economic conditions, governmental rules or policies and natural disasters such as tornados.
 
 
Adverse changes in the regional and general economy could reduce our growth rate, impair our ability to collect loans and generally have a negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We may experience future goodwill impairment.

If our estimates of the fair value of our goodwill change as a result of changes in our business or other factors, we may determine that an impairment charge is necessary. Estimates of fair value are based on a complex model using, among other things, cash flows and company comparisons.  To the extent our market capitalization (market value of total common shares outstanding) is less than the book value of our total stockholders’ equity (which it was not as of December 31, 2008 but was as of February 27, 2009), this will be considered, along with other pertinent factors, in determining whether goodwill is impaired.  If our estimates of future cash flows or other components of our fair value calculations are inaccurate, the fair value of goodwill reflected in our financial statements could be inaccurate and we could be required to take asset impairment charges, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Non-compliance with USA Patriot Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions.
 
The USA Patriot and Bank Secrecy Acts require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities.  If such activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network.  These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts.  Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines or sanctions.  During the last year, several banking institutions have received large fines for non-compliance with these laws and regulations.  Although we have developed policies and procedures designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations, no assurance can be given that these policies and procedures will be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations.
 
New or changes in existing tax, accounting, and regulatory rules and interpretations could significantly impact strategic initiatives, results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition.
 
The financial services industry is extensively regulated. Federal and state banking regulations are designed primarily to protect the deposit insurance funds and consumers, not to benefit a financial company’s shareholders.  These regulations may sometimes impose significant limitations on operations.  The significant federal and state banking regulations that affect us are described in this report under the heading “Item 1. Business-Supervision and Regulation.”  These regulations, along with the currently existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance, and monetary laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations control the methods by which financial institutions conduct business, implement strategic initiatives and tax compliance, and govern financial reporting and disclosures.  These laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations are constantly evolving and may change significantly over time.
 
Significant legal actions could subject us to substantial liabilities.
 
We are from time to time subject to claims related to our operations.  These claims and legal actions, including supervisory actions by our regulators, could involve large monetary claims and significant defense costs.  As a result, we may be exposed to substantial liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
The loss of certain key personnel could adversely affect our operations.
 
Our success depends in large part on the retention of a limited number of key management, lending and other banking personnel.  We could undergo a difficult transition period if we were to lose the services of any of these individuals.  Our success also depends on the experience of our banking facilities' managers and lending officers and on their relationships with the customers and communities they serve.  The loss of these key persons could negatively impact the affected banking operations.
 
 
Because of our participation in the CPP under the EESA, we are subject to several restrictions, including restrictions on compensation paid to our executive officers and other key employees.
 
Our ability to retain key officers and employees may be further impacted by legislation and regulation affecting the financial services industry. On February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 was signed into law. Section 7001 of the ARRA amended Section 111 of the EESA in its entirety. While the U.S. Treasury must promulgate regulations to implement the restrictions and standards set forth in Section 7001, the ARRA, among other things, significantly expands the executive compensation restrictions previously imposed by the EESA. Such restrictions apply to any entity that has received or will receive financial assistance under the Troubled Asset Recovery Program, and will generally continue to apply for as long as any obligation arising from financial assistance provided under TARP, including preferred stock issued under the Capital Purchase Program, remains outstanding. These ARRA restrictions will not apply to any Troubled Asset Recovery Program recipient during such time when the federal government (i) only holds any warrants to purchase common stock of such recipient or (ii) does not hold any preferred stock or warrants to purchase common stock of such recipient. As a result of our participation in the Capital Purchase Program, the restrictions and standards set forth in Section 7001 of the ARRA shall be applicable to us, subject to regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury. Such restrictions and standards may further impact management's ability to compete with financial institutions that are not subject to the same limitations as us under Section 7001 of the ARRA.
 
     Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by the loss of any of its key employees, or our inability to attract and retain skilled employees.
 
Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry.
 
We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors.  Our future growth and success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in this highly competitive environment.  To date, we have grown our business successfully by focusing on our business lines in our geographic markets and emphasizing the high level of service and responsiveness desired by our customers.  We compete for loans, deposits and other financial services with other commercial banks, thrifts, credit unions, brokerage houses, mutual funds, insurance companies and specialized finance companies.  Many of our competitors offer products and services which we do not offer, and many have substantially greater resources and lending limits, name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business.  In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do, and smaller newer competitors may also be more aggressive in terms of pricing loan and deposit products than we are in order to obtain a share of the market.  Some of the financial institutions and financial services organizations with which we compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation as is imposed on bank holding companies, federally insured state-chartered banks and national banks and federal savings banks.  As a result, these nonbank competitors have certain advantages over us in accessing funding and in providing various services.
 
We are subject to security and operational risks relating to our use of technology that could damage our reputation and our business.
 
Security breaches in our internet banking activities could expose us to possible liability and damage our reputation.  Any compromise of our security also could deter customers from using our internet banking services that involve the transmission of confidential information.  We rely on standard internet security systems to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure transmission of data.  These precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of our security measures that could result in damage to our reputation and our business.  Additionally, we outsource our data processing to a third party.  If our third party provider encounters difficulties or if we have difficulty in communicating with such third party, it will significantly affect our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions, which would significantly affect our business operations.
 
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.
 
Item 2.   Properties
 
We conduct our business at 72 retail banking center locations, with 71 in the Chicago metropolitan area and one in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.  We own 37 of our banking center facilities.  The other facilities are leased for various terms.  All of our branches have ATMs, and we have 10 additional ATMs at other locations in the Chicago metropolitan area.  We believe that all of our properties and equipment are well maintained, in good operating condition and adequate for all of our present and anticipated needs.
 
Set forth below is information relating to each of our offices as of December 31, 2008.  The total net book value of our premises and equipment (including land and land improvements, buildings, furniture and equipment, and buildings and leasehold improvements) at December 31, 2008 was $186.5 million.
 
 
Principal Business Office:
800 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois
 
Banking Office Locations:

Chicago (Central)
1200 North Ashland Avenue, Chicago, Illinois (1)
936 North Western, Chicago, Illinois
820 North Western, Chicago, Illinois
2 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois (1)
303 East Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois (1)
One East Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois (1)
One South Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois (1)
33 W. Huron St., Chicago, Illinois (1)
557 S. State St., Chicago, Illinois (1)
1420 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois (2)

Chicago (North)
2965 North Milwaukee, Chicago, Illinois
5670 North Milwaukee, Chicago, Illinois
6443 North Sheridan Road, Chicago, Illinois (1)

Chicago (South)
5100 South Damen Avenue, Chicago, Illinois
1618 West 18th Street, Chicago, Illinois
3030 East 92nd Street, Chicago, Illinois

Chicago (West)
6422 West Archer Avenue, Chicago, Illinois (2)
8300 West Belmont, Chicago, Illinois

Chicago (Suburban)
777 Army Trail Rd., Addison, Illinois
2992 Indian Trail Rd., Aurora, Illinois
1050 Busse Hwy., Bensenville, Illinois (1)
455 S. Weber Rd., Bolingbrook, Illinois
1500 Roosevelt Rd., Broadview, Illinois
5750 West 87th Street, Burbank, Illinois
7000 County Line Road, Burr Ridge, Illinois
8300 S. Madison St., Burr Ridge, Illinois
600 W. Plainfield Rd., Countryside, Illinois
1100 E. Exchange Ave., Crete, Illinois (1)
2401 75th St. Darien, Illinois
14121 Chicago Road, Dolton, Illinois
1218 Sheffield Ave., Dyer Indiana (1)
990 North York Road, Elmhurst, Illinois
685 N. Lagrange Rd., Frankfort, Illinois (1)
356 Park Ave., Glencoe, Illinois (1)
2823 Pfingsten Rd., Glenview, Illinois (1)
2200 N. Waukegan Rd., Glenview, Illinois (1)
581 Elm Pl., Highland Park, Illinois (1)
2345 West 183rd St., Homewood, Illinois (1)
13900 S. Bell Rd., Homer Glen, Illinois
326 W. Burlington Ave., LaGrange Park, Illinois
401 North LaGrange Road, LaGrange Park, Illinois (1)
1151 State Street, Lemont, Illinois
6401 North Lincoln Avenue, Lincolnwood, Illinois
4010 West Touhy Avenue, Lincolnwood, Illinois
6444 S. College Rd., Lisle, Illinois (1)
1145 S. Main St., Lombard, Illinois (2)
6201 West Dempster Street, Morton Grove, Illinois
9147 Waukekgan Road, Morton Grove, Illinois
 
 
15 East Prospect Avenue, Mount Prospect, Illinois (1)
380 W. Diehl Rd., Naperville, Illinois
7557 West Oakton Street, Niles, Illinois (1)
1161 Church St., Northbrook, Illinois (1)
7222 West Cermak Road, North Riverside, Illinois (1)
1400 Sixteenth St., Oak Brook, Illinois (1)
3824 York Rd., Oak Brook, Illinois (1)
9701 S. Cicero Ave., Oak Lawn, Illinois
6621 West North Ave., Oak Park, Illinois
2251 Plum Grove Road, Palatine, Illinois
1014 Busse Highway, Park Ridge, Illinois (1)
6111 North River Road, Rosemont, Illinois (3)
200 West Higgins Road, Schaumburg, Illinois (1)
475 East 162nd Street, South Holland, Illinois
16340 South Park Avenue, South Holland, Illinois
16145 South State St., South Holland, Illinois (1)
2607 Lincoln Hwy., St. Charles, Illinois
16255 South Harlem Avenue, Tinley Park, Illinois
18299 South Harlem Avenue, Tinley Park, Illinois
16039 South Harlem Avenue, Tinley Park, Illinois (1)
28W571 Batavia Rd., Warrenville, Illinois (1)
212 S. West St., Wheaton, Illinois

Pennsylvania
7918 Bustleton Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
 
(1)   
Leased facilities.
(2)  
Land under building site is leased; other land and buildings are owned.
(3)  
The Company owns the building.  However, the first floor is under a master lease agreement to a third party.  The branch leases the space from the third party.
 
We also have non-bank office locations in Chicago, Illinois, Paramus, New Jersey, Troy, Michigan, Columbus, Ohio, and Freeport, The Bahamas.  The Chicago office is used as the headquarters for Cedar Hill.  The Paramus location is used as part of our lease banking services.  The Troy and Columbus locations are used only as part of LaSalle’s business.  The Freeport office houses the headquarters for MBRE Holdings LLC.  None of these locations provide banking services to our customers.
 
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings
 
We are involved from time to time as plaintiff or defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of our businesses.  While the ultimate outcome of pending proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the opinion of management, after consultation with counsel representing us in such proceedings, that the resolution of these proceedings should not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operation.
 
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
 
No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during the quarter ended December 31, 2008.
 
 
PART II
 
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “MBFI”.  There were approximately 1,650 holders of record of our common stock as of December 31, 2008.
 
The following table presents quarterly market price information and cash dividends paid per share for our common stock for 2008 and 2007:
 
 
Market Price Range
   
High
 
Low
 
Dividends Paid
2008
           
Quarter ended December 31, 2008
 
 $34.59
 
 $20.43
 
 $0.18
Quarter ended September 30, 2008
 
 $44.29
 
 $18.76
 
 $0.18
Quarter ended June 30, 2008
 
 $32.59
 
 $22.47
 
 $0.18
Quarter ended March 31, 2008
 
 $33.30
 
 $25.41
 
 $0.18
2007
           
Quarter ended December 31, 2007
 
 $36.52
 
 $29.13
 
 $0.18
Quarter ended September 30, 2007
 
 $37.88
 
 $31.15
 
 $0.18
Quarter ended June 30, 2007
 
 $36.53
 
 $33.18
 
 $0.18
Quarter ended March 31, 2007
 
 $37.89
 
 $34.50
 
 $0.18
 
The timing and amount of cash dividends paid depends on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other relevant factors.  In this regard, we reduced our dividend for the first quarter of 2009 to $0.12 per share after reviewing these factors and giving consideration to the current economic environment.  The primary source for dividends paid to stockholders is dividends paid to us from MB Financial Bank.  We have an internal policy which provides that dividends paid to us by MB Financial Bank cannot exceed an amount that would cause the bank’s total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage capital ratios to fall below 11%, 8% and 7%, respectively.  The minimum ratios required for a bank to be considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes are 10%, 6% and 5%, respectively.  In addition to adhering to our internal policy, there are regulatory restrictions on the ability of national banks to pay dividends.  See “Item 1. Business - Supervision and Regulation - Dividends ” above and Note 18 of notes to consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this report.
 
The following table sets forth information for the three months ended December 31, 2008 with respect to repurchases of our outstanding common shares:
 
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased (1)
 
Average Price Paid per Share
 
Number of Shares Purchased as Part  Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
 
Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
October 1, 2008 – October 31, 2008
 172
 
 $29.67
 
 -
 
 -
November 1, 2008 – November 30, 2008
 160
 
 29.71
 
 -
 
 -
December 1, 2008 – December 31, 2008
 38,660
 (2)
 26.09
 (2)
 -
 
 -
Total
 38,992
 
 $26.12
 
 -
   

(1)   
Represents shares of stock withheld upon vesting of restricted shares or exercise of stock options to satisfy tax withholding obligations.
(2)  
Includes 36,817 shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the exercise price of stock options exercised, and to satisfy tax withholding obligations.
 
On December 5, 2008, as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program of the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”), the Company sold to Treasury 196,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), having a liquidation preference
 
 
amount of $1,000 per share, for a purchase price of $196.0 million in cash and (ii) issued to Treasury a ten-year warrant to purchase 1,012,048 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $29.05 per share.
 
The securities purchase agreement between us and Treasury provides that prior to the earlier of (i) December 5, 2011 and (ii) the date on which all of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock have been redeemed by us or transferred by Treasury to third parties, we may not, without the consent of Treasury, (a) pay a cash dividend on our common stock of more than $0.18 per share or (b) subject to limited exceptions, redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire shares of our common stock or preferred stock, other than the Series A Preferred Stock, or trust preferred securities.  In addition, under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, we may not pay dividends on our common stock unless we are current in our dividend payments on the Series A Preferred Stock.  Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are payable quarterly at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and a rate of 9% per annum thereafter if not redeemed prior to that time.
 
Stock Performance Presentation
 
The following line graph shows a comparison of the cumulative returns for the Company, the NASDAQ Market Bank Index and an index of peer corporations selected by the Company, for the period beginning December 31, 2003 and ending December 31, 2008.  The information assumes that $100 was invested at the closing price on December 31, 2003 in the Common Stock and each index, and that all dividends were reinvested.
 
COMPARISON OF 5-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
AMONG MB FINANCIAL, INC.,
NASDAQ BANK INDEX AND PEER GROUP INDEX

COMPARISON OF 5 YR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
 
 
Fiscal Year Ending
COMPANY/INDEX/MARKET
12/31/2003
12/31/2004
12/31/2005
12/31/2006
12/31/2007
12/31/2008
             
MB Financial, Inc.
 100.00
 117.37
 100.01
 108.23
 90.56
 84.23
NASDAQ Banks
 100.00
 110.99
 106.18
 117.87
 91.85
 69.88
Peer Group
 100.00
 121.82
 123.52
 129.14
 96.12
 58.73
 
 
 
The Peer Group is made up of the common stocks of the following companies:
 
AMCORE FINANCIAL INC
FIRST MIDWEST BANCORP INC
MIDWEST BANC HOLDINGS INC
OLD SECOND BANCORP INC
PRIVATEBANCORP INC
TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP INC
WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
 
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data
 
Set forth below and on the following page is our summary consolidated financial information and other financial data.  This information should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included herein in response to Item 7 and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included herein in response to Item 8 (in thousands, except common share data).
 
On November 28, 2007, the Company sold its Union Bank subsidiary.  In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, the assets, liabilities, earnings, and cash flows of the business conducted by Union Bank have been shown separately as discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of income, and consolidated statements of cash flows for all periods presented.
 
For purposes of the following discussion, balances, average rate, income and expenses associated with Union Bank have been excluded from continuing operations.  See Note 3 in the notes to consolidated financial statements contained under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
 
Our summary consolidated financial information and other financial data contain information determined by methods other than in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).  These measures include net interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis, net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis, tangible equity to assets ratio, tangible common equity to assets ratio, tangible common book value per share, and annualized cash return on average tangible common equity.  Our management uses these non-GAAP measures in its analysis of our performance.  The tax equivalent adjustment to net interest income recognizes the income tax savings when comparing taxable and tax-exempt assets and assumes a 35% tax rate.  Management believes that it is a standard practice in the banking industry to present net interest income and net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis, and accordingly believes that providing these measures may be useful for peer comparison purposes.  The other measures exclude goodwill and other intangible assets, net of tax benefit, in determining tangible stockholders’ equity.  Management believes the presentation of these other financial measures excluding the impact of such items provides useful supplemental information that is helpful in understanding our financial results, as they provide a method to assess management’s success in utilizing our tangible capital.  These disclosures should not be viewed as substitutes for the results determined to be in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies.
 
 
Reconciliations of net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis to net interest margin and tangible common book value per common share to common book value per common share are contained in the “Selected Financial Data” discussed below.
 
Selected Financial Data:

 
As of or for the Year Ended December 31,
   
2008
 
2007
 
2006 (1)
 
2005
 
2004 (2)
Statement of Income Data:
                   
Interest income
 
 $413,788
 
 $457,266
 
 $374,371
 
 $274,522
 
 $213,788
Interest expense
 
 192,900
 
 244,960
 
 186,192
 
 105,689
 
 65,083
Net interest income
 
 220,888
 
 212,306
 
 188,179
 
 168,833
 
 148,705
Provision for loan losses
 
 125,721
 
 19,313
 
 10,100
 
 8,150
 
 7,800
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
 
 95,167
 
 192,993
 
 178,079
 
 160,683
 
 140,905
Other income
 
 98,466
 
 99,904
 
 71,321
 
 60,080
 
 63,288
Other expenses
 
 200,787
 
 206,836
 
 159,075
 
 133,511
 
 119,518
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
 (7,154)
 
 86,061
 
 90,325
 
 87,252
 
 84,675
Applicable income tax expense (benefit)
 
 (23,318)
 
 24,036
 
 27,269
 
 26,607
 
 25,697
Income from continuing operations
 
 16,164
 
 62,025
 
 63,056
 
 60,645
 
 58,978
Discontinued operations
                   
Income from discontinued operations before income taxes
 
 -
 
 50,475
 
 6,213
 
 6,281
 
 6,091
Income taxes
 
 -
 
 18,637
 
 2,155
 
 2,172
 
 1,941
Income from discontinued operations
 
 -
 
 31,838
 
 4,058
 
 4,109
 
 4,150
Net income
 
 16,164
 
 93,863
 
 67,114
 
 64,754
 
 63,128
Dividends on preferred shares
 
 789
 
 -
 
 -
 
 -
 
 -
Net income available to common shareholders
 
 $  15,375
 
 $  93,863
 
 $  67,114
 
 $  64,754
 
 $  63,128
                     
Common Share Data:
                   
Basic earnings per common share from continuing operations
 
 $      0.44
 
 $      1.73
 
 $      2.02
 
 $      2.13
 
 $      2.11
Basic earnings per common share from discontinued operations
 
 $            -
 
 $      0.88
 
 $      0.13
 
 $      0.14
 
 $      0.15
Basic earnings per common share
 
 $      0.44
 
 $      2.61
 
 $      2.15
 
 $      2.27
 
 $      2.26
Diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations
 
 $      0.44
 
 $      1.70
 
 $      1.99
 
 $      2.10
 
 $      2.07
Diluted earnings per common share from discontinued operations
 
 $            -
 
 $      0.88
 
 $      0.13
 
 $      0.14
 
 $      0.14
Diluted earnings per common share
 
 $      0.44
 
 $      2.58
 
 $      2.12
 
 $      2.24
 
 $      2.21
Common book value per common share
 
 $    25.17
 
 $    24.91
 
 $    23.10
 
 $    17.81
 
 $    16.90
Less: goodwill and other tangible assets, net of tax benefit, per common share
 
 $    11.56
 
 $    11.43
 
 $    10.85
 
 $      4.66
 
 $      4.63
Tangible common book value per common share
 
 $    13.61
 
 $    13.48
 
 $    12.25
 
 $    13.15
 
 $    12.27
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                   
Basic
 
 34,706,092
 
 35,919,900
 
 31,156,887
 
 28,480,909
 
 27,886,191
Diluted
 
 35,061,712
 
 36,439,561
 
 31,687,220
 
 28,895,042
 
 28,537,111
Dividend payout ratio
 
163.64%
 
27.59%
 
30.70%
 
24.63%
 
22.09%
Cash dividends per common share
 
 $      0.72
 
 $      0.72
 
 $      0.66
 
 $      0.56
 
 $      0.50

(1)
In 2006 we acquired First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc.
(2)
In 2004 we acquired First SecurityFed Financial, Inc.

Selected Financial Data (continued):
   
As of or for the Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004
Balance Sheet Data:
                   
Cash and due from banks
 
 $  79,824
 
 $141,248
 
 $142,207
 
 $  82,751
 
 $  81,059
Investment securities
 
 1,400,376
 
 1,241,385
 
 1,628,348
 
 1,316,149
 
 1,256,526
Loans, gross
 
 6,228,563
 
 5,615,627
 
 4,971,494
 
 3,480,447
 
 3,180,820
Allowance for loan losses
 
 144,001
 
 65,103
 
 58,983
 
 42,290
 
 42,255
Assets held for sale
 
 -
 
 -
 
 393,608
 
 370,103
 
 320,190
Total assets
 
 8,819,763
 
 7,834,703
 
 7,978,298
 
 5,719,065
 
 5,253,975
Deposits
 
 6,495,571
 
 5,513,783
 
 5,580,553
 
 3,906,212
 
 3,698,540
Short-term and long-term borrowings
 
 960,085
 
 1,186,586
 
 934,384
 
 771,088
 
 633,616
Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts
 
 158,824
 
 159,016
 
 179,162
 
 123,526
 
 87,443
Liabilities held for sale
 
 -
 
 -
 
 361,008
 
 341,988
 
 293,110
Stockholders’ equity
 
 1,066,195
 
 862,369
 
 846,952
 
 506,986
 
 484,537
Plus: minority interest
 
 2,629
 
 -
 
 -
 
 -
 
 -
      Less: goodwill
 
 387,069
 
 379,047
 
 379,047
 
 125,010
 
 123,628
      Less: other intangible assets, net of tax benefit
 
 16,754
 
 16,479
 
 18,756
 
 8,186
 
 8,832
Tangible equity
 
 665,001
 
 466,843
 
 449,149
 
 373,790
 
 352,077
      Less: preferred stock
 
 193,025
 
 -
 
 -
 
 -
 
 -
Tangible common equity
 
 $471,976
 
 $466,843
 
 $449,149
 
 $373,790
 
 $352,077
Performance Ratios (continuing operations):
                   
Return on average assets
 
0.20%
 
0.78%
 
0.96%
 
1.10%
 
1.23%
Return on average common equity
 
1.74%
 
7.29%
 
10.06%
 
12.31%
 
13.55%
Net interest margin (1)
 
3.03%
 
3.20%
 
3.40%
 
3.62%
 
3.67%
Tax equivalent effect
 
0.13%
 
0.12%
 
0.11%
 
0.12%
 
0.10%
Net interest margin – fully tax equivalent basis (1)
 
3.16%
 
3.32%
 
3.51%
 
3.74%
 
3.77%
Efficiency ratio (2)
 
61.19%
 
63.90%
 
59.77%
 
56.53%
 
54.18%
Cash return on average tangible common equity (3)
 
3.65%
 
14.14%
 
16.03%
 
17.02%
 
18.26%
Loans to deposits
 
95.89%
 
101.85%
 
89.09%
 
89.10%
 
86.00%
Performance Ratios (total):
                   
Return on average assets
 
0.20%
 
1.19%
 
1.02%
 
1.17%
 
1.31%
Return on average common equity
 
1.74%
 
11.03%
 
10.70%
 
13.15%
 
14.50%
Net interest margin (1)
 
3.03%
 
3.22%
 
3.41%
 
3.63%
 
3.69%
Tax equivalent effect
 
0.13%
 
0.11%
 
0.11%
 
0.11%
 
0.10%
Net interest margin – fully tax equivalent basis (1)
 
3.16%
 
3.33%
 
3.52%
 
3.74%
 
3.79%
Efficiency ratio (2)
 
61.19%
 
55.90%
 
59.61%
 
56.47%
 
55.16%
Cash return on average tangible common equity (3)
 
3.65%
 
21.14%
 
17.04%
 
18.16%
 
19.53%
Loans to deposits
 
95.89%
 
101.85%
 
89.10%
 
89.16%
 
84.44%
Asset Quality Ratios:
                   
Non-performing loans to total loans (4)
 
2.34%
 
0.44%
 
0.43%
 
0.58%
 
0.71%
Non-performing assets to total assets (5)
 
1.71%
 
0.33%
 
0.31%
 
0.36%
 
0.44%
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
 
2.31%
 
1.16%
 
1.19%
 
1.22%
 
1.33%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans (4)
 
98.67%
 
266.17%
 
274.75%
 
209.66%
 
187.21%
Net loan charge-offs to average loans
 
0.79%
 
0.25%
 
0.24%
 
0.24%
 
0.23%
Liquidity and Capital Ratios:
                   
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets
 
12.07%
 
9.75%
 
10.49%
 
11.70%
 
11.38%
Total capital to risk weighted assets
 
14.08%
 
11.58%
 
11.80%
 
12.91%
 
12.54%
Tier 1 capital to average assets
 
9.85%
 
8.18%
 
8.39%
 
9.08%
 
8.62%
Average equity to average assets
 
10.90%
 
10.76%
 
9.50%
 
8.93%
 
9.07%
Tangible equity to assets (6)
 
7.90%
 
6.28%
 
5.93%
 
6.69%
 
6.87%
Tangible common equity to assets (7)
 
5.61%
 
6.28%
 
5.93%
 
6.69%
 
6.87%
Other:
                   
Banking facilities
 
72
 
73
 
70
 
45
 
45
Full time equivalent employees (8)
 
1,342
 
1,282
 
1,380
 
1,123
 
1,030
 
(1)  
Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets.
(2)  
Equals total other expense divided by the sum of net interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis and total other income less net gains (losses) on securities available for sale.
(3)  
Net cash flow available to common stockholders (net income plus other intangibles amortization expense, net of tax benefit) / Average tangible common equity (average common equity less average goodwill and average other intangibles, net of tax benefit).
(4)  
Non-performing loans include loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis, accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal and loans the terms of which have been renegotiated to provide reduction or deferral of interest or principal because of a deterioration in the financial position of the borrower.
(5)  
Non-performing assets include non-performing loans, other real estate owned and other repossessed assets.
(6)  
Equals total ending shareholders’ equity plus minority interest less goodwill and other intangibles, net of tax benefit, divided by total assets less goodwill and other intangibles, net of tax benefit.
(7)  
Equals total ending shareholders’ equity plus minority interest less preferred stock, goodwill and other intangibles, net of tax benefit, divided by total assets less goodwill and other intangibles, net of tax benefit.
(8)   
Includes Union Bank employees.


Selected Financial Data (continued):
 
The following table presents a reconciliation of cash return on average common tangible equity (in thousands):
   
2008
2007
2006
2005
2004
Net Income available to common shareholders from continuing
           
operations - as reported
 
 $  15,375
 $  62,025
 $  63,056
 $  60,645
 $  58,978
Plus:  Intangible amortization, net of tax benefit
 
 2,310
 2,278
 1,281
 645
 660
Net cash flow available to common shareholders from continuing operations
 
 $  17,685
 $  64,303
 $  64,337
 $  61,290
 $  59,638
             
Net Income available to common shareholders
 
 $  15,375
 $  93,863
 $  67,114
 $  64,754
 $  63,128
Plus:  Intangible amortization, net of tax benefit
 
 2,310
 2,278
 1,281
 645
 660
Net cash flow available to common  shareholders
 
 $  17,685
 $  96,141
 $  68,395
 $  65,399
 $  63,788
             
Average common stockholder’s equity
 
 $884,032
 $851,324
 $627,069
 $492,513
 $435,419
    Plus:  Average minority interest
 
 1,516
 -
 -
 -
 -
     Less:  Average goodwill
 
 383,737
 379,047
 213,874
 123,879
 101,314
    Less:  Average other intangible assets net of tax benefit
 
 16,788
 17,524
 11,901
 8,496
 7,453
Average tangible common equity
 
 $485,023
 $454,753
 $401,294
 $360,138
 $326,652
 
The following table sets forth our selected quarterly financial data (in thousands, except common share data):
 
Three Months Ended 2008
Three Months Ended 2007
Statement of Income Data:
December
September
June
March
December
September
June
March
Interest income
$101,535
$103,061
$101,390
$107,802
$114,829
$117,172
$113,397
$111,868
Interest expense
46,789
46,455
45,317
54,339
60,857
63,089
61,043
59,971
                 
Net interest income
54,746
56,606
56,073
53,463
53,972
54,083
52,354
51,897
Provision for loan losses
72,581
18,400
12,200
22,540
8,000
4,500
3,000
3,813
                 
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses
(17,835)
38,206
43,873
30,923
45,972
49,583
49,354
48,084
                 
Other income
21,937
26,425
25,567
24,537
22,981
23,259
30,720
22,944
Other expenses
48,271
52,166
52,126
48,224
59,130
48,827
52,073
46,806
Income (loss) before income taxes
(44,169)
12,465
17,314
7,236
9,823
24,015
28,001
24,222
Income tax expense (benefit)
(19,348)
(689)
(4,693)
1,412
1,890
6,709
8,394
7,043
Income (loss) from continuing operations
(24,821)
13,154
22,007
5,824
7,933
17,306
19,607
17,179
Discontinued operations
               
Income from discontinued operations before income taxes
-
-
-
-
45,744
1,499
1,803
1,429
Income taxes
-
-
-
-
17,281
500
369
487
Income from discontinued operations
-
-
-
-
28,463
999
1,434
942
Net income (loss)
$(24,821)
$  13,154
$  22,007
$    5,824
$  36,396
$  18,305
$  21,041
$  18,121
Dividends on preferred shares
789
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
$(25,610)
$  13,154
$  22,007
$    5,824
$  36,396
$  18,305
$  21,041
$  18,121
                 
Net Interest Margin
2.86%
3.04%
3.11%
3.10%
3.16%
3.22%
3.20%
3.21%
Tax equivalent effect
0.14%
0.14%
0.14%
0.12%
0.12%
0.12%
0.11%
0.12%
Net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis
3.00%
3.18%
3.25%
3.22%
3.28%
3.34%
3.31%
3.33%
                 
Common Share Data :
               
Basic earnings (loss) per common share from continuing operations
$    (0.74)
$      0.38
$      0.63
$      0.17
$      0.23
$      0.48
$      0.54
$      0.47
Basic earnings per common share from discontinued operations
$             -
$            -
$            -
$            -
$      0.81
$      0.03
$      0.04
$      0.02
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
$    (0.74)
$      0.38
$      0.63
$      0.17
$      1.04
$      0.51
$      0.58
$      0.49
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share from continuing operations
$    (0.74)
$      0.38
$      0.63
$      0.17
$      0.22
$      0.48
$      0.53
$      0.46
Diluted earnings per common share from discontinued operations
$             -
$            -
$            -
$            -
$      0.80
$      0.03
$      0.04
$      0.03
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
$    (0.74)
$      0.38
$      0.63
$      0.17
$      1.02
$      0.51
$      0.57
$      0.49
Weighted average common shares outstanding
34,777,651
34,732,633
34,692,571
34,620,435
35,095,301
35,733,165
36,239,731
36,630,323
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
35,164,585
35,074,297
35,047,596
34,994,731
35,536,449
36,213,532
36,744,473
37,180,928
 
Fourth Quarter Results
 
We had a net loss from continuing operations available to common shareholders of $25.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2008, compared to net income from continuing operations available to common shareholders of $7.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2007.  The results for the fourth quarter of 2008 generated an annualized return on average assets of (1.15%), an annualized return on average common equity of (11.38%) and an annualized cash return on average tangible common equity of (20.14%), compared to 0.40%, 3.68% and 7.32%, respectively, for the same period in 2007.
 
 
Net interest income remained stable in the fourth quarter of 2008 compared to the fourth quarter of 2007.  Our average interest earning assets increased by $837.6 million from the fourth quarter of 2007 to the fourth quarter of 2008.  The increase in average interest earning assets was offset by a 28 basis point decrease in our net interest margin, on a fully tax equivalent basis.  Average interest bearing assets increased primarily due to organic growth.  There were three primary reasons for the decline in our net interest margin.  First, much of the decline in the margin was due to the timing of asset and liability repricing.  Our interest earning assets tend to reprice faster than our interest bearing liabilities.  There was a dramatic decrease in Fed funds and LIBOR rates during the fourth quarter of 2008.  As a result, our overall loan yields declined significantly more than our funding costs during the fourth quarter of 2008, as it typically takes more time for our funding liabilities to adjust.  Second, we experienced very strong core funding growth, and as a result of this growth along with the receipt of $196.0 million from the issuance of preferred securities pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program, we built significant excess liquidity during the fourth quarter of 2008.  Third, our non-performing loans increased from $24.5 million at December 31, 2007 to $145.9 million at December 31, 2008.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations- Asset Quality ” in Item 7 below for further analysis of non-performing loans.
 
The provision for loan losses was $72.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2008 and $8.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2007.   The increase in our provision from 2007 to 2008 was primarily due to increases in non-performing and potential problem loans as a result of declining real estate values and the continued deterioration in economic conditions.  Net charge-offs were $17.4 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2008 compared to $4.0 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2007.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations- Asset Quality ” in Item 7 below for further analysis of the allowance for loan losses.
 
Other income was $21.9 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $1.0 million, or 4.5% compared to $23.0 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2007.  Deposit service fees increased from $6.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2007 to $7.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2008, primarily due to an increase in commercial deposit and treasury management fees during 2008, as a result of a lower earnings credit rate.  Trust and asset management fees increased from $2.1 million in fourth quarter of 2007 to $2.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2008, primarily due to our Cedar Hill acquisition during the second quarter of 2008.  Net gains recognized on securities sold totaled $24 thousand in the fourth quarter of 2008, compared to a net loss of $1.5 million on securities sold for the quarter ended December 31, 2007.  These increases were offset by decreases in brokerage fees, net gain on sale of assets, and other operating income of $878 thousand, $1.6 million, and $1.2 million, respectively.  Brokerage fees decreased primarily due to a $447 thousand gain on the sale of our third party brokerage business recognized in the fourth quarter of 2007, and lower sales activity during the fourth quarter of 2008 compared to the fourth quarter of 2007.  Net losses recognized on assets sold totaled $874 thousand in the fourth quarter of 2008, compared to net gains recognized of $723 thousand during the same period in 2007.  Other operating income decreased primarily due to a decrease in market value of assets held in trust for deferred compensation.
 
Other expense decreased $10.9 million or 18.4% to $48.3 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2008 from $59.1 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2007.  Salaries and employee benefits expense decreased by $8.4 million, primarily due to an executive separation agreement expense of $5.9 million incurred in the fourth quarter of 2007, and a decrease in employee bonus expense during the fourth quarter of 2008.  Professional and legal expense decreased by $1.7 million, primarily due to $1.9 million of unamortized issuance costs recognized in the fourth quarter of 2007, as a result of the redemption of trust preferred securities in October 2007.  Charitable contributions decreased $1.5 million, due to a $1.5 million contribution made in the fourth quarter of 2007 to the MB Financial Charitable Foundation, which is dedicated to strengthening the communities where MB Financial Bank operates.  Other operating expenses increased by $1.1 million, primarily due to an increase in FDIC insurance premiums, as our FDIC credits were fully utilized during the fourth quarter of 2008.
 
Income tax benefit from continuing operations for the three months ended December 31, 2008 was $19.3 million, compared to income tax expense from continuing operations of $1.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2007.  See Note 16 of notes to consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this report for further analysis of income taxes.
 
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following is a discussion and analysis of our financial position and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the information set forth under “Item 1A Risks Factors,” “General” in Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk, and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing under Item 8 of this report.

Overview
 
We had net income from continuing operations available to common shareholders of $15.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $62.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  Fully diluted earnings per share from continuing operations available to common shareholders for 2008 were $0.44 compared to $1.70 per share in 2007.
 
 
The profitability of our operations depends primarily on our net interest income after provision for loan losses, which is the difference between interest earned on interest earning assets and interest paid on interest bearing liabilities less provision for loan losses.  The provision for loan losses is dependent on changes in our loan portfolio and management’s assessment of the collectability of our loan portfolio as well as prevailing economic and market conditions.  Additionally, our net income is affected by other income and other expenses.  The provision for loan losses reflects the amount, when added to the existing balance of the allowance for loan losses, that we believe is adequate to cover potential credit losses in our loan portfolio.  Non-interest income or other income consists of loan service fees, deposit service fees, net lease financing income, brokerage fees, asset management and trust fees, net gains on the sale of investment securities available for sale, increase in cash surrender value of life insurance, net gains on sale of other assets, merchant card processing fees and other operating income.  Other expenses include salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment expense, computer services expense, advertising and marketing expense, professional and legal expense, brokerage fee expense, telecommunication expense, other intangibles amortization expense, merchant card processing expense, charitable contributions, and other operating expenses.  Additionally, dividends on preferred shares reduce net income available to common shareholders.
 
Net interest income is affected by changes in the volume and mix of interest earning assets, interest earned on those assets, the volume and mix of interest bearing liabilities and interest paid on interest bearing liabilities.  Other income and other expenses are impacted by growth of operations and growth in the number of loan and deposit accounts through both acquisitions and core banking business growth.  Growth in operations affects other expenses primarily as a result of additional employees, branch facilities and promotional marketing expense.  Growth in the number of loan and deposit accounts affects other income, including service fees as well as other expenses such as computer services, supplies, postage, telecommunications and other miscellaneous expenses.
 
As noted under “Item 6. Selected Financial Data," on November 28, 2007, we completed the sale of our Oklahoma City-based subsidiary bank, Union Bank for $76.3 million, resulting in an after-tax gain of $28.8 million.  Prior to closing, Union Bank sold to MB Financial Bank approximately $100 million in performing loans previously purchased from and originated by MB Financial Bank.
 
For purposes of the following discussion, balances, average rate, income and expenses associated with Union Bank, including the gain recognized on the sale, have been excluded from continuing operations.  See Note 3 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on discontinued operations.
 
Recent Market Developments
 
In response to the financial crises affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats to investment banks and other financial institutions, on October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) was signed into law. Pursuant to the EESA, the U.S. Treasury was given the authority to, among other things, purchase up to $700 billion of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.
 
On October 14, 2008, the Secretary of the Department of the Treasury announced that the Department of the Treasury would purchase equity stakes in a wide variety of banks and thrifts. Under the program, known as the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program (the “TARP Capital Purchase Program”), from the $700 billion authorized by the EESA, the Treasury made $250 billion of capital available to U.S. financial institutions in the form of preferred stock. In conjunction with the purchase of preferred stock, the Treasury received, from participating financial institutions, warrants to purchase common stock with an aggregate market price equal to 15% of the preferred investment. Participating financial institutions were required to adopt the Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the Treasury holds equity issued under the TARP Capital Purchase Program.  On December 5, 2008, we received $196.0 million from the issuance of preferred stock and stock warrants to the Treasury pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program.
 
On November 21, 2008, the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a final rule relating to the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLG Program”). The TLG Program was announced by the FDIC on October 14, 2008, preceded by the determination of systemic risk by the Secretary of the Department of Treasury (after consultation with the President), as an initiative to counter the system-wide crisis in the nation’s financial sector. Under the TLG Program the FDIC will (i) guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, certain
 
 
newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by participating institutions on or after October 14, 2008, and before June 30, 2009 and (ii) provide full FDIC deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts paying less than 0.5% interest per annum and Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts held at participating FDIC insured institutions through December 31, 2009. Coverage under the TLG Program was available for the first 30 days without charge. The fee assessment for coverage of senior unsecured debt ranges from 50 basis points to 100 basis points per annum, depending on the initial maturity of the debt. The fee assessment for the Transaction Account Guarantee Program is 10 basis points per quarter on amounts in covered accounts exceeding $250,000.  On December 5, 2008, the Company elected not to opt-out of either guarantee program.  As of December 31, 2008, the Company did not have any debt issued under the TLG Program.  The FDIC has announced that for an additional premium, it will extend the TLG Program through October 2009, but no regulations have been published in proposed or final form.
 
Overall, during 2008, the business environment has been adverse for many households and businesses in the United States, including the Chicago metropolitan area, and worldwide.  It is expected that the business environment in the Chicago metropolitan area, the United States and worldwide will continue to deteriorate for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that these conditions will improve in the near term. These conditions could adversely affect the Company’s asset quality, results of operations and financial condition.
 
At December 31, 2008, the Company’s market capitalization (based on total shares outstanding) was greater than our total common stockholders’ equity of $876.6 million.  However, as of February 27, 2009, our market capitalization was less than our stockholders’ common equity.  Should this situation continue to exist during 2009, the Company will consider this and other factors, including the Company’s anticipated future cash flows, to determine whether goodwill is impaired.  No assurance can be given that the Company will not record an impairment loss on goodwill in 2009.  Because goodwill is not included in the calculation of regulatory capital, the Company’s regulatory capital ratios would not be affected by this potential non-cash expense.

Critical Accounting Policies
 
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and follow general practices within the industries in which we operate.  This preparation requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.  These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, actual results could differ from the estimates, assumptions, and judgments reflected in the financial statements.  Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.  Management believes the following policies are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require subjective or complex judgments; therefore, management considers the following to be critical accounting policies.  Management has reviewed the application of these polices with the Audit Committee of our board of directors.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses.   Subject to the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments is management's evaluation process used to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, which combines several factors: management's ongoing review and grading of the loan portfolio, consideration of past loan loss experience, trends in past due and nonperforming loans, risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans, existing economic conditions, the fair value of underlying collateral, and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could affect probable credit losses.  Because current economic conditions can change and future events are inherently difficult to predict, the anticipated amount of estimated loan losses, and therefore the adequacy of the allowance, could change significantly.  As an integral part of their examination process, various regulatory agencies also review the allowance for loan losses.  Such agencies may require that certain loan balances be charged off when their credit evaluations differ from those of management or require that adjustments be made to the allowance for loan losses, based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.  We believe the allowance for loan losses is adequate and properly recorded in the financial statements.  See "Allowance for Loan Losses" section below for further analysis.
 
Residual Value of Our Direct Finance, Leveraged, and Operating Leases . Lease residual value represents the present value of the estimated fair value of the leased equipment at the termination date of the lease.  Realization of these residual values depends on many factors, including management’s use of estimates, assumptions, and judgment to determine such values.  Several other factors outside of management’s control may reduce the residual values realized, including general market conditions at the time of expiration of the lease, whether there has been technological or economic obsolescence or unusual wear and tear on, or use of, the equipment and the cost of comparable equipment.  If, upon the expiration of
 
 
a lease, we sell the equipment and the amount realized is less than the recorded value of the residual interest in the equipment, we will recognize a loss reflecting the difference.  On a quarterly basis, management reviews the lease residuals for potential impairment.  If we fail to realize our aggregate recorded residual values, our financial condition and profitability could be adversely affected.  At December 31, 2008, the aggregate residual value of the equipment leased under our direct finance, leveraged, and operating leases totaled $46.4 million.  See Note 1 and Note 7 of our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
Income Tax Accounting.   In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109" (FIN 48). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing the minimum recognition threshold that a tax position must meet to be recognized in the financial statements.  FIN 48 also provides guidance on measurement, recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.  The Company adopted FIN 48 as of January 1, 2007.  As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized no material adjustment in the liability for uncertain income tax positions.  During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company increased the reserve for uncertain tax positions, which was more than offset by a reduction in the valuation allowances on state net operating loss carryforwards, resulting in a reduction of tax expense of $5.9 million.  The Company reassessed the likelihood of the state net operating losses being more likely than not utilized as a result of prospective tax law changes.  The potential future usage of these net operating losses also had a direct impact on the amount of state tax contingency reserves.  The Company elects to treat interest and penalties recognized for the underpayment of income taxes as income tax expense.  However, interest and penalties imposed by taxing authorities on issues specifically addressed in FIN 48 will be taken out of the tax reserves up to the amount allocated to interest and penalties.  The amount of interest and penalties exceeding the amount allocated in the tax reserves will be treated as income tax expense.  As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $964 thousand of accrued interest related to tax reserves.  The application of income tax law is inherently complex.  Laws and regulations in this area are voluminous and are often ambiguous.  As such, we are required to make many subjective assumptions and judgments regarding our income tax exposures.  Interpretations of and guidance surrounding income tax laws and regulations change over time.  As such, changes in our subjective assumptions and judgments can materially affect amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets and statements of income.
 
Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities.   On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS 157 which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell the financial asset or paid to transfer the financial liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The degree of management judgment involved in determining the fair value of assets and liabilities is dependent upon the availability of quoted market prices or observable market parameters.  For financial instruments that trade actively and have quoted market prices or observable market parameters, there is minimal subjectivity involved in measuring fair value.  When observable market prices and parameters are not fully available, management judgment is necessary to estimate fair value.  In addition, changes in market conditions may reduce the availability of quoted prices or observable data.  For example, reduced liquidity in the capital markets or changes in secondary market activities could result in observable market inputs becoming unavailable.  Therefore, when market data is not available, the Company would use valuation techniques requiring more management judgment to estimate the appropriate fair value measurement.

At December 31, 2008, $1.3 billion of investment securities, or 15.1 percent of total assets, were recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  All but one of these financial instruments used valuation methodologies involving market-based or market-derived information, collectively Level 1 and 2 measurements, to measure fair value.  One investment security with a fair value of $1.6 million at December 31, 2008, used significant unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity (Level 3) to measure fair value.  At December 31, 2008, $24.2 million, or less than one percent of total liabilities, consisted of financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

At December 31, 2008, $91.3 million of impaired loans, or one percent of total assets, were recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.  These assets were measured using Level 3 measurements.  At December 31, 2008, no liabilities were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.
 
See Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements for a complete discussion on the Company’s use of fair valuation of assets and liabilities and the related measurement techniques.
 
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements. Refer to Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective dates of adoption and effects on results of operations and financial condition.
 
Net Interest Income
 
The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of interest income from average interest earning assets and the related yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest bearing liabilities, and the related costs, expressed both in dollars and rates (dollars in thousands).  The table below and the discussion that follows contain presentations of net interest income and net interest margin on a tax-equivalent basis, which is adjusted for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and investments.  Net interest margin also is presented on a tax-equivalent basis in “Item 6. Selected Financial Data.”  We believe this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income, as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.
 
Reconciliations of net interest income and net interest margin on a tax-equivalent basis to net interest income and net interest margin in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America are provided in the table.
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
Average
 
Yield/
 
Average
 
Yield/
 
Average
 
Yield/
 
Balance
Interest
Rate
 
Balance
Interest
Rate
 
Balance
Interest
Rate
Interest Earning Assets:
                     
Loans (1) (2)
$5,892,845
$354,210
6.01%
 
$5,198,249
$392,526
7.55%
 
$4,082,920
$309,951
7.59%
Loans exempt from federal income taxes (3)
59,746
4,408
7.26
 
9,338
754
7.96
 
5,027
373
7.32
Taxable investment securities
868,700
40,468
4.66
 
1,037,129
49,675
4.79
 
1,115,585
51,836
4.65
Investment securities exempt from federal income taxes (3)
414,234
23,849
5.66
 
374,025
21,326
5.62
 
305,930
17,316
5.58
Federal funds sold
12,849
276
2.11
 
8,853
449
5.00
 
15,148
774
5.04
Other interest bearing deposits
52,497
467
0.89
 
7,193
264
3.67
 
7,952
312
3.92
     Total interest earning assets
7,300,871
$423,678
5.80
 
6,634,787
$464,994
7.01
 
5,532,562
$380,562
6.88
Assets available for sale
-
     
341,734
     
393,003
   
Non-interest earning assets
939,473
     
934,089
     
676,505
   
     Total assets
$8,240,344
     
$7,910,610
     
$6,602,070
   
                       
Interest Bearing Liabilities:
                     
Deposits:
                     
  NOW and money market deposit
$1,292,407
$  23,176
1.79%
 
$1,213,001
$  37,568
3.10%
 
$   778,795
$  18,475
2.37%
  Savings deposit
383,534
1,239
0.32
 
428,087
3,051
0.71
 
457,723
3,334
0.73
  Time deposits
3,426,332
126,955
3.71
 
2,986,964
145,030
4.86
 
2,674,892
119,299
4.46
Short-term borrowings
681,074
17,590
2.58
 
812,681
37,354
4.60
 
631,892
27,944
4.42
Long-term borrowings and  junior subordinated notes
581,026
23,940
4.05
 
364,441
21,957
5.94
 
293,310
17,140
5.76
     Total interest bearing liabilities
6,364,373
$192,900
3.03
 
5,805,174
$244,960
4.22
 
4,836,612
$186,192
3.85
Non-interest bearing deposits
891,072
     
860,557
     
708,100
   
Liabilities held for sale
-
     
313,414
     
365,380
   
Other non-interest bearing liabilities
86,884
     
80,141
     
64,909
   
Stockholders’ equity
898,015
     
851,324
     
627,069
   
     Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$8,240,344
     
$7,910,610
     
$6,602,070
   
     Net interest income/interest rate spread (4)
 
$230,778
2.77%
   
$220,034
2.79%
   
$194,370
3.03%
     Taxable equivalent adjustment
 
(9,890)
     
7,728
     
6,191
 
     Net interest income, as reported
 
$220,888
     
$212,306
     
$188,179
 
     Net interest margin  (5)
   
3.03%
     
3.20%
     
3.40%
     Tax equivalent effect
   
0.13%
     
0.12%
     
0.11%
     Net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis (5)
   
3.16%
     
3.32%
     
3.51%

(1)  
Non-accrual loans are included in average loans.
(2)  
Interest income includes loan origination fees of $7.0 million, $6.7 million and $6.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
(3)  
Non-taxable loan and investment income is presented on a fully tax equivalent basis assuming a 35% tax rate.
(4)  
Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest earning assets and the average cost of interest bearing liabilities and is presented on a fully tax equivalent basis.
(5)  
Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets.
 
Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis was $230.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $10.7 million, or 4.9% from $220.0 million for the comparable period in 2007.  The growth in net interest income reflects a $666.1 million, or 10.0%, increase in average interest earning assets, and a $559.2 million, or 9.6%, increase in average interest bearing liabilities.  This was partially offset by approximately 16 basis points of margin compression on a fully tax equivalent basis.  The increase in average interest earning assets and the increase in average interest bearing liabilities was due to organic growth.  The net interest margin, expressed on a fully tax equivalent basis, was 3.16% for 2008 and 3.32% for
 
 
2007.  The decline in the net interest margin was primarily due to an increase in non-performing loans during 2008, and our interest earning assets repricing faster than our interest bearing liabilities during 2008 due to the dramatic decrease in Fed funds and LIBOR rates during the second half of 2008.
 
Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased $25.7 million, or 13.2%, to $220.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $194.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.  Tax-equivalent interest income increased by $84.4 million, primarily due to a $1.1 billion, or 19.9%, increase in average interest earning assets.  The yield on average interest earning assets increased 13 basis points to 7.01%.  The increase in average interest earning assets was primarily due to the acquisition of FOBB in the third quarter of 2006, and organic growth.  Interest expense increased by $58.8 million due to a $968.6 million, or 20.0%, increase in average interest bearing liabilities.  The increase in average interest bearing liabilities was primarily due to the acquisition of FOBB and organic growth.  The rate on average interest bearing liabilities increased 37 basis points to 4.22% due to the increase in overall short-term interest rates and the acquisition of FOBB.  The net interest margin expressed on a fully tax equivalent basis for the year ended December 31, 2007, decreased by 19 basis points from 3.51% for the year ended December 31, 2006, due to the acquisition of FOBB, the inverted yield curve, continued tight credit spreads on loans and fierce competition for deposits.
 
Volume and Rate Analysis of Net Interest Income
 
The following table presents the extent to which changes in volume and interest rates of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities have affected our interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated.  Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior period rate), (ii) changes attributable to changes in rates (changes in rates multiplied by prior period volume) and (iii) change attributable to a combination of changes in rate and volume (change in rates multiplied by the changes in volume) (in thousands).  Changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
   
2008 Compared to 2007
 
2007 Compared to 2006
   
Change
 
Change
     
Change
 
Change
   
   
Due to
 
Due to
 
Total
 
Due to
 
Due to
 
Total
   
Volume
 
Rate
 
Change
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Change
Interest Earning Assets:
                       
Loans
 
 $47,821
 
 $(86,137)
 
 $(38,316)
 
 $84,217
 
 $  (1,642)
 
 $82,575
Loans exempt from federal income taxes (1)
 
 3,725
 
 (71)
 
 3,654
 
 345
 
 36
 
 381
Taxable investment securities
 
 (7,878)
 
 (1,329)
 
 (9,207)
 
 (3,724)
 
 1,563
 
 (2,161)
Investment securities exempt from federal income taxes (1)
 
 2,313
 
 210
 
 2,523
 
 3,882
 
 128
 
 4,010
Federal funds sold
 
 152
 
 (325)
 
 (173)
 
 (319)
 
 (6)
 
 (325)
Other interest bearing deposits
 
 538
 
 (335)
 
 203
 
 (29)
 
 (19)
 
 (48)
Total increase in interest income
 
 46,671
 
 (87,987)
 
 (41,316)
 
 84,372
 
 60
 
 84,432
                         
Interest Bearing Liabilities:
                       
Deposits
                       
   NOW and money market deposit accounts
 
 2,320
 
 (16,712)
 
 (14,392)
 
 12,334
 
 6,759
 
 19,093
   Savings deposits
 
 (290)
 
 (1,522)
 
 (1,812)
 
 (212)
 
 (71)
 
 (283)
   Time deposits
 
 19,397
 
 (37,472)
 
 (18,075)
 
 14,619
 
 11,112
 
 25,731
Short-term borrowings
 
 (5,334)
 
 (14,430)
 
 (19,764)
 
 8,272
 
 1,138
 
 9,410
Long-term borrowings and junior subordinated notes
 
 10,356
 
 (8,373)
 
 1,983
 
 4,271
 
 546
 
 4,817
Total increase in interest expense
 
 26,449
 
 (78,509)
 
 (52,060)
 
 39,284
 
 19,484
 
 58,768
Total increase (decrease) in net interest income
 
 $20,222
 
 $  (9,478)
 
 $   10,744
 
 $45,088
 
 $(19,424)
 
 $25,664

(1)  
Non-taxable loan and investment income is presented on a fully tax equivalent basis assuming a 35% rate.

Other Income

Other income did not change significantly from the year ended December 31, 2007 to the year ended December 31, 2008.  Net gain on sale of other assets decreased by $11.2 million.  During the year ended December 31, 2007, we realized a gain of $2.4 million on the sale of artwork that was acquired as a result of our acquisition of FOBB and a gain of $7.4 million on the sale of two real estate properties.  Brokerage fees decreased by $5.3 million, primarily due to the sale of our third party brokerage business during the second quarter of 2007, and conversion of customer accounts to the purchaser’s platform in third quarter.  This decrease was offset by a corresponding reduction in brokerage expense.  These decreases were partially offset by a $1.1 million gain on the sale investment securities during the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to a $3.7 million loss on the sale of investment securities
 
 
for the comparable period in 2007.  Deposit service fees increased by $4.3 million, primarily due to an increase in commercial deposit and treasury management fees as a result of a lower earnings credit rate.  Loan service fees increased $2.9 million, primarily due to an increase in letter of credit fees, prepayment fees and swap fees recognized during 2008 compared to 2007.  Other income decreased primarily due to a decrease in market value of assets held in trust for deferred compensation and was offset by the same amount recorded as other expense.
 
Other income increased $28.6 million, or 40.1% to $99.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $71.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.  Merchant card processing income increased by $9.5 million mostly due to the acquisition of FOBB and an increase in transactions processed during the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the same period in 2006.  Net gain on sale of other assets increased by $9.2 million.  During the year ended December 31, 2007, we also sold two properties for a total gain of $7.4 million.  Also, during the year ended December 31, 2007, we realized a gain of $2.4 million on the sale of artwork that was acquired as a result of our acquisition of FOBB.  Deposit service fees increased $4.5 million, primarily due to the acquisition of FOBB, enhancements made to our courtesy overdraft program, and a fee increase that was implemented during the second quarter of 2007.  Asset management and trust fees increased $3.5 million, primarily due to the acquisition of FOBB, a $909 thousand gain realized on the sale of our land trust operations during the first quarter of 2007, an increase in fees generated from new customers, and expansion of our existing customer relationships during the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the same period in 2006.  Net lease financing increased $2.5 million, primarily due to higher residual realizations during the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006.  During the year ended December 31, 2007, we sold approximately $563.9 million in investment securities that resulted in a net loss of $3.7 million.  The proceeds were redeployed to fund loan growth, and new investment purchases.  During the second quarter of 2007 we sold our third party brokerage business.  We recognized a $947 thousand gain on the sale.
 
Other Expenses
 
Other expense for the year ended December 31, 2008, decreased $6.0 million, or 2.9%, to $200.8 million, compared to $206.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  Salaries and employee benefits expense decreased $1.9 million, primarily due to an executive separation agreement expense incurred in 2007, partially offset by the additional commercial bankers hired from the end of the third quarter of 2007 through the second quarter of 2008 and the acquisition of Cedar Hill.  Professional and legal expense decreased by $1.4 million, primarily due to $1.9 million of unamortized issuance costs recognized during 2007, as a result of the redemption of trust preferred securities in October 2007.  Charitable contributions decreased by $4.7 million, primarily due to contributions totaling $4.5 million made during 2007 to the MB Financial Charitable Foundation, which is dedicated to strengthening the communities where MB Financial Bank operates. Other operating expenses increased by $2.0 million, primarily due to an increase in FDIC insurance premiums, as our FDIC credits were fully utilized during 2008.  As noted earlier, the decrease in our brokerage fee expense from the year ended December 31, 2007 to the comparable period in 2008 was primarily due to the sale of our third party brokerage business during the second quarter of 2007.
 
Other expense increased by $47.8 million, or 30.0% to $206.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $159.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.  Salaries and employee benefits increased by $22.5 million primarily due to the acquisition of FOBB and organic growth, and partially due to an executive separation agreement expense incurred in 2007.  Merchant card processing expense increased by $8.6 million due to the acquisition of FOBB and an increase in transactions processed during the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to the same period in 2006.  Charitable contributions increased by $4.0 million primarily due to contributions totaling $4.5 million made during 2007 to the MB Financial Charitable Foundation, which is dedicated to strengthening the communities where MB Financial Bank operates.  Occupancy and equipment expense increased by $4.5 million, primarily due to the acquisition of FOBB and organic growth.  On October 2, 2007, we redeemed $61.7 million of trust preferred securities with a fixed coupon rate of 8.60%.  As a result of redeeming these securities, we recorded $1.9 million of unamortized issuance costs that was recorded as professional and legal expense.
 
Income Taxes
 
Income tax benefit from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $23.3 million, compared to income tax expense from continuing operations of $24.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to a decrease in taxable income and a reduction in the valuation allowances on state net operating loss carryforwards during 2008.  During the fourth quarter of 2008, our taxable income significantly decreased compared to prior quarters in 2008, primarily due to our results of operations in the fourth quarter.
 
Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 decreased $3.2 million to $24.0 million compared to $27.3 million for the same period in 2006.  The effective tax rates
 
 
were 27.9% and 30.2% for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  The decline in the effective tax rate was primarily due to a higher percentage of pre-tax income generated from tax exempt sources for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to the same time period in 2006.
 
As previously stated in the “Critical Accounting Policies” section above, income tax expense recorded in the consolidated income statement involves interpretation and application of certain accounting pronouncements and federal and state tax codes, and is, therefore, considered a critical accounting policy.  See Note 1 and Note 16 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements for our income tax accounting policy and additional income tax information.
 
Balance Sheet
 
Total assets increased $985.1 million or 12.6% to $8.8 billion at December 31, 2008 from December 31, 2007.  Net loans increased by $534.0 million or 9.6%, to $6.1 billion at December 31, 2008 from December 31, 2007.  In aggregate, commercial related credits grew by $587.3 million, or 13.0%.  See “Loan Portfolio” section below for further analysis.  Investment securities increased $159.0 million or 12.8%, to $1.4 billion at December 31, 2008 from December 31, 2007.  In 2008, we securitized $50.9 million of residential real estate loans and held those securities in our investment portfolio.  As noted earlier, we built significant excess liquidity during the second half of 2008.  As a result, our interest bearing deposits with banks increased by $252.7 million from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008.
 
Total liabilities increased by $778.6 million or 11.2% to $7.8 billion at December 31, 2008 from December 31, 2007.  Total deposits increased by $981.8 million or 17.8% to $6.5 billion at December 31, 2008 from December 31, 2007, primarily due to increases in certificates of deposit, brokered deposit accounts, and money market and NOW accounts of $410.8 million, $386.3 million, and $202.4 million, respectively.  Short-term borrowings decreased $489.1 million.  This decrease was primarily due to decreases in short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and federal funds purchased of $339.2 million and $165.0 million, respectively.  Long-term borrowings increased $262.6 million, primarily due to a $247.4 million increase in long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances.
 
Total stockholders’ equity increased $203.8 million to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2008 compared to $862.4 million at December 31, 2007.  The increase was primarily due to a $192.9 million increase in preferred stock, net of discount, due to the issuance of preferred stock pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program during 2008.
 
Investment Securities
 
The primary purpose of the investment portfolio is to provide a source of earnings, for liquidity management purposes, and to control interest rate risk.  In managing the portfolio, we seek safety of principal, liquidity, diversification and maximized return on funds.  See “Liquidity” and “Capital Resources” in this Item 7 and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk - Asset Liability Management ” under Item 7A.
 
The following table sets forth the amortized cost and fair value of our investment securities available for sale, by type of security as indicated (in thousands):
 
 
Year-ended December 31,
 
2008
2007
2006
   
Amortized
 
Fair
 
Amortized
 
Fair
 
Amortized
 
Fair
   
Cost
 
Value
 
Cost
 
Value
 
Cost
 
Value
                         
U.S. Treasury securities
 
$               -
 
$              -
 
$               -
 
$              -
 
$     11,287
 
$     11,248
Government sponsored agencies
 
171,385
 
179,373
 
305,768
 
310,538
 
666,855
 
665,435
States and political subdivisions
 
417,608
 
427,999
 
407,973
 
412,302
 
369,204
 
370,036
Mortgage-backed securities
 
682,679
 
690,285
 
435,743
 
438,056
 
505,241
 
495,215
Corporate bonds
 
34,546
 
34,565
 
12,797
 
13,057
 
27,477
 
27,316
Equity securities
 
3,595
 
3,606
 
3,446
 
3,460
 
7,069
 
6,993
Debt securities issued by foreign governments
 
301
 
302
 
299
 
301
 
547
 
547
                         
Total
 
$1,310,114
 
$1,336,130
 
$1,166,026
 
$1,177,714
 
$1,587,680
 
$1,576,790

 
U.S. Treasury securities and securities of government sponsored agencies generally consist of fixed rate securities with maturities of three months to three years.  States and political subdivisions investment securities consist of investment grade and local non-rated issues with maturities of one year to fifteen years.  The average expected life of mortgage-backed securities generally ranges between one and four years.  Corporate bonds typically have terms of five years or less.
 
Securities of a single issuer which had book values in excess of 10.0% of our stockholder’s equity at December 31, 2008, other than government sponsored agencies and corporations, included mortgage-backed securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC).  FNMA issued mortgage-backed securities had an aggregate book value and market value of $164.3 million and $165.7 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008.  FHLMC issued mortgage-backed securities had an aggregate book value and market value of $445.5 million and $451.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008.  We do not have any meaningful direct or indirect holdings of subprime residential mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit, or any Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac preferred or common equity securities in our investment portfolio.  Additionally, more than 99% of our mortgage-backed securities are agency guaranteed.
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding contractual maturities and the weighted average yields of our investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2008 (dollars in thousands):
 
       
Due after One
Due after Five
     
 
Due in One
Year through
Years through
Due after
 
Year or Less
Five Years
Ten Years
Ten Years
     
Weighted
   
Weighted
   
Weighted
   
Weighted
     
Average
   
Average
   
Average
   
Average
   
Balance
Yield
 
Balance
Yield
 
Balance
Yield
 
Balance
Yield
                         
U.S. Treasury securities
 
$          -
-
 
$            -
-
 
$            -
-
 
$            -
-
Government sponsored agencies
 
34,425
4.00%
 
124,738
3.56%
 
20,210
4.61%
 
-
-
States and political subdivision (1)
 
19,073
5.53%
 
79,392
5.62%
 
263,279
5.79%
 
66,255
6.48%
Mortgage-backed securities (2)
 
12
8.11%
 
22,294
4.75%
 
138,241
4.92%
 
529,738
4.90%
Corporate bonds
 
3,023
3.00%
 
25,161
4.60%
 
-
-
 
6,381
9.25%
Equity securities
 
-
-
 
-
-
 
-
-
 
3,606
4.07%
Debt securities issued by foreign governments
 
302
6.63%
 
-
-
 
-
-
 
-
-
Total
 
$56,835
4.48%
 
$251,585
4.42%
 
$421,730
5.45%
 
$605,980
5.08%

(1)  
Yield is reflected on a fully tax equivalent basis utilizing a 35% tax rate.
(2)  
These securities are presented based upon contractual maturities.

Loan Portfolio
 
The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio (dollars in thousands):
 
     
At December 31,
     
2008
2007
2006
2005
2004
       
% of
 
% of
 
% of
 
% of
 
% of
     
Amount
Total
Amount
Total
Amount
Total
Amount
Total
Amount
Total
Commercial related credits:
                     
 
Commercial loans
 
$1,522,380
24%
$1,323,455
24%
$1,020,707
21%
$   767,392
22%
$   693,219
22%
 
Commercial loans collateralized by
                     
 
   assignment of lease payments
 
649,918
10%
553,138
10%
392,063
8%
271,945
8%
250,595
8%
 
Commercial real estate
 
2,353,261
38%
1,974,370
36%
1,804,103
36%
1,465,875
42%
1,313,619
42%
 
Construction real estate
 
757,900
13%
845,158
14%
851,896
17%
511,379
15%
395,864
12%
Total commercial related credits
 
5,283,459
85%
4,696,121
84%
4,068,769
82%
3,016,591
87%
2,653,297
83%
                         
Other loans:
                     
 
Residential real estate
 
295,336
5%
354,874
6%
360,183
7%
224,006
6%
269,457
8%
 
Indirect vehicle
 
189,227
3%
146,311
3%
110,573
2%
56
0%
215
0%
 
Home equity
 
401,029
6%
365,589
6%
381,612
8%
222,419
6%
242,231
7%
 
Consumer loans
 
59,512
1%
52,732
1%
50,357
1%
17,375
1%
15,620
1%
Total other loans
 
945,104
15%
919,506
16%
902,725
18%
463,856
13%
527,523
17%
                         
Gross loans (1)
 
6,228,563
100%
5,615,627
100%
4,971,494
100%
3,480,447
100%
3,180,820
100%
 
Allowance for loan losses
 
(144,001)
 
(65,103)
 
(58,983)
 
(42,290)
 
(42,255)
 
Net loans
 
$6,084,562
 
$5,550,524
 
$4,912,511
 
$3,438,157
 
$3,138,565
 

(1)
Gross loan balances at December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005, and 2004 are net of unearned income, including net deferred loans fees of $4.5 million, $3.7 million, $3.0 million, $3.2 million, and $4.1 million, respectively.
 
Total loans and total commercial related credits increased from 2007 to 2008 by approximately $612.9 million and $587.3 million, respectively.  Commercial related credits grew primarily due to organic growth in both existing customer and new customer loan demand resulting from the Company’s focus on marketing and new business development.  As of
 
 
December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were $448.9 million and $571.8 million, respectively, of residential construction loans in our construction real estate portfolio.  The remainder of construction real estate loans consisted of commercial construction loans.
 
Total loans and total commercial related credits increased from 2006 to 2007 by approximately $644.1 million and $627.4 million, respectively.  Commercial related credits grew primarily due to organic growth in both existing customer and new customer loan demand resulting from the Company’s focus on marketing and new business development.  Approximately $100.0 million of the increase was due to the purchase of loans by MB Financial Bank from Union Bank, prior to the closing of the Union Bank sale, as noted earlier.
 
Loan Maturities
 
The following table sets forth the scheduled repayment information for our loan portfolio at December 31, 2008 (in thousands).  Loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity, and overdrafts are reported as due in one year or less.
 
   
Due in One Year
 
Due after One Year
 
Due after
   
   
Or Less
 
Through Five Years
 
Five Years
   
   
Fixed
 
Floating
 
Fixed
 
Floating
 
Fixed
 
Floating
   
   
Rate
 
Rate
 
Rate
 
Rate
 
Rate
 
Rate
 
Total
                             
Commercial loans
 
$   103,018
 
$1,085,201
 
$   110,115
 
$212,620
 
$11,290
 
$     136
 
$1,522,380
Commercial loans collateralized by
                           
  assignment of lease payments
 
279,324
 
-
 
368,580
 
-
 
2,014
 
-
 
649,918
Commercial real estate
 
460,027
 
606,420
 
1,047,037
 
172,867
 
51,845
 
15,065
 
2,353,261
Construction real estate
 
107,836
 
601,349
 
15,618
 
30,217
 
46
 
2,833
 
757,899
Residential real estate
 
45,907
 
35,790
 
53,158
 
126,730
 
27,737
 
6,014
 
295,336
Indirect vehicle
 
76,385
 
-
 
111,877
 
-
 
965
 
-
 
189,227
Home equity
 
15,280
 
368,739
 
16,306
 
-
 
704
 
-
 
401,029
Consumer loans
 
12,438
 
23,730
 
3,735
 
17,747
 
12
 
1,851
 
59,513
Gross loans
 
$1,100,215
 
$2,721,229
 
$1,726,426
 
$560,181
 
$94,613
 
$25,899
 
$6,228,563
 
Asset Quality
 
The following table sets forth the amounts of non-performing loans and non-performing assets at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):
 
 
At December 31,
 
2008
2007
2006
2005
2004
Non-performing loans:
                   
   Non-accruing loans
 
$145,936
 
$24,459
 
$21,164
 
$19,850
 
$22,386
   Loans 90 days or more past due, still accruing interest
 
-
 
-
 
304
 
321
 
185
Total non-performing loans
 
145,936
 
24,459
 
21,468
 
20,171
 
22,571
Other real estate owned
 
4,366
 
1,120
 
2,844
 
354
 
384
Repossessed vehicles
 
356
 
179
 
192
 
-
 
-
Total non-performing assets
 
$150,658
 
$25,758
 
$24,504
 
$20,525
 
$22,955
                   
 
Total non-performing loans to total loans
 
2.34%
 
0.44%
 
0.43%
 
0.58%
 
0.71%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
 
98.67%
 
266.17%
 
274.75%
 
209.66%
 
187.21%
Total non-performing assets to total assets
 
1.71%
 
0.33%
 
0.31%
 
0.36%
 
0.44%
 
 
The following table presents data related to non-performing loans by dollar amount and category at December 31, 2008 (dollar amounts in thousands):
 
   
Commercial and Lease Loans
 
Construction Real Estate Loans
 
Commercial Real Estate Loans
 
Other
 Loans
 
Total Loans
Dollar Range
 
Number of Borrowers
Amount
 
Number of Borrowers
Amount
 
Number of Borrowers
Amount
 
Amount
 
Amount
$5.0 million or more
 
 1
 $    10,851
 
 6
 $    50,959
 
 -
 $             -
 
 $          -
 
 $    61,810
$3.0 million to $4.9 million
 
 -
 -
 
 7
 23,647
 
 3
 10,572
 
 -
 
 34,219
$1.5 million to $2.9 million
 
 -
 -
 
 1
 2,118
 
 4
 7,345
 
 -
 
 9,463
Under $1.5 million
 
 16
 9,167
 
 16
 9,323
 
 33
 14,141
 
 7,813
 
 40,444
   
 17
 $    20,018
 
 30
 $    86,047
 
 40
 $   32,058
 
  $  7,813
 
 $  145,936
                           
Percentage of individual loan category
0.92%
   
11.35%
   
1.36%
 
0.83%
 
2.34%
 
The following table presents data related to non-performing loans by dollar amount and category at December 31, 2007 (dollar amounts in thousands):
 
   
Commercial and Lease Loans
 
Construction Real Estate Loans
 
Commercial Real Estate Loans
 
Other
 Loans
 
Total Loans
Dollar Range
 
Number of Borrowers
Amount
 
Number of Borrowers
Amount
 
Number of Borrowers
Amount
 
Amount
 
Amount
$5.0 million or more
 
 -
 $            -
 
 -
 $          -
 
 1
$      8,484
 
 $                 -
 
 $    8,484
$3.0 million to $4.9 million
 
 -
 -
 
 -
 -
 
 -
 -
 
 -
 
 -
$1.5 million to $2.9 million
 
 -
 -
 
 -
 -
 
 -
 -
 
 -
 
 -
Under $1.5 million
 
 12
 3,201
 
 13
 5,366
 
 1
 603
 
 6,805
 
 15,975
   
 12
 $    3,201
 
 13
 $  5,366
 
 2
 $      9,087
 
$          6,805
 
 $  24,459
                           
Percentage of individual loan category
0.17%
   
0.63%
   
0.46%
 
0.74%
 
0.44%
 
The aggregate principal amount of non-performing loans was $145.9 million as of December 31, 2008, compared to $24.5 million as of December 31, 2007.  Most of the increase was attributable to non-performing construction real estate and commercial real estate loans.  Non-performing construction real estate loans increased by $80.7 million, as a result of the continued weak residential construction market.  Non-performing commercial real estate loans increased $23.0 million, primarily due to the economic slowdown during 2008.  Non-performing commercial and lease loans increased by $16.8 million from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008, primarily due to one commercial credit.
 
Non-performing Assets
 
Non-performing loans include loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis, accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal and loans whose terms have been restructured to provide reduction or deferral of interest or principal because of a deterioration in the financial position of the borrower.  Management reviews the loan portfolio for problem loans on an ongoing basis.  During the ordinary course of business, management becomes aware of borrowers that may not be able to meet the contractual requirements of loan agreements.  These loans are placed under close supervision with consideration given to placing the loan on non-accrual status, increasing the allowance for loan losses and (if appropriate) partial or full charge-off.  After a loan is placed on non-accrual status, any interest previously accrued but not yet collected is reversed against current income.  If interest payments are received on non-accrual loans, these payments will be applied to principal and not taken into income.  Loans will not be placed back on accrual status unless back interest and principal payments are made.  If interest on non-accrual loans had been accrued, such income would have amounted to approximately $4.6 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Our general policy is to place loans 90 days past due on non-accrual status.
 
Non-performing assets consists of non-performing loans as well as other repossessed assets and other real estate owned.  Other real estate owned represents properties acquired through foreclosure or other proceedings and is recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less the estimated cost of disposal.  Other real estate owned is evaluated regularly to ensure that the recorded amount is supported by its current fair value.  Valuation allowances to reduce the carrying amount to fair value less estimated costs of disposal are recorded as necessary.  Revenues and expenses from the operations of other real estate owned and changes in the valuation are included in other income and other expenses on the income statement.  Other repossessed assets primarily consist of repossessed vehicles.  Losses on repossessed vehicles are charged-off to the allowance when title is taken and the vehicle is
 
 
valued. Once the Bank obtains title, repossessed vehicles are not included in loans, but are classified as “other assets” on the consolidated balance sheets. The typical holding period for resale of repossessed automobiles is less than 90 days unless significant repairs to the vehicle are needed which occasionally results in a longer holding period.  The typical holding period for motorcycles can be more than 90 days as well, as the average motorcycle re-sale period is longer than the average automobile re-sale period.  The longer average period for motorcycles is a result of cyclical trends in the motorcycle market.
 
Of the $24.5 million of non-performing loans as of December 31, 2007, only $6.2 million still remained non-performing at December 31, 2008.  As a result, $139.7 million of the $145.9 million of the non-performing loans as of December 31, 2008 were loans that migrated to non-performing status during 2008.  Most of the increase was attributable to non-performing commercial real estate and construction real estate loans.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses

Management believes the allowance for loan losses accounting policy is critical to the portrayal and understanding of our financial condition and results of operations.  Selection and application of this “critical accounting policy” involves judgments, estimates, and uncertainties that are subject to change.  In the event that different assumptions or conditions were to prevail, and depending upon the severity of such changes, materially different financial condition or results of operations is a reasonable possibility.

We maintain our allowance for loan losses at a level that management believes is appropriate to absorb probable losses on existing loans based on an evaluation of the collectability of loans, underlying collateral and prior loss experience.
 
Our allowance for loan losses is comprised of three elements: a general loss reserve; a specific reserve for impaired loans; and a reserve for smaller-balance homogenous loans.  Each element is discussed below.
 
General Loss Reserve . We maintain a general loan loss reserve for the four categories of commercial-related loans in our portfolio - commercial loans, commercial loans collateralized by the assignment of lease payments (lease loans), commercial real estate loans and construction real estate loans.  We use a loan loss reserve model that incorporates the migration of loan risk rating and historical default data over a multi-year period.  Under our loan risk rating system, each loan, with the exception of those included in large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans, is risk rated between one and nine by the originating loan officer, Senior Credit Management, Loan Review or any loan committee.  A loan rated one represents those loans least likely to default and nine represents those most likely to default.  The probability of loans defaulting for each risk rating, sometimes referred to as default factors, are estimated based on the frequency with which loans migrate from one risk rating to another and to default status over time.  Estimated loan default factors are multiplied by individual loan balances in each risk-rating category and again multiplied by an historical loss given default estimate for each loan type (which incorporates estimated recoveries) to determine an appropriate level of allowance by loan type.  This approach is applied to the commercial, commercial real estate and construction real estate components of the portfolio.  Moody’s Corporation migration factors, rather than the Company’s actual loss and migration experience, are used to develop estimated default factors for lease loans, since we do not have sufficient loss experience to develop statistically reliable factors of our own.
 
The general allowance for loan losses also includes estimated losses resulting from macroeconomic factors and imprecision of our loan loss model.  Macroeconomic factors adjust the allowance for loan losses upward or downward based on the current point in the economic cycle and are applied to the loan loss model through a separate allowance element for the commercial, commercial real estate, construction real estate and lease loan components.  To determine our macroeconomic factors, we use specific economic data that has a statistical correlation to loan losses.  We annually review this data to determine that such a correlation continues to exist.
 
Model imprecision accounts for the possibility that our limited loan loss history may result in inaccurate estimated default and loss given default factors.  Factors for imprecision modify estimated default factors calculated by our migration analysis and are based on the standard deviation of each estimated default factor.  We do not apply imprecision factors to the lease portfolio, as we use migration factors that incorporate approximately 30 years of data from Moody’s Corporation.
 
At each quarter end, potential problem loans are reviewed individually, with adjustments made to the general calculated reserve for each loan as deemed necessary.  Specific adjustments are made depending on expected cash flows and/or the value of the collateral securing the loan.
 
 
         The general loss reserve was $87.0 million as of December 31, 2008, and $56.2 million as of December 31, 2007.  The increase in the general loss reserve was primarily due to the migration of performing loans from lower risk rating to higher risk rating during 2008.  This resulted in a higher default rate for performing loans.  Additionally, worsening macroeconomic factors, loan growth during 2008, and an increase in potential problem loans contributed to the increase in the general reserve.  See discussion below in “Potential Problem Loans” .
 
Specific Reserves . Our allowance for loan losses also includes specific reserves on impaired loans.  A loan is considered to be impaired when management believes, after considering collection efforts and other factors, the borrower’s financial condition is such that the collection of all contractual principal and interest payments due according to contractual terms is doubtful.  The total specific reserve component of the allowance was $52.1 million as of December 31, 2008 and $6.0 million as of December 31, 2007.  The increase in specific reserve relates to the increase in impaired loans in the portfolio from December 31, 2007, and deterioration in value of underlying collateral of construction real estate loans.
 
Smaller Balance Homogenous Loans . Pools of homogeneous loans with similar risk and loss characteristics are also assessed for probable losses.  These loan pools include consumer, residential real estate, home equity and indirect vehicle loans.  Migration probabilities obtained from past due roll rate analyses are applied to current balances to forecast charge-offs over a one year time horizon.  The reserves for smaller balance homogenous loans totaled $4.9 million at December 31, 2008, and $2.9 million at December 31, 2007.
 
Prior to December 31, 2005, we designated a portion of our allowance for loan losses as unallocated to account for macroeconomic and precision uncertainties.  During 2005, the methodology used to determine our allowance for loan losses was refined and macroeconomic and imprecision factors were calculated for each loan type.  As a result, the portion of our reserve previously designated as unallocated was fully allocated to specific loan categories as of December 31, 2005.  This change accounts for a majority of the increase in the allowance for loan losses for each loan type when comparing year-end 2005 to prior periods.  In the past, unallocated reserves represented model imprecision and macroeconomic factors for the entire portfolio.  The allocation of unallocated reserves to the various components of the loan portfolio was done to more accurately present the allowance for loan losses by ascribing macroeconomic and imprecision factors to each loan category rather than the loan portfolio as a whole.
 
Loan quality is monitored closely by management and is reviewed by MB Financial Bank’s board of directors at its regularly scheduled meetings. We consistently apply our methodology for determining the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses, but may adjust our methodologies and assumptions based on historical information related to charge-offs, management's evaluation of the loan portfolio, and macroeconomic factors.
 
 
The following table presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the years presented (dollars in thousands):
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2008
2007
2006
2005
2004
                     
Balance at beginning of year
 
 $     65,103
 
 $     58,983
 
 $     42,290
 
 $     42,255
 
 $     37,730
Additions from acquisitions
 
 -
 
 -
 
 16,425
 
 -
 
 4,052
Allowance related to bank subsidiary sold
 
 -
 
 -
 
 -
 
 -
 
 -
Provision for loan losses
 
 125,721
 
 19,313
 
 10,100
 
 8,150
 
 7,800
Charge-offs:
                   
       Commercial loans
 
 (13,653)
 
 (7,072)
 
 (10,160)
 
 (4,007)
 
 (5,584)
       Commercial loans collateralized by assignment of lease payments
 
 (1,258)
 
 (515)
 
 (246)
 
 (826)
 
 (1,538)
       Commercial real estate
 
 (14,872)
 
 (3,471)
 
 (1,671)
 
 (1,052)
 
 (1,508)
       Residential real estate
 
 (550)
 
 (1,075)
 
 (434)
 
 (118)
 
 (98)
       Construction real estate
 
 (14,940)
 
 (2,294)
 
 -
 
 (3,824)
 
 (514)
       Indirect vehicles
 
 (2,109)
 
 (1,193)
 
 (307)
 
 -
 
 -
       Home equity
 
 (1,801)
 
 (194)
 
 (427)
 
 (149)
 
 (276)
       Consumer loans
 
 (642)
 
 (492)
 
 (555)
 
 (199)
 
 (459)
       Total charge-offs
 
 (49,825)
 
 (16,306)
 
 (13,800)
 
 (10,175)
 
 (9,977)
Recoveries:
                   
       Commercial loans
 
 891
 
 1,265
 
 2,402
 
 954
 
 1,488
       Commercial loans collateralized by assignment of lease payments
 
 67
 
 979
 
 40
 
 329
 
 105
       Commercial real estate
 
 266
 
 37
 
 378
 
 51
 
 35
       Residential real estate
 
 29
 
 20
 
 26
 
 97
 
 45
       Construction real estate
 
 951
 
 38
 
 490
 
 -
 
 28
       Indirect vehicles
 
 625
 
 389
 
 4
 
 -
 
 -
       Home equity
 
 132
 
 344
 
 481
 
 495
 
 611
       Consumer loans
 
 41
 
 41
 
 147
 
 134
 
 338
   Total recoveries
 
 3,002
 
 3,113
 
 3,968
 
 2,060
 
 2,650
                     
Net charge-offs
 
 (46,823)
 
 (13,193)
 
 (9,832)
 
 (8,115)
 
 (7,327)
                     
Balance at December 31,
 
 $144,001
 
 $65,103
 
 $58,983
 
 $42,290
 
 $42,255
                     
Total loans at December 31,
 
 $6,228,563
 
 $5,615,627
 
 $4,971,494
 
 $3,480,447
 
 $3,180,820
Ratio of allowance to total loans
 
2.31%
 
1.16%
 
1.19%
 
1.22%
 
1.33%
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans
 
0.79%
 
0.25%
 
0.24%
 
0.24%
 
0.25%
 
     Provision for loan losses increased by $106.4 million to $125.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $19.3 million in the same period of 2007.  The increase in our provision for loan losses was primarily due the migration of performing loans from lower risk rating to higher risk rating during 2008, worsening macroeconomic factors, and the increases in non-performing loans and net charge-offs.  Also factoring into our provision was our loan growth during the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Additionally, the underlying value of collateral on impaired loans deteriorated during the fourth quarter of 2008.  Overall, the business environment has been adverse for many households and businesses in the United States, including the Chicago metropolitan area.  The business environment significantly declined during the fourth quarter of 2008 as a result of significant job losses and housing foreclosures.  Single family homes, condominiums, retail property, manufacturing property, and vacant land all experienced a significant decrease in demand due to the worsening economic environment during the fourth quarter of 2008.  As a result, significant declines in the values of single family homes and other properties occurred during the fourth quarter.
 
 
The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan losses for the years presented and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans.  The purpose of this allocation is only for internal analysis of the adequacy of the allowance and is not an indication of expected or anticipated losses (dollars in thousands):
 
 
At December 31,
 
2008
2007
2006
2005
2004
   
% of Total
 
% of Total
 
% of Total
 
% of Total
 
% of Total
 
Amount
Loans
Amount
Loans
Amount
Loans
Amount
Loans
Amount
Loans
Commercial loans
 
$  40,217
24%
 
$15,627
24%
 
$20,918
21%
 
$14,918
22%
 
$10,394
22%
Commercial loans collateralized by
                             
   assignment of lease payments
 
10,245
10%
 
7,854
10%
 
8,897
8%
 
6,868
8%
 
6,560
8%
Commercial real estate
 
31,241
38%
 
15,653
36%
 
10,458
36%
 
11,687
42%
 
9,715
42%
Residential real estate
 
1,623
5%
 
1,430
6%
 
1,430
7%
 
776
6%
 
779
8%
Construction real estate
 
57,443
13%
 
23,039
14%
 
15,780
17%
 
7,491
15%
 
4,416
12%
Consumer loans and other
 
3,232
10%
 
1,500
10%
 
1,621
11%
 
550
7%
 
571
8%
Unallocated (1)
 
-
-
 
-
-
 
-
-
 
-
-
 
9,820
-
Total
 
$144,001
100%
 
$65,103
100%
 
$58,983
100%
 
$42,290
100%
 
$42,255
100%
 
(1)  In 2005, the methodology was refined to fully allocate all components of the loan loss reserve.
 
Additions to the allowance for loan losses, which are charged to earnings through the provision for loan losses, are determined based on a variety of factors, including specific reserves, current loan risk ratings, delinquent loans, historical loss experience and economic conditions in our market area.  In addition, federal regulatory authorities, as part of the examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses.  The regulators may require us to record adjustments to the allowance level based upon their assessment of the information available to them at the time of examination.  Although management believes the allowance for loan losses is sufficient to cover probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio, there can be no assurance that the allowance will prove sufficient to cover actual loan losses.  In 2008, the allocation of the allowance for loan losses increased in commercial, commercial real estate and construction real estate loans, due to the migration of performing loans from lower risk rating to higher risk rating during 2008, worsening macroeconomic factors, and the increases in non-performing loans and potential problem loans during the year ended December 31, 2008.  See discussion below in “Potential Problem Loans” .
 
Potential Problem Loans
 
We utilize an internal asset classification system as a means of reporting problem and potential problem assets.  At our scheduled meetings of the board of directors of MB Financial Bank, a watch list is presented, showing significant loan relationships listed as “Special Mention,” “Substandard,” and “Doubtful.”  Under our risk rating system noted above, Special Mention, Substandard, and Doubtful loan classifications correspond to risk ratings six, seven, and eight, respectively.  Substandard assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.  Assets classified as Doubtful, or risk rated eight have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.  Assets classified as Loss, or risk rated nine are those considered uncollectible and viewed as valueless assets and have been charged-off.  Assets that do not currently expose us to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but possess weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention are deemed to be Special Mention, or risk rated six.
 
Our determination as to the classification of our assets and the amount of our valuation allowances is subject to review by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, MB Financial Bank’s primary regulator, which can order the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.  There can be no assurance that regulators, in reviewing our loan portfolio, will not request us to materially adjust our allowance for loan losses.  The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, in conjunction with the other federal banking agencies, has adopted an interagency policy statement on the allowance for loan losses.  The policy statement provides guidance for financial institutions on both the responsibilities of management for the assessment and establishment of adequate allowances and guidance for banking agency examiners to use in determining the adequacy of general valuation guidelines.  Generally, the policy statement recommends that (1) institutions have effective systems and controls to identify, monitor and address asset quality problems; (2) management has analyzed all significant factors that affect the collectability of the portfolio in a reasonable manner; and (3) management has established acceptable allowance evaluation processes that meet the objectives set forth in the policy statement.  Management believes it has established an adequate allowance for probable loan losses.  We analyze our process regularly, with modifications made if needed, and report those results four times per year at meetings of our Audit Committee.  However, there can be no assurance that regulators, in reviewing our loan portfolio, will not request us to materially adjust our allowance for loan losses at the time of their examination.
 
 
Although management believes that adequate specific and general loan loss allowances have been established, actual losses are dependent upon future events and, as such, further additions to the level of specific and general loan loss allowances may become necessary.
 
We define potential problem loans as performing loans rated substandard, that do not meet the definition of a non-performing loan (See “Asset Quality” section above for non-performing loans).  We do not necessarily expect to realize losses on potential problem loans, but we recognize potential problem loans carry a higher probability of default and require additional attention by management.  The aggregate principal amounts of potential problem loans were $100.9 million, or 1.62% of total loans as of December 31, 2008, and approximately $87.6 million, or 1.56% of total loans as of December 31, 2007.
 
Sources of Funds
 
General.   Deposits, short-term and long-term borrowings, including junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts and subordinated debt, loan and investment security repayments and prepayments, proceeds from the sale of securities, and cash flows generated from operations are the primary sources of our funds for lending, investing, leasing and other general purposes.  Loan repayments are a relatively predictable source of funds except during periods of significant interest rate declines, while deposit flows tend to fluctuate with prevailing interests rates, money markets conditions, general economic conditions and competition.
 
Deposits.   We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms.  Our core deposits consist of checking accounts, NOW accounts, money market accounts, savings accounts and non-public certificates of deposit.  These deposits, along with public fund deposits, brokered deposits, and short-term and long-term borrowings are used to support our asset base.  Our deposits are obtained predominantly from the geographic trade areas surrounding each of our office locations.  We rely primarily on customer service and long-standing relationships with customers to attract and retain deposits; however, market interest rates and rates offered by competing financial institutions significantly affect our ability to attract and retain deposits.  We also use brokered deposits as an alternative funding source which allows us flexibility in managing our overall interest expense.  Total deposits increased by $981.8 million, including an increase in brokered deposits of $386.3 million, from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008.
 
The following table sets forth the maturities of certificates of deposit and other time deposits $100,000 and over at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
   
At December 31, 2008
Certificates of deposit $100,000 and over:
     
      Maturing within three months
   
$   511,980
      After three but within six months
   
532,188
      After six but within twelve months
   
403,516
      After twelve months
   
561,671
Total certificates of deposit $100,000 and over (1)
   
$2,009,355
       
Other time deposits $100,000 and over (2):
     
      Maturing within three months
   
$     12,347
      After three but within six months
   
27,603
      After six but within twelve months
   
25,851
      After twelve months
   
15,911
Total other time deposits $100,000 and over
   
$     81,712
 
 
     
(1)     Includes brokered deposits of $864.8 million.
(2)     Consists of time deposits held in individual retirement accounts (IRA’s) and time certificates that the customer has the option to increase the principal balance and maintain the original interest rate.
 
 
The following table sets forth the composition of our deposits at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):
 
 
At December 31,
 
2008
2007
 
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
         
Demand deposits,  noninterest  bearing
 
 $   960,117
14.78%
 
 $  875,491
15.88%
NOW and money market accounts
 
 1,465,436
22.56%
 
 1,263,021
22.91%
Savings deposits
 
 367,684
5.66%
 
 390,980
7.09%
Time certificates, $100,000 or more
 
 2,091,067
32.19%
 
 1,686,593
30.59%
Other time certificates
 
 1,611,267
24.81%
 
 1,297,698
23.53%
Total
 
 $6,495,571
100.00%
 
 $5,513,783
100.00%
 
Borrowings.   Short-term borrowings decreased by $489.1 million to $488.6 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $977.7 million at December 31, 2007.  We have access to a variety of borrowing sources and use short-term and long-term borrowings to support our asset base.  Short-term borrowings from time to time include federal funds purchased, Federal Reserve term auction funds, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, treasury, tax and loan demand notes, and correspondent bank lines of credit.  We also offer customers a deposit account that sweeps balances in excess of an agreed upon target amount into overnight repurchase agreements.  As business customers have grown more sophisticated in managing their daily cash position, demand for the sweep product has increased.
 
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding our short-term borrowings at the dates and for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):
 
   
At or For the Year Ended December 31,
   
2008
2007
2006
               
Federal funds purchased:
             
      Average balance outstanding
   
$  44,413
 
$  90,928
 
$  57,641
      Maximum outstanding at any month-end during the period
   
175,000
 
199,100
 
133,100
      Balance outstanding at end of period
   
5,000
 
170,000
 
133,100
      Weighted average interest rate during the period
   
3.09%
 
5.16%
 
5.40%
      Weighted average interest rate at end of the period
   
0.68%
 
3.86%
 
5.38%
Federal Reserve term auction funds:
             
      Average balance outstanding
   
$  91,803
 
$           -
 
$            -
      Maximum outstanding at any month-end during the period
   
250,000
 
-
 
-
      Balance outstanding at end of period
   
100,000
 
-
 
-
      Weighted average interest rate during the period
   
2.59%
 
-
 
-
      Weighted average interest rate at end of the period
   
0.42%
 
-
 
-
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
             
      Average balance outstanding
   
$291,013
 
$323,132
 
$365,786
      Maximum outstanding at any month-end during the period
   
366,271
 
409,848
 
462,293
      Balance outstanding at end of period (1)
   
282,832
 
367,702
 
351,378
      Weighted average interest rate during the period
   
1.49%
 
3.66%
 
3.97%
      Weighted average interest rate at end of the period
   
0.48%
 
3.02%
 
3.89%
Federal Home Loan Bank advances:
             
      Average balance outstanding
   
$252,452
 
$397,065
 
$205,805
      Maximum outstanding at any month-end during the period
   
344,011
 
440,019
 
239,679
      Balance outstanding at end of period
   
100,787
 
440,019
 
204,026
      Weighted average interest rate during the period
   
3.75%
 
5.23%
 
4.94%
      Weighted average interest rate at end of the period
   
2.46%
 
5.05%
 
5.30%
Treasury, tax and loan demand notes
             
      Average balance outstanding
   
$            -
 
$           -
 
$    1,545
      Maximum outstanding at any month-end during the period
   
-
 
-
 
3,959
      Balance outstanding at end of period
   
-
 
-
 
-
      Weighted average interest rate during the period
   
-
 
-
 
4.48%
      Weighted average interest rate at end of the period
   
-
 
-
 
-
Correspondent bank lines of credit:
             
      Average balance outstanding
   
$    1,393
 
$    1,555
 
$    1,115
      Maximum outstanding at any month-end during the period
   
10,000
 
10,000
 
12,000
      Balance outstanding at end of period
   
-
 
-
 
-
      Weighted average interest rate during the period
   
3.23%
 
5.72%
 
6.11%
      Weighted average interest rate at end of the period
   
-
 
-
 
-
 
(1)  
Balance includes customer repurchase agreements totaling $282.8 million, $367.7 million and $314.4 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Long-term borrowings include notes payable to other banks to support a portfolio of equipment that we own and lease to other companies, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, structured repurchase agreements, and subordinated debt.  As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, our long-term borrowings were $471.5 million and $208.9 million, respectively.
 
Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts include debentures sold to Coal City Capital Trust I, FOBB Capital Trust I, FOBB Capital Trust III, MB Financial Capital Trust II, MB Financial Capital Trust III, MB Financial Capital Trust IV, MB Financial Capital Trust V, and MB Financial Capital Trust VI in connection with the issuance of their preferred securities in 1998, 2000, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2006, 2007, and 2007, respectively.  As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, our junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts were $158.8 million and $159.0 million, respectively.  See Notes 1 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements for further analysis.
 

Liquidity
 
Bank Liquidity .   Liquidity management is monitored by an Asset/Liability Management Committee, consisting of members of management, which reviews historical funding requirements, current liquidity position, sources and stability of funding, marketability of assets, options for attracting additional funds, and anticipated future funding needs, including the level of unfunded commitments.
 
Our primary sources of funds are retail and commercial deposits, short-term and long-term borrowings, public funds and funds generated from operations.  Funds from operations include principal and interest payments received on loans and securities.  While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities provide an indication of the timing of the receipt of funds, changes in interest rates, economic conditions and competition strongly influence mortgage prepayment rates and deposit flows, reducing the predictability of the timing on sources of funds.
 
Our subsidiary bank has no required regulatory liquidity ratios to maintain; however, it adheres to an internal policy which dictates a ratio of loans to deposits.  Our current policy maintains that we, on a consolidated basis, may not have a ratio of loans to deposits (including customer repurchase agreements) in excess of 105%.  At December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with the foregoing policy.
 
At December 31, 2008, our subsidiary bank had outstanding letters of credit, loan origination commitments and unused commercial and retail lines of credit of approximately $1.8 billion.  Our bank anticipates that it will have sufficient funds available to meet current origination and other lending commitments.  Certificates of deposit that are scheduled to mature within one year totaled $2.8 billion at December 31, 2008 including brokered deposits.  Although no assurance can be given, we expect to retain a substantial majority of these certificates of deposit or acquire additional brokered deposits.
 
In the event that additional short-term liquidity is needed, our banks have established relationships with several large regional banks to provide short-term borrowings in the form of federal funds purchases.  While, at December 31, 2008, there were no firm lending commitments in place, management believes that MB Financial Bank could borrow approximately $400 million for a short time from these banks on a collective basis.  Additionally, MB Financial Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, Illinois and as of December 31, 2008, has the ability to borrow an additional $132.7 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank.  The Company can also use the Federal Reserve Discount Window and the Federal Reserve Term Auction Funds for short-term funding.  Each auction is for a fixed amount and the rate is determined by the auction process.  These borrowings are primarily collateralized by commercial and indirect vehicle loans with unpaid principal balances aggregating no less than 200% of the outstanding advances from the Federal Reserve Term Auction and 100% of the outstanding advances from the Federal Reserve Discount Window.  As a contingency plan for significant funding needs, the Asset/Liability Management Committee may also consider the sale of investment securities, selling securities under agreement to repurchase, the temporary curtailment of lending activities, or selling loans.
 
Corporation Liquidity.   Our main sources of liquidity at the holding company level are dividends from our subsidiary bank.
 
MB Financial Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements which affect its ability to pay dividends to us.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements.  Additionally, our current policy effectively limits the amount of dividends our subsidiary bank may pay to us by requiring the bank to maintain total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage capital ratios of 11%, 8% and 7%, respectively.  The minimum ratios required for a bank to be considered "well capitalized" for regulatory purposes are 10%, 6% and 5%, respectively.  In addition to adhering to our policy, there are regulatory restrictions on the ability of national banks to pay dividends.  See "Item 1. Business – Supervision and Regulation ."
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations
 
Commitments.   As a financial services provider, we routinely enter into commitments to extend credit, including loan commitments, standby and commercial letters of credit.  While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon.  Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans made by us.  For additional information, see Note 17 “Commitments and Contingencies” to the consolidated financial statements.
 
 
Derivative Financial Instruments.   Derivatives have become one of several components of our asset/liability management activities to manage interest rate risk.  In general, the assets and liabilities generated through the ordinary course of business activities do not naturally create offsetting positions with respect to repricing, basis or maturity characteristics.  Using derivative instruments, principally interest rate swaps, our interest rate sensitivity is adjusted to maintain the desired interest rate risk profile.  Interest rate swaps used to adjust the interest rate sensitivity of certain interest-bearing assets and liabilities will not need to be replaced at maturity, since the corresponding asset or liability will mature along with the interest rate swap.
 
Interest rate swaps designated as an interest rate related hedge of an existing fixed rate asset or liability are fair value type hedges.  We currently use fair value type hedges, or interest rate swaps, to mitigate the interest sensitivity of certain qualifying commercial loans and brokered time certificates of deposit.  The change in fair value of both the interest rate swap and hedged instrument is recorded in current earnings.  If a hedge ceases to qualify for hedge accounting prior to maturity, previous adjustments to the carrying value of the hedged item are recognized in earnings to match the earnings recognition pattern of the hedged item (e.g., level yield amortization if hedging an interest-bearing instrument that has not been sold or extinguished).  For additional information, including the notional amount and fair value of our interest rate swaps at December 31, 2008, see Note 21 “Derivative Financial Instruments” to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Trust Preferred Securities.   In addition to our commitments and derivative financial instruments of the types described above, our off balance sheet arrangements include our combined $4.8 million ownership interests in the common securities of the statutory trusts we established to issue trust preferred securities.  See “Capital Resources” below in this Item 7 and Note 13 “Junior Subordinated Notes Issued to Capital Trusts” to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Contractual Obligations.   In the ordinary course of operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations.  Such obligations include the funding of operations through debt issuances, subordinated notes issued to capital trusts, operating leases for premises and equipment, as well as capital expenditures for new premises and equipment.
 
The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations and other potential funding needs at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
 
Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations
Total
Less than 1 Year
1 - 3 Years
3 - 5 Years
More than 5 Years
           
Time deposits
$
3,702,334
$
2,806,727
$
709,579
$
104,150
$
81,878
Long-term borrowings
471,466
45,060
189,003
44,320
193,083
Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts (1)
158,824
-
-
-
158,824
Operating leases
27,226
3,182
4,415
3,259
16,370
Capital expenditures
1,016
1,016
-
-
-
Total
$
4,360,866
$
2,855,989
$
902,992
$
151,230
$
450,655
Letters of Credit and commitments to extend credit
$
1,812,903
               
 
(1)  
Call dates are set forth in Note 13 to the audited consolidated financial statements under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
 
Capital Resources
 
Our subsidiary bank is subject to the risk based capital regulations administered by the banking regulatory agencies.  The risk based capital guidelines are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks, to account for off-balance sheet exposure, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets.  Under the regulations, assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights.  The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk weighted assets and off-balance sheet items.  Under the prompt corrective action regulations, to be adequately capitalized a bank must maintain minimum ratios of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.00%, Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.00%, and Tier 1 capital to total assets of 4.00%.  Failure to meet these capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators, which, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the bank’s financial statements.  As of December 31, 2008, the most recent notification from the federal banking regulators categorized our subsidiary bank as well capitalized.
 
 
A well capitalized institution must maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.00%, a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets of at least 6.00%, a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of at least 5.00% and must not be subject to any written order, agreement or directive requiring it to meet or maintain a specific capital level.  There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed our subsidiary bank’s capital classification.  On a consolidated basis, we must maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 4.00%, a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.00% and a minimum ratio of total-capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.00%.  See “Item 1. Business – Supervision and Regulation – Capital Adequacy " and " Prompt Corrective Action ."  In addition, our internal policy requires us, on a consolidated basis, to maintain these ratios at or above 7%, 8% and 11%, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2008, our subsidiary bank was "well capitalized" under the capital adequacy requirements to which each of us are subject.  The following table sets forth the actual and required regulatory capital amounts and ratios for our subsidiary bank and us as of December 31, 2008 (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
To Be Well
                 
Capitalized Under
         
For Capital
 
Prompt Corrective
 
Actual
 
Adequacy Purposes
 
Action Provisions
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
As of December 31, 2008
                     
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):
                     
       Consolidated
 
$936,027
14.08%
   
$531,968
8.00%
   
N/A
N/A
       MB Financial Bank
 
759,845
11.46%
   
530,595
8.00%
   
$663,243
10.00%
                       
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):
                     
       Consolidated
 
$802,384
12.07%
   
$265,984
4.00%
   
N/A
N/A
       MB Financial Bank
 
626,185
9.44%
   
265,297
4.00%
   
$397,946
6.00%
                       
Tier 1 capital (to average assets):
                     
       Consolidated
 
$802,384
9.85%
   
$325,872
4.00%
   
N/A
N/A
       MB Financial Bank
 
626,185
7.70%
   
325,300
4.00%
   
$406,625
5.00%
 
N/A – not applicable
 
We established statutory trusts for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and related trust common securities.  The trust preferred securities are included in our consolidated Tier 1 Capital and Total Capital at December 31, 2008.  In March 2005, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System issued a final rule allowing bank holding companies to continue to include qualifying trust preferred securities in their Tier 1 Capital for regulatory capital purposes, subject to a 25% limitation to all core (Tier I) capital elements, net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax liability.  The final rule provides a five-year transition period, ending March 31, 2009, for application of the aforementioned quantitative limitation.  As of December 31, 2008, 100% of the trust preferred securities described in Note 13 of our audited consolidated financial statements qualified as Tier I capital.  Under the final rule adopted in March 2005, that will take effect March 31, 2009, 100% of the trust preferred securities outstanding, as of December 31, 2008, will qualify as Tier I capital.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately $1.0 million in capital expenditure commitments outstanding which relate to various projects to build new branches or renovate existing branches.  We expect to pay the outstanding commitments as of December 31, 2008 through the normal cash flows of our business operations.
 
Statement of Cash Flows
 
Operating Activities .  Cash flows from continuing operating activities primarily include net income, adjusted for items in net income that did not impact cash.  Net cash provided by continuing operating activities increased by $6.0 million to $147.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $141.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The increase was primarily due to an increase in provision for loan losses partially offset by a decrease in net income.
 
 
Net cash provided by continuing operating activities decreased by $303.2 million to $141.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $445.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.  The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale, partially offset by higher net income and a net decrease in other assets for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The decrease in proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale was primarily due to the sale of $344.8 million of indirect auto loans on September 29, 2006, to remove low yielding assets.  These indirect auto loans were held by Oak Brook Bank and acquired by us as a result of our acquisition of Oak Brook Bank on August 25, 2006.  Subsequent to the indirect auto loan sale, we significantly scaled back our indirect auto origination business.
 
Investing Activities .  Cash used in continuing investing activities reflects the impact of loans and investments acquired for the Company’s interest-earning asset portfolios, as well as cash flows from asset sales and the impact of acquisitions.  For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company had net cash flows used in continuing investing activities of $887.8 million, compared to $206.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The change in cash flows from continuing investing activities was primarily due to a decrease in the proceeds from sales and maturities in our investment portfolio, and an increase in purchases of investment securities during the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to the year ended December 31, 2007.  Additionally, we received $76.1 million from the sale of Union Bank in 2007.
 
Net cash used in investing activities increased by $112.2 million to $206.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $94.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The change in cash flows from continuing investing activities was primarily due to the funding of our loan growth during the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Financing Activities .  Cash flows from continuing financing activities include transactions and events whereby cash is obtained from depositors, creditors or investors.  For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company had net cash flows provided by continuing financing activities of $931.5 million, compared to $68.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The change in cash flows from continuing financing activities was primarily due to an increase in deposits and the issuance of preferred stock pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program, partially offset by a net decrease in borrowings.  During 2008 we improved our liquidity position as a result of an increase in deposits of $981.8 million, and a reduction in short-term borrowings of $489.1 million.  In addition, we lengthened the maturities on both customer and brokered certificates of deposits.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company had net cash flows provided by continuing financing activities of $68.2 million, compared to net cash used in continuing financing activities of $303.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.  The change in cash flows from continuing financing activities was primarily due to a net increase in short-term borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to a net decrease in short-term borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2006, and in increase in treasury stock purchased during 2007.  The Company used the funds generated from the indirect auto loan sale, as discussed above, to payoff a portion of the Company’s short-term borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2006.

 
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market Risk and Asset Liability Management
 
Market Risk.   Market risk is the risk that the market value or estimated fair value of our assets, liabilities, and derivative financial instruments will decline as a result of changes in interest rates or financial market volatility, or that our net income will be significantly reduced by interest rate changes.  Market risk is managed operationally in our Treasury Group, and is addressed through a selection of funding and hedging instruments supporting balance sheet growth, as well as monitoring our asset investment strategies.
 
Asset Liability Management .   Management and our Treasury Group continually monitor our sensitivity to interest rate changes.  It is our policy to maintain an acceptable level of interest rate risk over a range of possible changes in interest rates while remaining responsive to market demand for loan and deposit products.  The strategy we employ to manage our interest rate risk is to measure our risk using an asset/liability simulation model.  The model considers several factors to determine our potential exposure to interest rate risk, including measurement of repricing gaps, duration, convexity, value at risk, and the market value of portfolio equity under assumed changes in the level of interest rates, shape of the yield curves, and general market volatility.  Management controls our interest rate exposure using several strategies, which include adjusting the maturities of securities in our investment portfolio, and limiting fixed rate loans or fixed rate deposits with terms of more than five years.  We also use derivative instruments, principally interest rate swaps, to manage
 
 
our interest rate risk.  See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations .”
 
Interest Rate Risk .  Interest rate risk can come in a variety of forms, including repricing risk, yield curve risk, basis risk, and prepayment risk.  We experience repricing risk when the change in the average yield of either our interest earning assets or interest bearing liabilities is more sensitive than the other to changes in market interest rates.  Such a change in sensitivity could reflect a number of possible mismatches in the repricing opportunities of our assets and liabilities.
 
In the event that yields on our assets and liabilities do adjust to changes in market rates to the same extent, we may still be exposed to yield curve risk.  Yield curve risk reflects the possibility the changes in the shape of the yield curve could have different effects on our assets and liabilities.
 
Variable rate assets and liabilities that reprice at similar times, have similar maturities or repricing dates, are based on different indexes still have interest rate risk.  Basis risk reflects the possibility that indexes will not move in a coordinated manner.
 
We hold mortgage-related investments, including mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities.  Prepayment risk is associated with mortgage-related investments and results from homeowners’ ability to pay off their mortgage loans prior to maturity.  We limit this risk by restricting the types of mortgage-backed securities we own to those with limited average life changes under certain interest-rate shock scenarios, or securities with embedded prepayment penalties.  We also limit the amount of fixed rate mortgage loans we hold that have maturities greater than five years.
 
Measuring Interest Rate Risk.   As noted above, interest rate risk can be measured by analyzing the extent to which the repricing of assets and liabilities are mismatched to create an interest sensitivity gap.  An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific period if it will mature or reprice within that period.  The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and the amount of interest bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that same time period.  A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities.  A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets.  During a period of rising interest rates, therefore, a negative gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income.  Conversely, during a period of falling interest rates, a negative gap position would tend to result in an increase in net interest income.
 
The following table sets forth the amounts of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 2008 that we anticipate, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or mature in each of the future time periods shown.  Except as stated below, the amount of assets and liabilities shown which reprice or mature during a particular period were determined based on the earlier of the term to repricing or the term to repayment of the asset or liability.  The table is intended to provide an approximation of the projected repricing of assets and liabilities at December 31, 2008 based on contractual maturities and scheduled rate adjustments within a three-month period and subsequent selected time intervals.  The loan amounts in the table reflect principal balances expected to be reinvested and/or repriced because of contractual amortization and rate adjustments on adjustable-rate loans.  Loan and investment securities’ contractual maturities and amortization reflect expected prepayment assumptions.  While NOW, money market and savings deposit accounts have adjustable rates, it is assumed that the interest rates on some of the accounts will not adjust immediately to changes in other interest rates.
 
 
Therefore, the information in the table is calculated assuming that NOW, money market and savings deposits will reprice as follows: 6%, 9% and 8%, respectively, in the first three months, 17%, 23%, and 21%, respectively, in the next nine months, 59%, 57% and 58%, respectively, from one year to five years, and 18%, 11%, and 13%, respectively over five years (dollars in thousands):
 
 
Time to Maturity or Repricing
 
0 – 90
91 - 365
1 – 5
Over 5
   
 
Days
Days
Years
Years
Total
                     
Interest Earning Assets:
                   
Interest bearing deposits with banks
 
$   260,892
 
$          190
 
$          752
 
$               -
 
$   261,834
Investment securities available for sale
 
133,998
 
251,193
 
661,663
 
289,276
 
1,336,130
Loans
 
2,634,769
 
1,163,948
 
2,309,914
 
119,932
 
6,228,563
            Total interest earning assets
 
$3,029,659
 
$1,415,331
 
$2,972,329
 
$   409,208
 
$7,826,527
                     
Interest Bearing Liabilities:
                   
NOW and money market deposit accounts
 
$   117,491
 
$   309,272
 
$   845,547
 
$   193,126
 
$1,465,436
Savings deposits
 
28,627
 
76,483
 
211,711
 
50,863
 
367,684
Time deposits
 
914,565
 
1,953,563
 
810,869
 
23,337
 
3,702,334
Short-term borrowings
 
239,203
 
89,144
 
146,233
 
14,039
 
488,619
Long-term borrowings
 
101,998
 
33,548
 
333,736
 
2,184
 
471,466
Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts
 
152,070
 
-
 
6,754
 
-
 
158,824
            Total interest bearing liabilities
 
$1,553,954
 
$2,462,010
 
$2,354,850
 
$   283,549
 
$6,654,363
                     
Rate sensitive assets (RSA)
 
$3,029,659
 
$4,444,990
 
$7,417,319
 
$7,826,527
 
$7,826,527
Rate sensitive liabilities (RSL)
 
$1,553,954
 
$4,015,964
 
$6,370,814
 
$6,654,363
 
$6,654,363
Cumulative GAP (GAP=RSA-RSL)
 
$1,475,705
 
$   429,026
 
$1,046,505
 
$1,172,164
 
$1,172,164
                     
RSA/Total assets
 
34.35%
 
50.40%
 
84.10%
 
88.74%
 
88.74%
RSL/Total assets
 
17.62%
 
45.53%
 
72.23%
 
75.45%
 
75.45%
GAP/Total assets
 
16.73%
 
4.86%
 
11.87%
 
13.29%
 
13.29%
GAP/RSA
 
48.71%
 
9.65%
 
14.11%
 
14.98%
 
14.98%
 
Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the foregoing table.  For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates.  Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types of assets may lag behind changes in market rates.  Additionally, in the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table.  Therefore, we do not rely on a gap analysis to manage our interest rate risk, but rather we use what we believe to be the more reliable simulation model relating to changes in net interest income.
 
 
Based on simulation modeling which assumes gradual changes in interest rates over a one-year period, we believe that our net interest income would change due to changes in interest rates as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
Gradual
 
Change in Net Interest Income Over One Year Horizon
Changes in
 
At December 31, 2008
 
At December 31, 2007
Levels of
 
Dollar
Percentage
 
Dollar
Percentage
Interest Rates
 
Change
Change
 
Change
Change
+2.00%
 
 $8,664
3.40%
 
 $502
0.23%
+1.00%
 
   3,328
1.30%
 
   736
0.33%
 
In the interest rate sensitivity table above, changes in net interest income between December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 reflect changes in the composition of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, related interest rates, repricing frequencies, and the fixed or variable characteristics of the interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities.
 
The assumptions used in our interest rate sensitivity simulation discussed above are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the simulations cannot precisely measure net interest income or precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income.  Our model assumes that a portion of our variable rate loans that have minimum interest rates will remain in our portfolio regardless of changes in the interest rate environment.  Actual results will differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies.
 
As a result of the current interest rate environment, the Company does not anticipate any significant declines in interest rates over the next twelve months.  For this reason, we did not use an interest rate sensitivity simulation that assumes a gradual decline in the level of interest rates over the next twelve months.
 
 

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data



MB FINANCIAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006

INDEX

 
Page
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING................................................................................................
 
54
   
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
 
55
   
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
 
56
   
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets .........................................................................................................................................................................................................
57
   
Consolidated Statements of Income ..............................................................................................................................................................................................
58
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity .................................................................................................................................................
60
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ......................................................................................................................................................................................
62
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...............................................................................................................................................................................
64
   



MB LOGO

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of MB Financial, Inc. (the Company) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention of overriding controls.  Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control–Integrated Framework . Based on that assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on the criteria established in Internal Control–Integrated Framework .

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, has been audited by McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their attestation report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008.  See “ Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting .”

/s/ Mitchell Feiger
   
/s/ Jill E. York
Mitchell Feiger
   
Jill E. York
President and
   
Vice President and
Chief Executive Officer
   
Chief Financial Officer
 February 27, 2009



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
MB Financial, Inc.

We have audited MB Financial, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.   Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, MB Financial, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 of MB Financial, Inc. and our report dated February 26, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion.


/s/McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
Schaumburg, Illinois
February 26, 2009



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
MB Financial, Inc.

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of MB Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MB Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As disclosed in Note 19, MB Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries adopted the provisions of Statement of Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , for assets and liabilities measured and reported at fair value.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), MB Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 26, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
Schaumburg, Illinois
February 26, 2009


MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
       
       
December 31, 2008 and 2007
       
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
       
   
2008
 
2007
         
ASSETS
       
         
Cash and due from banks
 
$     79,824
 
$   141,248
Interest bearing deposits with banks
 
261,834
 
9,093
        Total cash and cash equivalents
 
341,658
 
150,341
Investment securities:
       
Securities available for sale, at fair value
 
1,336,130
 
1,177,714
Non-marketable securities - FHLB and FRB Stock
 
64,246
 
63,671
        Total investment securities
 
1,400,376
 
1,241,385
Loans (net of allowance for loan losses of $144,001 at December 31, 2008 and
       
  $65,103 at December 31, 2007)
 
6,084,562
 
5,550,524
Lease investments, net
 
125,034
 
97,321
Premises and equipment, net
 
186,474
 
183,722
Cash surrender value of life insurance
 
119,526
 
116,690
Goodwill, net
 
387,069
 
379,047
Other intangibles, net
 
25,776
 
25,352
Other assets
 
149,288
 
90,321
          Total assets
 
$8,819,763
 
$7,834,703
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
       
         
Liabilities
       
Deposits:
       
  Noninterest bearing
 
$   960,117
 
$   875,491
  Interest bearing
 
5,535,454
 
4,638,292
        Total deposits
 
6,495,571
 
5,513,783
Short-term borrowings
 
488,619
 
977,721
Long-term borrowings
 
471,466
 
208,865
Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts
 
158,824
 
159,016
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
 
136,459
 
112,949
        Total liabilities
 
7,750,939
 
6,972,334
         
Minority interest
 
2,629
 
-
         
Stockholders' Equity:
       
Preferred stock, ($0.01 par value, authorized 1,000,000 shares at December 31, 2008; series A, 5% cumulative
 
193,025
 
-
   perpetual, 196,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008, $1,000.00 liquidation value)
       
Common stock, ($0.01 par value; authorized 50,000,000 shares at December 31, 2008 and 43,000,000 at
       
   December 31, 2007; issued 37,542,968 shares at December 31, 2008 and 37,401,023 at December 31, 2007)
 
375
 
374
Additional paid-in capital
 
445,692
 
441,201
Retained earnings
 
495,505
 
505,260
Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
16,910
 
7,597
Less:  2,612,143 and 2,785,573 shares of treasury stock, at cost, at December 31,
       
   2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively
 
(85,312)
 
(92,063)
        Total stockholders' equity
 
1,066,195
 
862,369
         
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
 
$8,819,763
 
$7,834,703

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
   
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Interest income:
           
  Loans
 
$357,075
 
$393,016
 
$310,194
  Investment securities available for sale:
           
    Taxable
 
40,468
 
49,675
 
51,836
    Nontaxable
 
15,502
 
13,862
 
11,255
  Federal funds sold
 
276
 
449
 
774
  Other interest bearing accounts
 
467
 
264
 
312
Total interest income
 
413,788
 
457,266
 
374,371
Interest expense:
           
  Deposits
 
151,370
 
185,649
 
141,108
  Short-term borrowings
 
17,590
 
37,354
 
27,944
  Long-term borrowings and junior subordinated notes
 
23,940
 
21,957
 
17,140
Total interest expense
 
192,900
 
244,960
 
186,192
Net interest income
 
220,888
 
212,306
 
188,179
Provision for loan losses
 
125,721
 
19,313
 
10,100
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
 
95,167
 
192,993
 
178,079
Other income:
           
  Loan service fees
 
9,180
 
6,258
 
5,400
  Deposit service fees
 
28,228
 
23,918
 
19,445
  Lease financing, net
 
16,973
 
15,847
 
13,369
  Brokerage fees
 
4,317
 
9,581
 
9,318
  Asset management and trust fees
 
11,869
 
10,447
 
6,916
  Net gain (loss) on sale of securities available for sale
 
1,130
 
(3,744)
 
(445)
  Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
 
5,299
 
5,003
 
3,964
  Net (loss) gain on sale of assets
 
(1,104)
 
10,097
 
860
  Merchant card processing
 
18,041
 
16,347
 
6,848
  Other operating income
 
4,533
 
6,150
 
5,646
   
98,466
 
99,904
 
71,321
Other expenses:
           
  Salaries and employee benefits
 
109,568
 
111,438
 
88,907
  Occupancy and equipment expense
 
28,922
 
28,915
 
24,462
  Computer services expense
 
7,392
 
6,699
 
6,281
  Advertising and marketing expense
 
5,092
 
4,861
 
4,597
  Professional and legal expense
 
3,110
 
4,543
 
2,027
  Brokerage fee expense
 
1,929
 
4,802
 
4,986
  Telecommunication expense
 
2,825
 
2,808
 
2,617
  Other intangibles amortization expense
 
3,554
 
3,504
 
1,971
  Merchant card processing
 
16,582
 
14,815
 
6,210
  Charitable contributions
 
30
 
4,686
 
695
  Other operating expenses
 
21,783
 
19,765
 
16,322
   
200,787
 
206,836
 
159,075
Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations
 
(7,154)
 
86,061
 
90,325
Income taxes
 
(23,318)
 
24,036
 
27,269
Income from continuing operations
 
16,164
 
62,025
 
63,056
Discontinued operations
           
  Income from discontinued operations before income taxes
 
-
 
50,475
 
6,213
  Income taxes
 
-
 
18,637
 
2,155
  Income from discontinued operations
 
-
 
31,838
 
4,058
Net income
 
$  16,164
 
$  93,863
 
$  67,114
Dividends on preferred shares
 
789
 
-
 
-
Net income available to common shareholders
 
$  15,375
 
$  93,863
 
$  67,114
 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
           
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
           
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
           
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
           
Common share data:
           
   
2008
 
2007
 
2006
  Basic earnings per common share from continuing operations
 
$      0.44
 
$      1.73
 
$      2.02
  Basic earnings per common share from discontinued operations
 
$            -
 
$      0.88
 
$      0.13
  Basic earnings per common share
 
$      0.44
 
$      2.61
 
$      2.15
  Diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations
 
$      0.44
 
$      1.70
 
$      1.99
  Diluted earnings per common share from discontinued operations
 
$            -
 
$      0.88
 
$      0.13
  Diluted earnings per common share
 
$      0.44
 
$      2.58
 
$      2.12
  Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
34,706,092
 
35,919,900
 
31,156,887
  Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
 
35,061,712
 
36,439,561
 
31,687,220
 
See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
               
       
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
             
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
             
           
Accumulated
   
           
Other
   
       
Additional
 
Comprehensive
 
Total Stock-
 
Comprehensive
Preferred
Common
Paid-in
Retained
Income (Loss),
Treasury
holders'
 
Income
Stock
Stock
Capital
Earnings
Net of Tax
Stock
Equity
Balance at January 1, 2006
 
$        -
$289
$141,745
$390,407
$(9,453)
$(16,002)
$   506,986
Net income
$  67,114
     
67,114
   
67,114
Unrealized holding gains on investment securities,
               
     net of tax expense of $841
1,562
             
Reclassification adjustments for losses included in
               
     net income, net of tax benefit of ($156)
289
             
Other comprehensive income, net of  tax
1,851
       
1,851
 
1,851
Comprehensive income
$  68,965
             
Issuance of 8,374,308 shares of common stock in
   
84
296,812
     
296,896
    business combination
               
Issuance of 45,217 shares of restricted stock, net of
               
    forfeitures and amortization
     
1,447
     
1,447
Purchase of 390,000 shares of treasury stock
           
(13,833)
(13,833)
Reissuance of 161 shares of treasury stock for
               
    employee stock awards
     
(1)
   
6
5
Paid-in capital – stock options
     
1,643
     
1,643
Stock options exercised - Reissuance of 185,582
               
    shares of treasury stock
     
(3,307)
   
7,434
4,127
Excess tax benefits from stock-based payment
     
884
     
884
    arrangements
               
Preferred dividends declared
 
-
           
Cash dividends declared ($0.66 per share)
       
(20,168)
   
(20,168)
Purchase of 8,402 shares held in trust for
               
  deferred compensation plan
     
279
   
(279)
-
Balance at December 31, 2006
 
$        -
$373
$439,502
$437,353
$(7,602)
$(22,674)
$   846,952
Net income
$  93,863
     
93,863
   
93,863
Unrealized holding gains on investment securities,
               
     net of tax expense of $6,715
12,470
             
Reclassification adjustments for losses included in
               
     net income, net of tax benefit of ($1,469)
2,729
             
Other comprehensive income, net of  tax
15,199
       
15,199
 
15,199
Comprehensive income
$109,062
             
Issuance of 68,695 shares of restricted stock, net of
               
    forfeitures and amortization
   
1
2,112
     
2,113
Purchase of 2,333,270 shares of treasury stock
           
(77,524)
(77,524)
Reissuance of 2,250 shares of treasury stock for
               
    employee stock awards
     
(70)
   
80
10
Reissuance of 40,428 shares of treasury stock for
               
   prior Company Directors’ fees deferred
     
(819)
   
1,631
812
Paid-in capital – stock options
     
2,127
     
2,127
Stock options exercised - Reissuance of 173,415
               
    shares of treasury stock
     
(2,709)
   
6,498
3,789
Excess tax benefits from stock-based payment
               
    arrangements
     
984
     
984
Preferred dividends declared
 
-
           
Cash dividends declared ($0.72 per share)
       
(25,956)
   
(25,956)
Purchase of 2,276 shares held in trust for
               
  deferred compensation plan
     
74
   
(74)
-
Balance at December 31, 2007
 
$        -
$374
$441,201
$505,260
$  7,597
$(92,063)
$   862,369

(Continued)
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
               
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
         
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
             
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
             
           
Accumulated
   
           
Other
   
       
Additional
 
Comprehensive
 
Total Stock-
 
Comprehensive
Preferred
Common
Paid-in
Retained
Income (Loss),
Treasury
holders'
 
Income
Stock
Stock
Capital
Earnings
Net of Tax
Stock
Equity
Balance at January 1, 2008
 
 $           -
 $374
 $441,201
 $505,260
 $  7,597
 $(92,063)
 $   862,369
Net income
 $     16,164
     
16,164
   
16,164
Unrealized holding gains on investment securities,
               
     net of tax expense of $5,410
10,048
             
Reclassification adjustments for gains included in
               
     net income, net of tax expense of ($395)
 (735)
             
Other comprehensive income, net of  tax
9,313
       
 9,313
 
 9,313
Comprehensive income
 $     25,477
             
Issuance of 126,078 shares of restricted stock, net of
               
    forfeitures and amortization
   
 1
 2,227
     
 2,228
Purchase of 51,274 shares of treasury stock
           
 (1,349)
 (1,349)
Reissuance of 13,098 shares of treasury stock for
               
    employee stock awards
     
 (465)
   
 465
 -
Issuance of 15,867 shares for employee stock awards
   
 -
       
 -
Paid-in capital – stock options
     
 651
     
 651
Stock options exercised - Reissuance of 230,877
               
    shares of treasury stock
     
 (3,590)
   
 8,175
 4,585
Excess tax benefits from stock-based payment
               
    arrangements
     
 2,032
     
 2,032
Issuance of preferred stock
 
 192,944
         
 192,944
Issuance of stock warrant
     
 3,056
     
 3,056
Dividends on preferred shares
 
 81
   
 (789)
   
 (708)
Restricted stock unit dividends
     
 40
 (40)
     
Cash dividends declared ($0.72 per share)
       
 (25,090)
   
 (25,090)
Purchase of 19,271 shares held in trust for
               
  deferred compensation plan
     
 540
   
 (540)
 -
Balance at December 31, 2008
 
 $193,025
 $375
 $445,692
 $495,505
 $16,910
 $(85,312)
 $1,066,195

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
           
           
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
           
(Amounts in Thousands)
           
   
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
           
  Net income
 
 $    16,164
 
 $    93,863
 
 $  67,114
  Net income from discontinued operations
 
 -
 
 (31,838)
 
 (4,058)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash  provided by continuing operating activities:
           
  Depreciation on premises and equipment
 
 11,743
 
 11,179
 
 9,599
  Depreciation on leased equipment
 
 31,995
 
 26,097
 
 27,548
  Amortization of restricted stock awards
 
 2,228
 
 2,113
 
 1,447
  Compensation expense for stock option grants
 
 651
 
 3,110
 
 2,527
  (Gain) loss on sales of premises and equipment and leased equipment
 
 382
 
 (11,683)
 
 (1,830)
  Amortization of other intangibles
 
 3,554
 
 3,504
 
 1,971
  Provision for loan losses
 
 125,721
 
 19,313
 
 10,100
  Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
 
 (22,574)
 
 (683)
 
 11,000
  Amortization of premiums and discounts on investment securities, net
 
 3,519
 
 2,274
 
 5,964
  Accretion of premiums and discounts on loans, net
 
 (2,732)
 
 (3,272)
 
 (2,097)
  Trading securities transactions, net
 
 -
 
 -
 
 903
  Net (gain) loss on sale of investment securities
 
 (1,130)
 
 3,744
 
 445
  Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale
 
 44,108
 
 61,794
 
 385,346
  Origination of loans held for sale
 
 (43,586)
 
 (60,994)
 
 (39,060)
  Net gain on sale of loans held for sale
 
 (522)
 
 (800)
 
 (954)
  Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
 
 (2,836)
 
 (2,556)
 
 (3,964)
  Gain on interest only securities pool termination
 
 -
 
 -
 
 (718)
  (Increase) decrease in other assets
 
 (36,484)
 
 9,460
 
 (19,110)
   Increase (decrease) in other liabilities, net
 
 17,475
 
 17,092
 
 (7,218)
          Net cash provided by continuing operating activities
 
 147,676
 
 141,717
 
 444,955
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
           
  Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale
 
 14,806
 
 315,837
 
 400,710
  Proceeds from maturities and calls of investment securities available for sale
 
 351,420
 
 409,777
 
 266,420
  Purchase of investment securities available for sale
 
 (513,396)
 
 (317,653)
 
 (239,207)
  Net increase in loans
 
 (657,026)
 
 (654,054)
 
 (411,274)
  Purchases of premises and equipment
 
 (15,440)
 
 (17,238)
 
 (12,829)
  Purchases of leased equipment
 
 (61,050)
 
 (47,397)
 
 (45,952)
  Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment
 
 129
 
 21,842
 
 1,768
  Proceeds from sales of leased equipment
 
 3,164
 
 6,597
 
 5,302
  Principal paid on lease investments
 
 (1,099)
 
 (774)
 
 (721)
  Cash proceeds received from sale of bank subsidiary
 
 -
 
 76,148
 
 -
  Cash paid, net of cash and cash equivalents in acquisitions
 
 (9,333)
 
 -
 
 (58,979)
          Net cash used in continuing investing activities
 
 (887,825)
 
 (206,915)
 
 (94,762)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
           
  Net increase (decrease) in deposits
 
 981,788
 
 (66,770)
 
 (208,413)
  Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings
 
 (489,102)
 
 210,117
 
 (71,943)
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings
 
 285,384
 
 51,530
 
 65,045
  Principal paid on long-term borrowings
 
 (22,783)
 
 (9,445)
 
 (89,157)
  Proceeds from junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts
 
 -
 
 52,500
 
 30,000
  Principal paid on junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts
 
 -
 
 (71,800)
 
 -
  Issuance of preferred stock
 
 192,944
 
 -
 
 -
  Issuance of common stock warrant
 
 3,056
 
 -
 
 -
  Treasury stock transactions, net
 
 (1,348)
 
 (76,703)
 
 (14,107)
  Stock options exercised
 
 4,585
 
 3,789
 
 4,124
  Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements
 
 2,032
 
 984
 
 884
  Dividends paid on common stock
 
 (25,090)
 
 (25,956)
 
 (20,168)
          Net cash provided by (used in)  continuing financing activities
 
 931,466
 
 68,246
 
 (303,735)
      Net increase in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations
 
 $  191,317
 
 $      3,048
 
 $  46,458
Cash Flows From Discontinued Operations
           
   Net cash provided by operating activities of discontinued operations
 
 -
 
 5,817
 
 5,548
   Net cash used in investing activities of discontinued operations
 
 -
 
 (21,191)
 
 (14,682)
   Net cash provided by financing activities of discontinued operations
 
 -
 
 2,617
 
 17,942
           Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations
 
 -
 
 (12,757)
 
 8,808
          Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
 $  191,317
 
 $   (9,709)
 
 $  55,266
Cash and cash equivalents:
           
  Beginning of year (1)
 
150,341
 
160,050
 
104,784
  End of year (2)
 
$  341,658
 
$  150,341
 
$160,050
  (1) Includes balances from discontinued operations
 
$              -
 
$    12,757
 
$    3,947
  (2) Includes balances from discontinued operations
 
$              -
 
$             -
 
$  12,757
 (continued)
See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
           
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)
           
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
           
(Amounts in Thousands)
           
   
2008
 
2007
 
2006
             
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
           
             
  Cash payments for:
           
    Interest paid to depositors and other borrowed funds
 
$190,266
 
$249,292
 
$   177,867
    Income taxes paid, net of refunds
 
12,767
 
35,642
 
31,451
             
Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing Activities:
           
             
Loans transferred to other real estate owned
 
$   6,327
 
$    1,249
 
$       3,074
Loans transferred to repossessed vehicles
 
1,519
 
681
 
-
Loans securitized transferred to investment securities available for sale
 
50,914
 
-
 
-
Long-term borrowings reclassified to short-term borrowings
 
-
 
79,100
 
-
             
Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing Activities:
           
             
  Acquisitions
           
             
    Noncash assets acquired:
           
      Investment securities available for sale
 
$           -
 
$            -
 
$   744,292
      Trading securities
 
-
 
-
 
898
      Loans held for sale
 
-
 
-
 
1,471
      Loans, net
 
-
 
-
 
1,075,277
      Loans held for sale
 
-
 
-
 
343,361
      Premises and equipment, net
 
72
 
-
 
48,703
      Goodwill, net
 
8,022
 
-
 
253,783
      Other intangibles, net
 
3,978
 
-
 
18,233
      Cash surrender value of life insurance
 
-
 
-
 
26,507
      Other assets
 
828
 
-
 
21,321
        Total noncash assets acquired:
 
$ 12,900
 
$            -
 
$2,533,846
             
    Liabilities assumed:
           
      Deposits
 
$           -
 
 $            -
 
$1,882,754
      Short-term borrowings
 
-
 
-
 
46,937
      Long-term borrowings
 
-
 
-
 
212,414
      Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts
 
-
 
-
 
24,775
      Accrued expenses and other liabilities
 
1,067
 
-
 
12,559
        Total liabilities assumed:
 
$   1,067
 
$            -
 
$2,179,439
          Net noncash assets acquired:
 
$ 11,833
 
$            -
 
$   354,407
             
          Cash and cash equivalents acquired
 
$      667
 
$            -
 
$     16,585
             
          Minority interest
 
$   2,500
 
$            -
 
$               -
             
    Stock issuance in lieu of cash paid in acquisition
 
$           -
 
$            -
 
$   296,896

 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 1.                       Significant Accounting Policies
 
MB Financial, Inc. (the Company, we, us, our) is a financial holding company providing a full range of financial services to individuals and corporate customers through its banking subsidiary, MB Financial Bank, N.A.
 
The Company’s primary market is the Chicago, Illinois metropolitan area, in which the Company operates 71 banking offices through MB Financial Bank, N.A.  MB Financial Bank, N.A. also has one banking office in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
 
MB Financial Bank N.A., our largest subsidiary, has seven wholly owned subsidiaries with significant operating activities: MB Financial Center LLC; MB Financial Community Development Corporation; MBRE Holdings LLC; LaSalle Systems Leasing, Inc.; Vision Investment Services, Inc.; Cedar Hill Associates, LLC; and Ashland Management LLC.
 
Basis of Financial Statement Presentation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Significant intercompany items and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices within the financial services industry.  In accordance with applicable accounting standards, the Company does not consolidate statutory trusts established for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and related trust common securities.  See Note 13 below for more detail.  In preparing the financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and revenues and expenses for the year.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Areas involving the use of management's estimates and assumptions, which are more susceptible to change in the near term include the allowance for loan losses; residual value of direct finance, leveraged, and operating leases; income tax accounting; and goodwill impairment analysis.
 
We adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157) effective January 1, 2008. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure of fair value measurements.  The adoption of SFAS 157 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements or results of operations of the Company.  In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position (FSP) No. 157-2, "Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157," the Company will delay application of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities such as goodwill, other intangibles, real estate owned, and repossessed assets until January 1, 2009.  SFAS 157 applies to all financial instruments that are measured and reported on a fair value basis.  See Note 19 for additional information.

In conjunction with the adoption of SFAS 157, we also adopted SFAS 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Including an Amendment of SFAS No. 115 (SFAS 159) as of January 1, 2008. SFAS 159 provides companies the option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value. This statement also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between companies that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. After the initial adoption, the election is made at the acquisition of a financial asset or financial liability and it may not be revoked.  The Company has not elected the fair value option for any financial assets or liabilities.  See Note 19 for additional information.
 
On November 28, 2007, the Company sold Union Bank to Olney Bancshares of Texas, Inc.  This divestiture is accounted for in the accompanying financial statements as discontinued operations.  Please see Note 3 to the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements for more detail.
 
Cash and cash equivalents: For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, amounts due from banks (including cash items in process of clearing), interest-bearing deposits with banks, with original maturities of ninety days or less, and federal funds sold.
 
Investment securities available for sale: Securities classified as available for sale are those securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity.  Any decision to sell a security classified as available for sale is based on various factors, including significant movements in interest rates, changes in the maturity mix of assets and liabilities, liquidity needs, regulatory capital considerations, and other factors.
 
Securities available for sale are reported at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as accumulated other comprehensive income, net of the related deferred tax effect.  The historical cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts over the estimated life of the security, using the level-yield method.  In determining
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
the estimated life of a mortgage-related security, certain judgments are required as to the timing and amount of future principal prepayments.  These judgments are made based upon the actual performance of the underlying security and the general market consensus regarding changes in mortgage interest rates and underlying prepayment estimates.  Amortization of premium and accretion of discount is included in interest income from the related security.  Realized gains or losses, determined on the basis of the cost of specific securities sold, are included in earnings.   The Company evaluates the portfolio for impairment each quarter.  In estimating other-than-temporary losses, the Company considers the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.  If a security has been impaired for more than twelve months, and the impairment is deemed other than temporary and material, a write down will occur in that quarter.  If a loss is deemed to be other-than-temporary, it is recognized as a realized loss in the income statement with the security assigned a new cost basis.
 
Loans held for sale: Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value in the aggregate.  Gains and losses recognized on mortgage loans held for sale include the value of the mortgage servicing rights if the loan is sold with servicing retained by the Company.  Mortgage servicing rights are stratified based on the predominant risk characteristics of rates, terms, and the underlying loan types to measure its fair value.  The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the capitalized mortgage servicing rights for a stratum exceed their fair value.
 
Loans and leases: Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal reduced by the allowance for loan losses and unearned income.  Direct finance and leveraged leases are included as lease loans for financial statement purposes.  Direct finance leases are stated as the sum of remaining minimum lease payments from lessees plus estimated residual values less unearned lease income.  Leveraged leases are stated at the sum of remaining minimum lease payments from lessees (less nonrecourse debt payments) plus estimated residual values less unearned lease income.  On a monthly basis, management reviews the lease residuals for potential impairment.  Unearned lease income on direct finance and leveraged leases is recognized over the lives of the leases using the level-yield method.
 
Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and the net amount amortized as an adjustment of the related loan's yield.  The Company is amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the loan.  Commitment fees based upon a percentage of a customer's unused line of credit and fees related to standby letters of credit are recognized over the commitment period.
 
Interest income is accrued daily on the Company’s outstanding loan balances.  The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due unless the credit is well-secured and in process of renewal or collection.  Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan.  In all cases, loans are placed on non-accrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.  All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on non-accrual or charged off is reversed against interest income.
 
For impaired loans, accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering collection efforts and other factors, the borrower's financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful.  Cash collections on impaired loans are credited to the loan balance, and no interest income is recognized on those loans until the principal balance has been determined to be collectible.  Loans, other than those included in large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans, are considered impaired when it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all contractual principal and interest payments due in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement.  Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, at the loan's observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  The amount of impairment, if any, and any subsequent changes are charged against the allowance for loan losses.
 
The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense.  Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that collectibility of the principal is unlikely.  The allowance is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans, based on an evaluation of the collectibility of loans and prior loss and recovery experience.  The allowance for loan losses is based on management’s evaluation of the loan portfolio giving consideration to the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, the value of underlying collateral, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans, and prevailing economic
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
conditions that may affect the borrower's ability to pay.  While management uses the best information available to make its evaluation, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if there are significant changes in economic conditions.  In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review MB Financial Bank’s allowance for loan losses, and may require it to recognize adjustments to its allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examinations.
 
Lease investments: The Company's investment in assets leased to others is reported as lease investments, net, and accounted for as operating leases.  Rental income on operating leases is recognized as income over the lease term according to the provisions of the lease, which is generally on a straight-line basis.  The investment in equipment in operating leases is stated at cost less depreciation using the straight-line method generally over a life of five years or less.
 
Premises and equipment: Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.  Depreciation and amortization is computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  Useful lives range from five to ten years for furniture and equipment, and five to thirty-nine years for buildings and building improvements.  Land improvements are amortized over a period of fifteen years and leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the related lease or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter.  Land is not subject to depreciation.  Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while major improvements are capitalized and amortized to operating expense over their identified useful lives.  Premises and equipment and other long-lived assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows.  If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.
 
Other real estate owned (OREO): OREO includes real estate assets that have been received in satisfaction of debt and is included in other assets.  OREO is initially recorded and subsequently carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling costs.  Any valuation adjustments required at the date of transfer are charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequently, unrealized losses and realized gains and losses on sale are included in other noninterest income.  Operating results from OREO are recorded in other non-interest expense.  The Company had $4.4 million of OREO recorded at December 31, 2008.
 
Cash surrender value of life insurance: The Company has purchased bank-owned life insurance policies on certain executives.  Bank-owned life insurance is recorded at its cash surrender value.  Changes in the cash surrender values are included in non-interest income.
 
Goodwill : The excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired consist of goodwill and core deposit intangibles (see “Other intangibles” section below).  Under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , goodwill is subject to at least annual assessments for impairment by applying a fair value based test.  The Company reviews goodwill and other intangible assets to determine potential impairment annually, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired, by comparing the carrying value of the asset with the anticipated future cash flows.
 
The Company’s stock price has historically traded above its book value and was trading above its book value as of December 31, 2008.  In the event the Company’s stock price were to trade below its book value and tangible book value, the Company would perform its usual evaluation of the carrying value of goodwill as of the reporting date.  Such a circumstance would be one factor in its evaluation that could result in an eventual goodwill impairment charge.  Additionally, should the Company’s future earnings and cash flows decline and/or discount rates increase, an impairment charge to goodwill and other intangible assets may also be required.

The Company’s annual assessment date is as of December 31.  No impairment losses were recognized in 2008, 2007 or 2006.  Should we determine in a future period that the goodwill recorded in connection with our acquisitions has been impaired, then a charge to our earnings will be recorded in the period such determination is made.
 
Other intangibles : The Company’s other intangible assets consist of core deposit intangibles obtained through acquisitions.  Core deposit intangibles (the portion of an acquisition purchase price which represents value assigned to the existing deposit base) have finite lives and are amortized by the declining balance method over four to fifteen years.
 
Preferred stock: Preferred stock callable at the option of the Company is initially recorded at the amount of proceeds received.  Any discount from the liquidation value is accreted to the expected call date and charged to retained earnings.  This accretion is recorded using the level-yield method.  Preferred dividends paid (declared and accrued) and any accretion is deducted from net income for computing income available to common shareholders and earnings per share computations.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Treasury stock: Treasury stock is recorded at acquisition cost. Gains and losses on disposition are recorded as increases or decreases to additional paid-in capital with losses in excess of previously recorded gains charged directly to retained earnings.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities : SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended by SFAS No. 137, 138, 149 and 155 establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value.  SFAS No. 133 requires that changes in the derivative's fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met.  Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative's gains and losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the income statement, and requires that a company must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting.
 
All derivatives are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at their fair value.  On the date the derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as either a fair value hedge (i.e. a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability) or a cash flow hedge (i.e. a hedge of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability).  The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedging items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.  This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges to specific assets or liabilities on the balance sheet.  The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge's inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.  If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively.
 
For a derivative designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings.  If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and are recognized in the income statement when the hedged item affects earnings.  Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognized in earnings.
 
The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, or management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.  When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair value hedge, the Company continues to carry the derivative on the balance sheet at its fair value, and no longer adjusts the hedged asset or liability for changes in fair value.  The adjustment of the carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability is accounted for in the same manner as other components of the carrying amount of that asset or liability.
 
Transfers of financial assets : Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of the right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
 
Merchant Card Processing: The Company works with merchants in local markets to help process credit card transactions for Master Card and Visa.  A third party vendor is used to process the corresponding data.  The Company records merchant card processing revenue and expense on a gross basis as other operating income and expense.
 
Sale of Maintenance Contracts: LaSalle Business Solutions (LBS) sells third party maintenance to customers.  The maintenance is serviced by third party providers, with LBS maintaining no legal obligation under the contract to perform additional services.  Revenues are recorded net of cost of sales, as LBS is viewed as an agent under EITF 99-19, Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent, accepting minimal credit risk, maintaining no obligation to perform maintenance under the contracts and having no control over selection of the maintenance supplier.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Asset Management and Trust assets: Assets of the asset management and trust department, other than trust cash on deposit at MB Financial Bank, are not included in these consolidated financial statements because they are not assets of the Bank.
 
Stock-based compensation: The Company accounts for its equity awards in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (Statement 123R), which the Company adopted in the quarter ended March 31, 2006.  Statement 123R requires public companies to recognize compensation expense related to stock-based equity awards in their income statements.  See Note 20 below for more information.
 
Income taxes: Deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss carryforwards, and tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences.  Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.
 
Earnings per common share: Basic earnings per common share represent income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted earnings per share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance.  Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock options, stock warrants, restricted stock, restricted stock units and director stock units and are determined using the treasury stock method.
 
Earnings per common share have been computed for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 based on the following (dollars in thousands except per share data):
 
 
2008
2007
2006
Basic:
           
   Net income from continuing operations
 
$16,164
 
$62,025
 
$63,056
   Net income from discontinued operations
 
-
 
31,838
 
4,058
   Net income
 
16,164
 
93,863
 
67,114
   Dividends on preferred shares
 
789
 
-
 
-
   Net income available to common shareholders
 
$15,375
 
$93,863
 
$67,114
   Average shares outstanding
 
34,706,092
 
35,919,900
 
31,156,887
   Basic earnings per common share from continuing operations
 
$    0.44
 
$    1.73
 
$    2.02
   Basic earnings per common share from discontinued operations
 
$          -
 
$    0.88
 
$    0.13
   Basic earnings per common share
 
$    0.44
 
$    2.61
 
$    2.15
Diluted:
           
   Net income from continuing operations
 
$16,164
 
$62,025
 
$63,056
    Net income from discontinued operations
 
-
 
31,838
 
4,058
   Net Income
 
$16,164
 
$93,863
 
$67,114
   Dividends on preferred shares
 
789
 
-
 
-
   Net income available to common shareholders
 
$15,375
 
$93,863
 
$67,114
   Average shares outstanding
 
34,706,092
 
35,919,900
 
31,156,887
   Net effect of dilutive equity-based incentive awards(1) (2)
 
355,620
 
519,661
 
530,333
   Total
 
35,061,712
 
36,439,561
 
31,687,220
   Diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations
 
$    0.44
 
$    1.70
 
$    1.99
   Diluted earnings per common share from discontinued operations
 
$          -
 
$    0.88
 
$    0.13
   Diluted earnings per common share
 
$    0.44
 
$    2.58
 
$    2.12
 
(1)  
Includes the common stock equivalents for stock options and restricted share rights (restricted stock, restricted stock units and director stock units) that are dilutive.
(2)  
Options and warrants for which the exercise price of the option or warrant is greater than the average market price of the Company’s common stock are antidilutive and, therefore, not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share. Antidilutive shares excluded from diluted earnings per share totaled 1,981,794 shares for 2008, 1,155,394 shares for 2007, and 715,768 shares for 2006.

 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Comprehensive income: Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income.  Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale, net of deferred taxes, which are reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity on the consolidated balance sheet.
 
Segment Reporting: The Company has one reportable segment.  The Company’s chief operating decision-makers use consolidated results to make operating and strategic decisions.
 
Recent accounting pronouncements :   The FASB issued FASB Statement No. 163, Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts (SFAS 163).  This new standard clarifies how FASB Statement No. 60, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises, applies to financial guarantee insurance contracts issued by insurance enterprises, including the recognition and measurement of premium revenue and claim liabilities. It also requires expanded disclosures about financial guarantee insurance contracts.

SFAS 163 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and all interim periods within those fiscal years, except for disclosures about the insurance enterprise’s risk-management activities, which are effective the first period (including interim periods) beginning after May 23, 2008. Except for the required disclosures, earlier application is not permitted. Management does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 163 will have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

The FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities.” (FSP EITF 03-6-1).  FSP EITF 03-6-1 provides that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. FSP EITF 03-6-1 will be effective on January 1, 2009. All previously reported earnings per share data will be retrospectively adjusted to conform with the provisions of FSP EITF 03-6-1. Management is currently evaluating the provisions of FSP EITF 03-6-1 and its potential effect on its financial statements.

The FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active (FSP 157-3). FSP 157-3 clarifies the application of FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, in a market that is not active.

FSP 157-3 is effective October 10, 2008, and for prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued. Revisions resulting from a change in the valuation technique or its application should be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate following the guidance in FASB Statement No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (SFAS 154). However, the disclosure provisions in SFAS 154 for a change in accounting estimate are not required for revisions resulting from a change in valuation technique or its application.  The adoption of FSP 157-3 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

The FASB has issued FASB Statement No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (SFAS 162) .   SFAS 162 is intended to improve financial reporting by identifying a consistent framework, or hierarchy, for selecting accounting principles to be used in preparing financial statements that are presented in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for nongovernmental entities.  SFAS 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC's approval of the PCAOB amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.   Management does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 162 will have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

On March 19, 2008, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities - an Amendment of FASB Statement 133 (SFAS 161) . SFAS 161 enhances required disclosures regarding derivatives and hedging activities, including enhanced disclosures regarding how: ( a ) an entity uses derivative instruments; ( b ) derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under FASB Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities; and ( c ) derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity's financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. Specifically, SFAS 161 requires:
 
·   
Disclosure of the objectives for using derivative instruments be disclosed in terms of underlying risk and accounting designation;
 
·   
Disclosure of the fair values of derivative instruments and their gains and losses in a tabular format ;
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
·   
Disclosure of information about credit-risk-related contingent features; and
 
·   
Cross-reference from the derivative footnote to other footnotes in which derivative-related information is disclosed.
 
Statement No. 161 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008.  Management is currently evaluating the provisions of SFAS 161 and its potential effect on its financial statements.

On December 4, 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement 141R, Business Combinations (SFAS 141R) .   SFAS 141R will significantly change the accounting for business combinations.  Under Statement 141R, an acquiring entity will be required to recognize all the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a transaction at the acquisition-date fair value with limited exceptions.  SFAS 141R will change the accounting treatment for certain specific items, including:
 
·   
acquisition costs will be generally expensed as incurred;
 
·   
noncontrolling interests (formerly known as "minority interests") will be valued at fair value at the acquisition date;
 
·   
acquired contingent liabilities will be recorded at fair value at the acquisition date and subsequently measured at either the higher of such amount or the amount determined under existing guidance for non-acquired contingencies;
 
·   
the acquirer shall not recognize a separate valuation allowance as of the acquisition date for assets acquired in a business that are measured at their acquisition-date fair value;
 
·   
restructuring costs associated with a business combination will be generally expensed subsequent to the acquisition date; and
 
·   
changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the acquisition date generally will affect income tax expense.
 
SFAS 141R also includes a substantial number of new disclosure requirements.  SFAS 141R applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008.  Earlier adoption is prohibited .   Management is currently evaluating the provisions of SFAS 141R and its potential effect on its financial statements.

On December 4, 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements - An Amendment of ARB No. 51 (SFAS 160) .   SFAS 160 establishes new accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary.  Specifically, this statement requires the recognition of a noncontrolling interest (minority interest) as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the parent's equity.  The amount of net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest will be included in consolidated net income on the face of the income statement. SFAS 160 clarifies that changes in a parent's ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation are equity transactions if the parent retains its controlling financial interest.  In addition, this statement requires that a parent recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated.  Such gain or loss will be measured using the fair value of the noncontrolling equity investment on the deconsolidation date.  SFAS 160 also includes expanded disclosure requirements regarding the interests of the parent and its noncontrolling interest.  SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008.  Earlier adoption is prohibited.  Management is currently evaluating the provisions of SFAS 160 and its potential effect on the Company’s financial statements.
 
Reclassifications: Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.  These reclassifications did not result in any changes to previously reported net income or stockholders’ equity.
 
Note 2.                       Business Combinations

Business Combinations.   The following business combinations were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.  Accordingly, the results of operations of the acquired companies have been included in the Company’s results of operations since the date of acquisition.  Under this method of accounting, the purchase price is allocated to the respective
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, net of applicable income tax effects.  The excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
 
On August 25, 2006, the Company acquired First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. (FOBB), parent company of Oak Brook Bank, located in Oak Brook, Illinois, for $371.0 million.  The purchase price was paid through a combination of cash and the Company’s common stock totaling $74.1 million and $296.9 million (approximately 8.4 million shares), respectively.  The transaction generated approximately $253.8 million in goodwill and $18.2 million in intangible assets subject to amortization.  Oak Brook Bank was merged into MB Financial Bank on November 2, 2006.
 
Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information
 
The following pro forma condensed combined financial information presents the results of operations of the Company had the merger been completed as of the beginning of the period indicated (thousands, except share and per share data).
 
 
Year Ended
 
December 31,
 
2006
   
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
$  208,326
Noninterest income
88,663
Noninterest expense
198,126
Income before income taxes
98,863
Income taxes
29,674
   Net income from continuing operations
$    69,189
Discontinued operations
 
Income from discontinued operations before income taxes
6,213
Income taxes
2,155
   Income from discontinued operations
4,058
    Net income available to common shareholders
$    73,247
   
Common share data:
 
Basic earnings per common share from continuing operations
$        1.89
Basic earnings per common share from discontinued operations
$        0.11
Basic earnings per common share
$        2.00
Diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations
$        1.86
Diluted earnings per common share from discontinued operations
$        0.11
Diluted earnings per common share
$        1.97
   
Average common shares issued and outstanding
36,583,597
Average diluted common shares outstanding
37,093,116
 
These unaudited proforma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and include certain adjustments, such as additional amortization expense on revalued purchased assets and implied interest on additional borrowings to fund the acquisition and does not include the impact of expected cost savings.  All adjustments were tax affected.  They do not purport to be indicative of the results of operations that actually would have resulted had the combination occurred on January 1, 2006, or of future results of operations of the consolidated entities.
 
On April 18, 2008, we purchased an 80% interest in Cedar Hill Associates, LLC (Cedar Hill), an asset management firm located in Chicago, Illinois, with approximately $960 million in assets under management.  The purchase of Cedar Hill complements and expands our wealth management product offerings and revenues.  The transaction generated approximately $8.0 million in goodwill, $4.0 million in client relationship intangibles, and $2.5 million in minority interest.  In addition, the purchase agreement contains potential deferred payments related to earn-out provisions over a three year period.  Any future deferred payments related to these earn-out provisions will be applied to the purchase price.  Cedar Hill operates as a subsidiary of MB Financial Bank.

 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Pro forma results of operation for Cedar Hill for the year ended December 31, 2008 are not included as Cedar Hill would not have had a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
 
Note 3.                       Discontinued Operations
 
On November 28, 2007, we completed the sale of our Oklahoma City-based subsidiary bank, Union Bank, N.A., for $76.3 million, resulting in an after-tax gain of $28.8 million.  Prior to closing, Union Bank sold to MB Financial Bank approximately $100 million in performing loans previously purchased from and originated by MB Financial Bank.
 
The sale of Union allows us to concentrate our resources on growth and expansion in the Chicago metropolitan market where we operate 71 offices under MB Financial Bank.
 
In accordance with FASB Statement No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” the financial position of Union Bank is reflected on the Company’s balance sheets as “assets held for sale” and “liabilities held for sale”, and the results of operations of Union Bank are reflected in the Company’s statements of income as “discontinued operations.”
 
The results of operations for Union Bank were as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2007 (1)
2006
     
Interest income
$21,946
$24,189
Interest expense
10,216
10,957
Net interest income
11,730
13,232
Provision for loan losses
1,185
-
Net interest income after provision for loans losses
10,545
13,232
Other income
999
1,585
Other expenses
7,554
8,604
Income before income taxes
3,990
6,213
Applicable income taxes
998
2,155
Operating income from discontinued operations
2,992
4,058
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax
28,846
-
 
$31,838
$  4,058
 
(1)   
Represents results of operations through the date of sale, November 28, 2007.

Note 4.                      Restrictions on Cash and Due From Banks
 
MB Financial Bank is required to maintain reserve balances in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank, based on a percentage of deposits.  The total of those required reserve balances was approximately $51.2 million and $37.3 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
The nature of the Company's business requires that it maintain amounts due from banks and federal funds sold which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.  Management monitors these correspondent relationships and the Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 5.                      Investment Securities
 
Carrying amounts and fair values of investment securities available for sale are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
     
Gross
Gross
 
 
Amortized
Unrealized
Unrealized
Fair
Available for sale
Cost
Gains
Losses
Value
                 
December 31, 2008:
               
Government sponsored agencies
 
$   171,385
 
$  7,988
 
$           -
 
$   179,373
States and political subdivisions
 
417,608
 
12,585
 
(2,194)
 
427,999
Mortgage-backed securities
 
682,679
 
8,597
 
(991)
 
690,285
Corporate bonds
 
34,546
 
34
 
(15)
 
34,565
Equity securities
 
3,595
 
11
 
-
 
3,606
Debt securities issued by foreign governments
 
301
 
1
 
-
 
302
Totals
 
$1,310,114
 
$29,216
 
$(3,200)
 
$1,336,130
                 
December 31, 2007:
               
Government sponsored agencies
 
$   305,768
 
$  4,810
 
$     (40)
 
$   310,538
States and political subdivisions
 
407,973
 
4,961
 
(632)
 
412,302
Mortgage-backed securities
 
435,743
 
3,346
 
(1,033)
 
438,056
Corporate bonds
 
12,797
 
271
 
(11)
 
13,057
Equity securities
 
3,446
 
14
 
-
 
3,460
Debt securities issued by foreign governments
 
299
 
2
 
-
 
301
Totals
 
$1,166,026
 
$13,404
 
$(1,716)
 
$1,177,714
 
Unrealized losses on investment securities available for sale and the fair value of the related securities at December 31, 2008 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
             
Less Than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
 
Fair
Unrealized
Fair
Unrealized
Fair
Unrealized
 
Value
Losses
Value
Losses
Value
Losses
                         
                         
States and political subdivisions
 
$  57,096
 
$(1,970)
 
$4,179
 
$(224)
 
$  61,275
 
$(2,194)
Mortgage-backed securities
 
141,786
 
(958)
 
5,276
 
(33)
 
147,062
 
(991)
Corporate bonds
 
15,045
 
(15)
 
-
 
-
 
15,045
 
(15)
                    Totals
 
$213,927
 
$(2,943)
 
$9,455
 
$(257)
 
$223,382
 
$(3,200)
                         
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Unrealized losses on investment securities available for sale and the fair value of the related securities at December 31, 2007 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
             
Less Than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
 
Fair
Unrealized
Fair
Unrealized
Fair
Unrealized
 
Value
Losses
Value
Losses
Value
Losses
                         
                         
Government sponsored agencies
 
$         -
 
$       -
 
 $  24,999
 
 $     (40)
 
 $  24,999
 
 $    (40)
States and political subdivisions
 
 34,485
 
 (373)
 
 35,362
 
 (259)
 
 69,847
 
 (632)
Mortgage-backed securities
 
 52,934
 
 (64)
 
 136,338
 
 (969)
 
 189,272
 
 (1,033)
Corporate bonds
 
-
 
-
 
 4,124
 
 (11)
 
 4,124
 
 (11)
                    Totals
 
 $87,419
 
 $(437)
 
 $200,823
 
 $(1,279)
 
 $288,242
 
 $(1,716)
                         
 
The total number of security positions in the investment portfolio in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2008 was 244 compared to 256 at December 31, 2007.  All securities with unrealized losses are reviewed by management at least quarterly to determine whether the unrealized losses are other-than-temporary.  All of the securities in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months as of December 31, 2008 were either issued by U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises, or by issuers with investment grade ratings.  Since the Company has the ability and intent to hold these securities until market price recovery or maturity, these investment securities are not considered other-than-temporarily impaired.
 
The Company views its investment in the FHLB as a long-term investment.  Accordingly, when evaluating for impairment, the value is determined based on the ultimate recovery of the par value rather than recognizing temporary declines in value.  The decision of whether impairment exists is a matter of judgment that should reflect the investor's views on the FHLB Chicago's long term performance, which includes factors such as its operating performance, the severity and duration of declines of the market value of its net assets relative to its capital stock amount, its commitment to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to its operating performance, the impact of legislative and regulation changes on FHLB Chicago and accordingly, on the members of FHLB Chicago, and its liquidity and funding position.  The FHLB Chicago reported net income during the third quarter of 2008, and reported the highest level of retained earnings compared to the other 11 FHLBs. The Company does not believe that its investment in the FHLB was impaired as December 31, 2008.
 
The unrealized losses on the Company’s investment in mortgage-backed securities were primarily due to the current interest rate environment, which resulted in an increased probability of the securities being called or repaid prior to their estimated maturities.  These types of investments are issued by U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises (e.g. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac).  Accordingly, the Company believes the credit risk embedded in these securities to be very remote.  The unrealized losses in the Company’s investment in state and political subdivision securities all relate to securities with investment grade ratings and were believed by management to have been caused not by credit risk, but by interest rate increases.
 
Realized net gains (losses) on sale of investment securities available for sale are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2008
2007
2006
Realized gains
 
$1,420
 
$      962
 
$   268
Realized losses
 
(290)
 
(4,706)
 
(713)
Net gains (losses)
 
$1,130
 
$(3,744)
 
$(445)
 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities available for sale as of December 31, 2008 by contractual maturity are shown below.  Maturities may differ from contractual maturities in mortgage-backed securities because the mortgages underlying the securities may be called or repaid without any penalties.
 
Therefore, mortgage-backed securities are not included in the maturity categories in the following maturity summary.
 
 
Amortized
Fair
(In thousands)
Cost
Value
         
Due in one year or less
 
$     56,235
 
$     56,823
Due after one year through five years
 
221,616
 
229,291
Due after five years through ten years
 
272,514
 
283,489
Due after ten years
 
73,475
 
72,636
Equity securities
 
3,595
 
3,606
Mortgage-backed securities
 
682,679
 
690,285
Totals
 
$1,310,114
 
$1,336,130
 
Investment securities available for sale with carrying amounts of $765.9 million and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were pledged as collateral on public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.
 
Note 6.                      Loans
 
Loans consist of the following at (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
2008
2007
         
   Commercial loans
 
$1,522,380
 
$1,323,455
   Commercial loans collateralized by assignment of lease payments
 
649,918
 
553,138
   Commercial real estate
 
2,353,261
 
1,974,370
   Residential real estate
 
295,336
 
354,874
   Construction real estate
 
757,900
 
845,158
   Indirect vehicle
 
189,227
 
146,311
   Home equity
 
401,029
 
365,589
   Consumer loans
 
59,512
 
52,732
Gross loans (1)
 
6,228,563
 
5,615,627
Allowance for loan losses
 
(144,001)
 
(65,103)
Loans, net
 
$6,084,562
 
$5,550,524
 
(1)
Gross loan balances at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are net of unearned income, including net deferred loan fees of $4.5 million, and $3.7 million respectively.
 
Loans are made to individuals as well as commercial and tax exempt entities.  Specific loan terms vary as to interest rate, repayment and collateral requirements based on the type of loan requested and the credit worthiness of the prospective borrower.  Credit risk tends to be geographically concentrated in that the majority of the loan customers are located in the markets serviced by MB Financial Bank.
 
Non-accrual loans and loans past due ninety days or more were $145.9 million and $24.5 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  There were no loans past due ninety days or more still accruing interest as of December 31, 2007 or December 31, 2008.  The reduction in interest income associated with loans on non-accrual status was approximately $4.6 million, $1.6 million, and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Information about impaired loans as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are as follows (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
2008
2007
2006
       
Loans for which there were related allowance for loan losses
 
$143,423
 
$18,398
 
$12,454
Other impaired loans
 
-
 
564
 
-
Total impaired loans
 
$143,423
 
$18,962
 
$12,454
             
Average monthly balance of impaired loans
 
$  76,942
 
$16,208
 
$13,260
Related allowance for loan losses
 
52,112
 
5,960
 
4,343
Interest income recognized on a cash basis
 
74
 
429
 
567
 
Activity in the allowance for loan losses was as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
     
2008
 
2007
 
2006
               
Balance, beginning of year
 
$  65,103
 
$58,983
 
$42,290
 
Additions from acquisitions
 
-
 
-
 
16,425
 
Provision for loan losses
 
125,721
 
19,313
 
10,100
 
Charge-offs
 
(49,825)
 
(16,306)
 
(13,800)
 
Recoveries
 
3,002
 
3,113
 
3,968
               
 
Net charge-offs
 
(46,823)
 
(13,193)
 
(9,832)
               
Balance, end of year
 
$144,001
 
$65,103
 
$58,983
 
Loans outstanding to executive officers and directors of the Company, including companies in which they have management control or beneficial ownership, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, were approximately $10.6 million and $18.6 million, respectively.  In the opinion of management, these loans have similar terms to other customer loans and do not present more than normal risk of collection.
 
An analysis of the activity related to these loans for the year ended December 31, 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Balance, beginning of year
 
 $18,641
Additions
 
 43
Principal payments and other reductions
 
 (8,070)
Balance, end of year
 
 $10,614
 
Note 7.                       Lease Investments
 
The lease portfolio is comprised of various types of equipment, generally technology related, including computer systems and satellite equipment, material handling and general manufacturing equipment.  Lessees tend to be Fortune 1000 companies and have an investment grade public debt rating by Moody’s or Standard & Poors or the equivalent, though, we also provided credit to below investment grade and non-rated companies.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Lease investments by categories follow (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
2008
2007
     
Direct finance leases:
       
 
Minimum lease payments
 
$  61,239
 
$ 52,150
 
Estimated unguaranteed residual values
 
7,093
 
6,029
 
Less: unearned income
 
(7,484)
 
(6,675)
Direct finance leases (1)
 
$  60,848
 
$ 51,504
       
Leveraged leases:
       
 
Minimum lease payments
 
$  30,150
 
$ 34,172
 
Estimated unguaranteed residual values
 
4,914
 
4,830
 
Less: unearned income
 
(2,804)
 
(3,547)
 
Less: related non-recourse debt
 
(28,437)
 
(31,755)
Leveraged leases (1)
 
 $    3,823
 
$   3,700
     
Operating leases:
   
 
Equipment, at cost
 
$196,068
 
$151,663
 
Less accumulated depreciation
 
(71,034)
 
(54,342)
Lease investments, net
 
$125,034
 
$ 97,321
 
(1)
Direct finance and leveraged leases are included as commercial loans collateralized by assignment of lease payments for financial statement purposes.
 
Leases that transfer substantially all of the benefits and risk related to the equipment ownership to the lessee are classified as direct financing.  If these direct finance leases have non-recourse debt associated with them, they are further classified as leveraged leases, and the associated debt is netted with the outstanding balance in the consolidated financial statements.  Interest income on direct finance and leveraged leases is recognized using methods which approximate a level yield over the term of the lease.
 
Operating leases are investments in equipment leased to other companies, where the residual component makes up more than 10% of the investment.  The Company funds most of the lease equipment purchases internally, but has some loans at other banks which totaled $27.7 million at December 31, 2008 and $12.5 million at December 31, 2007.
 
The minimum lease payments receivable for the various categories of leases are due as follows (in thousands) for the years ending December 31,
 
 
Direct
       
 
Finance
Leveraged
Operating
   
Year
Leases
Leases
Leases
Total
                 
2009
 
$27,675
 
$17,014
 
$38,440
 
$  83,129
2010
 
19,150
 
10,456
 
27,964
 
57,570
2011
 
8,562
 
2,098
 
14,742
 
25,402
2012
 
3,593
 
395
 
6,049
 
10,037
2013
 
1,910
 
187
 
1,692
 
3,789
2014 & Thereafter
 
349
 
-
 
745
 
1,094
   
$61,239
 
$30,150
 
$89,632
 
$181,021
 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Income from lease investments is composed of (in thousands):
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2008
2007
2006
             
Rental income on operating leases
 
$44,210
 
$35,160
 
$35,840
LaSalle Business Solutions revenue
 
32,302
 
46,813
 
27,117
Gain on sale of leased equipment
 
1,921
 
4,149
 
3,991
Income on lease investments, gross
 
78,433
 
86,122
 
66,948
     Less:
           
Write down of residual value of equipment
 
(512)
 
(1,617)
 
(1,259)
LaSalle Business Solutions cost of sales
 
(28,953)
 
(42,561)
 
(24,772)
Depreciation on operating leases
 
(31,995)
 
(26,097)
 
(27,548)
Income from lease investments, net
 
$16,973
 
$15,847
 
$13,369
 
LaSalle Business Solutions (LBS) revenue represents the gross amount of revenue paid to LBS for maintenance contracts sold to customers.  The maintenance contracts are serviced by third parties, with LBS maintaining no obligations under the contract.  The cost of sales is the amount paid by LBS to the third party maintenance provider.
 
Gains on leased equipment periodically result when a lessee renews a lease or purchases the equipment at the end of a lease, or the equipment is sold to a third party at a profit.  Individual lease transactions can, however, result in a loss.  This generally happens when, at the end of a lease, the lessee does not renew the lease or purchase the equipment.  To mitigate this risk of loss, we usually limit individual leased equipment residuals to approximately $500 thousand per transaction and seek to diversify both the type of equipment leased and the industries in which the lessees to whom such equipment is leased participate.  Often times, there are several individual lease schedules under one master lease.  There were 2,273 leases at December 31, 2008 compared to 1,969 at December 31, 2007.  The average residual value per lease schedule was approximately $20 thousand at December 31, 2008 and $18 thousand at December 31, 2007.  The average residual value per master lease schedule was approximately $169 thousand at December 31, 2008 and $152 thousand at December 31, 2007.
 
At December 31, 2008, the following reflects the residual values for leases by category in the year the initial lease term ends (in thousands):
 
 
Residual Values
End of initial lease term
 
Direct
           
   
Finance
 
Leveraged
 
Operating
   
December 31,
 
Leases
 
Leases
 
Leases
 
Total
2009
 
$1,634
 
$   735
 
$  6,797
 
$  9,166
2010
 
1,712
 
2,571
 
6,733
 
11,016
2011
 
2,519
 
1,340
 
10,600
 
14,459
2012
 
489
 
130
 
4,703
 
5,322
2013
 
354
 
138
 
3,086
 
3,578
2014 & Thereafter
 
385
 
-
 
2,462
 
2,847
   
$7,093
 
$4,914
 
$34,381
 
$46,388
 
The lease residual value represents the present value of the estimated fair value of the leased equipment at the termination of the lease.  Lease residual values are reviewed quarterly and any write-downs, or charge-offs deemed necessary are recorded in the period in which they become known.
 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 8.                      Premises and Equipment
 
Premises and equipment consist of (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
2008
2007
         
Land and land improvements
 
$  55,941
 
$  55,941
Buildings
 
80,582
 
82,590
Furniture and equipment
 
62,019
 
58,816
Buildings and leasehold improvements
 
46,055
 
36,709
   
244,597
 
234,056
Accumulated depreciation
 
(58,123)
 
(50,334)
Premises and equipment, net
 
$186,474
 
$183,722
 
Depreciation on premises and equipment totaled $11.7 million, $11.1, and $9.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Company had approximately $1.0 million in capital expenditure commitments outstanding which relate to various projects to build new branches or renovate existing branches.
 
Note 9.                      Goodwill and Intangibles
 
Under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, goodwill is no longer subject to amortization, but instead is subject to at least annual assessments for impairment by applying a fair-value based test.  SFAS No. 142 also requires that an acquired intangible asset be separately recognized if the benefit of the intangible asset is obtained through contractual or other legal rights, or if the asset can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged, regardless of the acquirer’s intent to do so.  Our most recent impairment assessment on goodwill and other intangibles was completed as of December 31, 2008.  No impairment losses on goodwill or other intangibles were incurred in 2008, 2007, and 2006.
 
The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
2008
2007
     
Balance at beginning of period
$379,047
 
$379,047
Goodwill from business combinations (1)
$8,022
-
Balance at end of period
$387,069
 
$379,047
 
(1)  
See Note 2 for additional information.
 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The Company has other intangible assets consisting of core deposit and client relationship intangibles that had, as of December 31, 2008, a remaining weighted average amortization period of approximately five years. The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of core deposit and client relationship intangibles, gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization, and net book value as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
2008
2007
Balance at beginning of period
$25,352
$28,856
Amortization expense
(3,554)
(3,504)
Other intangibles from business combinations (1)
3,978
-
Balance at end of period
$25,776
$25,352
     
Gross carrying amount
$51,472
$47,494
Accumulated amortization
(25,696)
(22,142)
Net book value
$25,776
$25,352
 
(1)  
See Note 2 for additional information.
 
The following presents the estimated amortization expense of other intangible assets (in thousands):
 
Year ending December 31,
 
Amount
2009
 
 $  3,503
2010
 
 3,292
2011
 
 2,962
2012
 
 2,753
2013
 
 2,605
Thereafter
 
 10,661
   
 $25,776
 
Note 10.                      Deposits
 
The composition of deposits is as follows (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
2008
2007
Demand deposits, noninterest bearing
 
$   960,117
 
$   875,491
NOW and money market accounts
 
1,465,436
 
1,263,021
Savings deposits
 
367,684
 
390,980
Time certificates, $100,000 or more
 
2,091,067
 
1,686,593
Other time certificates
 
1,611,267
 
1,297,698
Total
 
$6,495,571
 
$5,513,783
 
Time certificates of $100,000 or more included $864.8 million and $478.5 million of brokered deposits at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Brokered deposits typically consist of smaller individual time certificates that have the same liquidity characteristics and yields consistent with time certificates of $100,000 or more.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
At December 31, 2008, the scheduled maturities of time certificates are as follows (in thousands):
 
2009
 
 $2,806,727
2010
 
 588,215
2011
 
 121,364
2012
 
 39,616
2013
 
 64,534
Thereafter
 
 81,878
   
 $3,702,334

Note 11.                      Short-Term Borrowings
 
Short-term borrowings are summarized as follows as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 (dollars in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
2008
2007
 
Weighted Average
Amount
Weighted Average
Amount
Cost
Cost
Federal funds purchased
0.68%
 $    5,000
3.86%
 $170,000
Federal Reserve term auction funds
0.42%
 100,000
 -
             -
Customer repurchase agreements
0.48%
 282,832
3.02%
 367,702
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
2.46%
 100,787
5.05%
 440,019
 
0.88%
 $488,619
4.08%
 $977,721
         

The Company uses the Federal Reserve Term Auction Funds for short-term funding.  Each auction is for a fixed amount and the rate is determined by the auction process.  These borrowings are primarily collateralized by commercial and indirect vehicle loans with unpaid principal balances aggregating no less than 200% of the outstanding advances from the Federal Reserve Term Auction.
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are agreements in which the Company acquires funds by selling securities or investment grade lease loans to another party under a simultaneous agreement to repurchase the same securities or lease loans at a specified price and date.  The Company enters into repurchase agreements and also offers a demand deposit account product to customers that sweeps their balances in excess of an agreed upon target amount into overnight repurchase agreements.
 
The Company had Federal Home Loan Bank advances with maturity dates less than one year consisting of $100.8 million in fixed rate advances at December 31, 2008 and $440.0 million in fixed rate advances at December 31, 2007.  At December 31, 2008, fixed rate advances had effective interest rates ranging from 2.44% to 4.88% and are subject to a prepayment fee.  At December 31, 2008, the advances had maturities ranging from March 2009 to November 2009.
 
A collateral pledge agreement exists whereby at all times, the Company must keep on hand, free of all other pledges, liens, and encumbrances, first mortgage loans and home equity loans with unpaid principal balances aggregating no less than 133% for first mortgage loans and 200% for home equity loans of the outstanding secured advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank.  As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had $405.0 million and $426.7 million, respectively, of loans pledged as collateral for Federal Home Loan Bank advances.  Additionally, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had $181.0 million and $137.5 million, respectively, of investment securities pledged as collateral for secured advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Company had a $30 million correspondent bank line of credit which had certain covenants that required the Company to maintain MB Financial Bank’s “Well Capitalized” status, to maintain minimum financial ratios relating to MB Financial Bank’s non-performing assets and loan loss reserve and the Company’s return on assets.  The Company was in compliance with such covenants as of December 31, 2008, with the exception of the rolling four quarter return on average assets requirement.  The correspondent bank
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
line of credit was used for short-term liquidity purposes.  The Company substantially improved its liquidity position during 2008, and will not retain this line of credit in 2009.  As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, no balances were outstanding on the correspondent bank line of credit.
 
Note 12.                      Long-term Borrowings
 
The Company had Federal Home Loan Bank advances with original contractual maturities greater than one year of $352.5 million and $105.1 million at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, the advances had fixed terms with effective interest rates, net of discounts, ranging from 3.26% to 5.87%.
 
The Company had notes payable to banks totaling $27.7 million and $12.5 million at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, which as of December 31, 2008, were accruing interest at rates ranging from 4.19% to 12.00%.  Lease investments includes equipment with an amortized cost of $34.8 million and $16.1 million at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, that is pledged as collateral on these notes.
 
The Company had a $40 million ten year structured repurchase agreement which is non-putable until 2011 as of December 31, 2008. The borrowing agreement floats at 3-month LIBOR less 37 basis points and reprices quarterly.  The counterparty to the repurchase agreement has a one-time put option in 2011.  If the option is not exercised, the repurchase agreement converts to a fixed rate borrowing at 4.75% for the remaining term, which would expire in 2016.

MB Financial Bank has a $50 million subordinated debt facility.  Interest is payable at a rate of 3 month LIBOR + 1.20%.  The debt matures on October 1, 2017.  In addition, the Company has a $500 thousand ten-year term loan from the same lender.
 
The principal payments on long-term borrowings are due as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Amount
Year ending December 31,
 
2009
 $  45,060
2010
 145,756
2011
 43,247
2012
 34,755
2013
 9,565
Thereafter
 193,083
 
 $471,466
 
Note 13.                       Junior Subordinated Notes Issued to Capital Trusts
 
The Company has established statutory trusts for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and related trust common securities.  The proceeds from such issuances were used by the trusts to purchase junior subordinated notes of the Company, which are the sole assets of each trust.  Concurrently with the issuance of the trust preferred securities, the Company issued guarantees for the benefit of the holders of the trust preferred securities.  The trust preferred securities are issues that qualify, and are treated by the Company, as Tier 1 regulatory capital.  The Company owns all of the common securities of each trust.  The trust preferred securities issued by each trust rank equally with the common securities in right of payment, except that if an event of default under the indenture governing the notes has occurred and is continuing, the preferred securities will rank senior to the common securities in right of payment.  FOBB Capital Trusts I and III were established by FOBB prior to the Company’s acquisition of FOBB, and the junior subordinated notes issued by FOBB to FOBB Capital Trusts I and III were assumed by the Company upon completion of the acquisition.
 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The table below summarizes the outstanding junior subordinated notes and the related trust preferred securities issued by each trust as of December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
 
Coal City
MB Financial
MB Financial (3)
MB Financial (4)
Capital Trust I
Capital Trust II
Capital Trust III
Capital Trust IV
Junior Subordinated Notes:
       
Principal balance
$25,774
$36,083
$10,310
$20,619
Annual interest rate
3-mo LIBOR + 1.80%
3-mo LIBOR + 1.40%
3-mo LIBOR + 1.50%
3-mo LIBOR + 1.52%
Stated maturity date
September 1, 2028
September 15, 2035
September 23, 2036
September 15, 2036
Call date
September 1, 2008
September 15, 2010
September 23, 2011
September 15, 2011
         
Trust Preferred Securities:
       
Face value
$25,000
$35,000
$10,000
$20,000
Annual distribution rate
3-mo LIBOR + 1.80%
3-mo LIBOR + 1.40%
3-mo LIBOR + 1.50%
3-mo LIBOR + 1.52%
Issuance date
July 1998
August 2005
July 2006
August 2006
Distribution dates (1)
Quarterly
Quarterly
Quarterly
Quarterly
         
 
MB Financial (4)
MB Financial
FOBB (2) (3)
FOBB (2)
Capital Trust V
Capital Trust VI
Capital Trust I
Capital Trust III
Junior Subordinated Notes:
       
Principal balance
$30,928
$23,196
$6,186
$5,155
Annual interest rate
3-mo LIBOR + 1.30%
3-mo LIBOR + 1.30%
10.60%
3-mo LIBOR + 2.80%
Stated maturity date
December 15, 2037
October 30, 2037
September 7, 2030
January 23, 2034
Call date
March 15, 2008
October 30, 2012
September 7, 2010
January 23, 2009
         
Trust Preferred Securities:
       
Face value
$30,000
$22,500
$6,000
$5,000
Annual distribution rate
3-mo LIBOR + 1.30%
3-mo LIBOR + 1.30%
10.60%
3-mo LIBOR + 2.80%
Issuance date
September 2007
October 2007
September 2000
December 2003
Distribution dates (1)
Quarterly
Quarterly
Semi-annual
Quarterly
         
 
(1)  
All distributions are cumulative and paid in cash.
(2)  
Amount does not include purchase accounting adjustments totaling a premium of $572.5 thousand associated with FOBB Capital Trust I and III.
(3)  
Callable at a premium through 2020.
(4)  
Callable at a premium through 2011.
 
The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the junior subordinated notes at the stated maturity date or upon redemption on a date no earlier than the call dates noted in the table above.  Prior to these respective redemption dates, the junior subordinated notes may be redeemed by the Company (in which case the trust preferred securities would also be redeemed) after the occurrence of certain events that would have a negative tax effect on the Company or the trusts, would cause the trust preferred securities to no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital, or would result in a trust being treated as an investment company.  Each trust’s ability to pay amounts due on the trust preferred securities is solely dependent upon the Company making payment on the related junior subordinated notes.  The Company’s obligation under the junior subordinated notes and other relevant trust agreements, in aggregate, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of each trust’s obligations under the trust preferred securities issued by each trust.  The Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the notes and, therefore, distributions on the trust preferred securities, for up to five years, but not beyond the stated maturity date in the table above.  During any such deferral period the Company may not pay cash dividends on its common stock and generally may not repurchase its common stock.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 14.                      Lease Commitments and Rental Expense
 
The Company leases office space for certain branch offices.  The future minimum annual rental commitments for these noncancelable leases and subleases of such space are as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Gross
 
Sublease
 
Net
Year
Rents
 
Rents
 
Rents
2009
 
$3,874
   
$692
   
$3,182
2010
 
3,125
   
717
   
2,408
2011
 
2,750
   
743
   
2,007
2012
 
2,450
   
747
   
1,703
2013
 
2,105
   
549
   
1,556
Thereafter
 
17,184
   
814
   
16,370
   
$31,488
   
$4,262
   
$27,226
 
Under the terms of these leases, the Company is required to pay its pro rata share of the cost of maintenance and real estate taxes.  Certain leases also provide for increased rental payments based on increases in the Consumer Price Index.
 
Net rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 amounted to $3.3 million, $3.6 million and $2.0 million, respectively.
 
Note 15.                      Employee Benefit Plans
 
The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) profit sharing plan that covers all full-time employees who have completed three months of service.  Each participant under the plan may contribute up to 75% of his/her eligible compensation on a pretax basis.  The Company's contributions consist of a discretionary profit-sharing contribution and a matching contribution of the amounts contributed by the participants.  The board of directors determines the Company’s contributions on an annual basis.
 
During 2008, each participant was eligible for a maximum total Company matching contribution of 3.5% of their compensation.  Additionally, the Company may make annual discretionary profit sharing contributions.  The contributions for profit sharing equaled 3.0% of eligible compensation for the year ended December 31, 2008, 3.5% for the year ended December 31, 2007, and 3.5% for the year ended December 31, 2006.  The Company's total contributions to the plan, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, were approximately $3.8 million, $3.7 million, $3.2 million, respectively.
 
On the acquisition date of FOBB, the Company assumed FOBB’s 401(k) savings plan, which allowed eligible FOBB employees to defer a percentage of their salary.  The Company also assumed FOBB’s profit sharing plan on the date of acquisition.  Effective January 1, 2007, these plans were merged into the Company’s 401(k) profit sharing plan.
 
The Company has deferred compensation plans that allow eligible executives, senior officers and certain other employees and directors to defer payment of up 100% of their base salary and bonus in the case of employees and board fees in the case of directors.  Discretionary Company contributions to these plans were approximately $220 thousand, $263 thousand, $146 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  The amounts deferred can be invested in MB Financial stock (under the Company’s stock deferred compensation plan) or other publicly traded mutual funds (under the Company’s non-stock deferred compensation plan) at the discretion of the participant.  In addition, pursuant to the Company’s agreement entered into with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, he is entitled to receive on each December 31st while he is employed by the Company (starting December 31, 2007) a fully vested employer contribution to his account under the non-stock deferred compensation plan in amount equal to 20% of his base salary then in effect.  The cost of the MB Financial common stock held by MB Financial’s deferred compensation plans is reported separately in a manner similar to treasury stock (that is, changes in fair value are not recognized) with a corresponding deferred compensation obligation reflected in additional paid-in capital.  The amounts of the assets that are not invested in MB Financial common stock are recorded at their fair market value in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.  As of December 31, 2008, the fair value of the assets held in other publicly traded
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
funds totaled $5.4 million.  A liability is established, in other liabilities, in the consolidated balance sheet, for the fair value of the obligation to the participants.  Any increase or decrease in the fair market value of plan assets is recorded in other non-interest income on the consolidated statement of income.  Any increase or decrease in the fair value of the deferred compensation obligation to participants is recorded as additional compensation expense or a reduction of compensation expense on the consolidated statement of income.  The decrease in fair market value of the assets and the obligation related to the deferred compensation plan was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Note 16.                       Income Taxes
 
The deferred taxes consist of (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
2008
2007
Deferred tax assets:
       
Allowance for loan losses
 
$   56,160
 
$    22,786
Deferred compensation
 
5,552
 
5,231
Merger and non-compete accrual
 
544
 
796
Securities
 
449
 
1,939
Stock options, restricted stock, director stock units, and restricted stock units
 
7,827
 
6,065
Federal net operating loss carryforwards
 
1,353
 
1,658
State net operating loss carryforwards
 
17,551
 
10,100
Other items
 
1,128
 
3,926
Total deferred tax asset
 
90,564
 
52,501
     Valuation allowance
 
-
 
(10,100)
Total deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance
 
90,564
 
42,401
         
Deferred tax liabilities:
       
Securities discount accretion
 
(603)
 
(1,110)
Loans
 
(5,486)
 
(562)
Lease investments
 
(1,175)
 
(256)
Premises and equipment
 
(42,118)
 
(22,175)
Core deposit intangible
 
(8,935)
 
(8,873)
Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends
 
(4,014)
 
(3,602)
Other items
 
(103)
 
(267)
Total deferred tax liabilities
 
(62,434)
 
(36,845)
Net deferred tax asset
 
28,130
 
5,556
Net unrealized holding gain on securities available for sale
 
(9,106)
 
(4,091)
Net deferred tax asset
 
$   19,024
 
$      1,465
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company increased the reserve for uncertain tax positions, which was more than offset by a reduction in the valuation allowances on state net operating loss carryforwards, resulting in a reduction of tax expense of $5.9 million.  The Company reassessed the likelihood of the state net operating losses being more likely than not utilized as a result of prospective tax law changes.
 
The Company’s state net operating loss carryforwards totaled approximately $365.6 million at December 31, 2008 and begin to expire in 2009 through 2028.  The Company’s Federal net operating loss carryforwards totaled approximately $3.5 million at December 31, 2008 and expire in 2012 through 2019.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Income taxes consist of (in thousands):
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2008
2007
2006
             
Current expense (benefit):
           
Federal
 
$     (959)
 
$24,519
 
$16,119
State
 
216
 
200
 
150
   
(743)
 
24,719
 
16,269
Deferred expense (benefit)
 
(22,575)
 
(683)
 
11,000
   
$(23,318)
 
$24,036
 
$27,269
 
The reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% and the effective tax rate on income from continuing operations follows (in thousands):
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2008
2007
2006
       
Federal income tax (benefit) expense at expected statutory rate
 
$  (2,504)
 
$30,121
 
$31,614
Increase (decrease) due to:
     
Tax exempt income, net
(5,521)
(4,355)
(3,313)
Nonincludable increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
(1,855)
(1,740)
(1,387)
Removal of valuation reserve on state net operating loss carryforwards
 
(10,100)
 
-
 
-
Adjustment of tax contingency reserves
 
4,232
 
-
 
-
State tax, net of federal benefit
(7,003)
130
98
Other items, net
(567)
(120)
257
       
Income tax expense
 
$(23,318)
 
$24,036
 
$27,269
 
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes:  Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FIN 48.  This Interpretation provides guidance on financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, in tax returns.  The initial adoption of this Interpretation had no material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
 
A reconciliation of the change in unrecognized tax benefits from January 1, 2008 to December 31, 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Unrecognized Tax Benefit Without Interest
Interest on unrecognized Tax Benefit
Total Unrecognized Tax Benefit Including Interest
Balance at January 1, 2008
$3,443
  $339
$3,782
Increases for tax positions of prior years
  3,607
   625
  4,232
Balance at December 31, 2008
$7,050
$964
$8,014
 
The whole amount of unrecognized tax benefits would affect the tax provision and the effective income tax rate if recognized in future periods.
 
The Company elects to treat interest and penalties recognized for the underpayment of income taxes as income tax expense, to the extent not included in unrecognized tax benefits.
 
The Company’s federal income tax returns are open and subject to examination from the 2004 tax return year and forward.  One of the Company’s subsidiaries is currently scheduled to begin federal examination for tax year 2007.  The Company’s various state income tax returns are generally open from the 2002 and later tax return years based on individual state statutes of limitation.  The Company is under examination by Illinois for tax years 2002 through 2005.  The Company is not certain whether these examinations will be completed within
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
the next twelve months.  Developments in these examinations or other events could cause management to change its judgment about the amount of unrecognized tax benefits.
 
Note 17.                       Commitments and Contingencies
 
Commitments: The Company is a party to credit-related financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit.  Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
The Company's exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments.  The Company follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.
 
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the following financial instruments were outstanding, the contractual amounts of which represent off-balance sheet credit risk (in thousands):
 
 
Contract Amount
 
2008
2007
Commitments to extend credit:
   
Home equity lines
$   376,854
$   402,355
Other commitments
1,261,276
1,444,713
     
Letters of credit:
   
Standby
119,504
132,843
Commercial
55,269
56,136
 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require a payment of a fee.  The commitments for equity lines of credit may expire without being drawn upon.
 
Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Company, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.
 
The Company, in the normal course of its business, regularly offers standby and commercial letters of credit to its bank customers.  Standby and commercial letters of credit are a conditional but irrevocable form of guarantee.  Under letters of credit, the Company typically guarantees payment to a third party beneficiary upon the default of payment or nonperformance by the bank customer and upon receipt of complying documentation from that beneficiary.
 
Both standby and commercial letters of credit may be issued for any length of time, but normally do not exceed a period of five years.  These letters of credit may also be extended or amended from time to time depending on the bank customer's needs.  As of December 31, 2008, the maximum remaining term for any standby letter of credit was December 31, 2014.  A fee of up to two percent of face value may be charged to the bank customer and is recognized as income over the life of the letter of credit, unless considered non-rebatable under the terms of a letter of credit application.
 
At December 31, 2008, the aggregate contractual amount of these letters of credit, which represents the maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company would be obligated to pay, decreased $14.2 million to $174.8 million from $189.0 million at December 31, 2007.  Of the $174.8 million in commitments outstanding at December 31, 2008, approximately $77.5 million of the letters of credit have been issued or renewed since December 31, 2007.  The Company had a $435 thousand liability recorded as of December 31, 2008 relating to these commitments.
 
Letters of credit issued on behalf of bank customers may be done on either a secured, partially secured or an unsecured basis.  If a letter credit is secured or partially secured, the collateral can take various forms including bank accounts, investments, fixed assets, inventory, accounts receivable or real estate, among other things.  The Company takes the same care in making credit decisions and obtaining collateral when it issues letters of credit on behalf of its customers, as it does when making other types of loans.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Concentrations of credit risk: The majority of the loans, commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit have been granted to customers in the Company's market area.  Investments in securities issued by states and political subdivisions also involve governmental entities primarily within the Company's market area.  The distribution of commitments to extend credit approximates the distribution of loans outstanding.  Standby letters of credit are granted primarily to commercial borrowers.
 
Contingencies: In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings.  In the opinion of management, any liability resulting from pending proceedings would not be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Company had approximately $1.0 million in capital expenditure commitments outstanding which relate to various projects to build new branches or renovate existing branches.
 
Note 18.                       Regulatory Matters
 
The Company's primary source of cash is dividends from its subsidiary bank.  The subsidiary bank is subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that it may declare without prior regulatory approval.  In addition, the dividends declared cannot be in excess of the amount which would cause the subsidiary bank to fall below the minimum required for capital adequacy purposes.
 
The Company and its subsidiary bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory – and additional discretionary – actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company's and its subsidiary bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items are calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Company's and its subsidiary bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.  Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and its subsidiary bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  Management believes the Company and its subsidiary bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the subsidiary bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as “well capitalized” the subsidiary bank must maintain the total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratio as set forth in the well-capitalized column in the table below.  There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the subsidiary bank’s categories.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The required and actual amounts and ratios for the Company and its subsidiary bank are presented below (dollars in thousands):
 
             
To Be Well
             
Capitalized Under
       
For Capital
Prompt Corrective
 
Actual
Adequacy Purposes
Action Provisions
                   
 
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
As of December 31, 2008
                 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):
                 
       Consolidated
 
$936,027
14.08%
 
$531,968
8.00%
 
N/A
N/A
       MB Financial Bank
 
759,845
11.46%
 
530,595
8.00%
 
$663,243
10.00%
                   
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):
                 
       Consolidated
 
802,384
12.07%
 
265,984
4.00%
 
N/A
N/A
       MB Financial Bank
 
626,185
9.44%
 
265,297
4.00%
 
397,946
6.00%
                   
Tier 1 capital (to average assets):
                 
       Consolidated
 
802,384
9.85%
 
325,872
4.00%
 
N/A
N/A
       MB Financial Bank
 
626,185
7.70%
 
325,300
4.00%
 
406,625
5.00%
                   
                   
As of December 31, 2007
                 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):
                 
       Consolidated
 
$730,123
11.58%
 
$498,893
8.00%
 
N/A
N/A
       MB Financial Bank
 
703,676
11.20%
 
497,030
8.00%
 
$621,288
10.00%
                   
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):
                 
       Consolidated
 
615,020
9.75%
 
249,446
4.00%
 
N/A
N/A
       MB Financial Bank
 
588,573
9.37%
 
248,515
4.00%
 
372,773
6.00%
                   
Tier 1 capital (to average assets):
                 
       Consolidated
 
615,020
8.18%
 
300,744
4.00%
 
N/A
N/A
       MB Financial Bank
 
588,573
8.09%
 
291,192
4.00%
 
363,990
5.00%
 
N/A – not applicable
 
Note 19.                       Fair Values of Financial Instruments

Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements," for financial assets and financial liabilities.  SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.  The application of SFAS 157 in situations where the market for a financial asset is not active was clarified by the issuance of FSP No. SFAS 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active,” (FSP 157-3) in October 2008. FSP 157-3 became effective immediately and did not significantly impact the methods by which the Corporation determines the fair values of its financial assets.

SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants.  A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.  The price in the principal (or most advantageous) market used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability shall not be adjusted for transaction costs.  An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
and customary for transactions involving such assets and liabilities; it is not a forced transaction.  Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal market that are (i) independent, (ii) knowledgeable, (iii) able to transact and (iv) willing to transact.
 
SFAS 157 requires the use of valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach.  The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets and liabilities.  The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert expected future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to a single present value amount on a discounted basis.  The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement cost).  Valuation techniques should be consistently applied.  Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.  Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity's own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.  In that regard, SFAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs.  The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.  These valuation methodologies were applied to all of the Company's financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value effective January 1, 2008.

In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available.  If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters.  Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value.  These adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Company's creditworthiness, among other things, as well as unobservable parameters.  Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time.  Our valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values.  While management believes the Corporation's valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

Securities Available for Sale . The fair values of securities available for sale are determined by quoted prices in active markets, when available.  If quoted market prices are not available, the fair value is determined by a matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique, widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities.

Assets Held in Trust for Deferred Compensation and Associated Liabilities.   Assets held in trust for deferred compensation are recorded at fair value and included in “Other Assets” on the consolidated balance sheets.  These assets are invested in mutual funds and classified as Level 1.  Deferred compensation liabilities, also classified as Level 1, are carried at the fair value of the obligation to the employee, which corresponds to the fair value of the invested assets.

Derivatives . Currently, we use interest rate swaps to manage our interest rate risk.  The valuation of these instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative.  This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity,
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
and uses observable market-based inputs, including LIBOR rate curves.  We also obtain dealer quotations for these derivatives for comparative purposes to assess the reasonableness of the model valuations.
 
Financial Instruments Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value (in thousands):

     
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2008 Using
     
Total
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Financial assets
         
 
Securities available for sale
 
$     1,336,130
$                     -
$      1,334,500
$                    1,630
 
Assets held in trust for deferred compensation
5,383
5,383
-
-
 
Derivative financial instruments
 
25,835
-
25,835
-
Financial liabilities
         
 
Other liabilities (1)
 
5,383
5,383
-
-
 
Derivative financial instruments
 
24,169
-
24,169
-
             
(1) Liabilities associated with assets held in trust for deferred compensation.
   

The following table presents additional information about financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for which the Company used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

   
Year  Ended
(in thousands)
 
December 31, 2008
     
Balance, beginning of period
 
 $                                 -
Transfer into Level 3
 
1,911
Net unrealized losses
 
-
Impairment charge
 
(281)
   
$                         1,630
     

Financial Instruments Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Impaired Loans.   Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired.  Once a loan is identified as individually impaired, management measures impairment in accordance with SFAS 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, (SFAS 114).  The fair value of impaired loans is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value, market value of similar debt, enterprise value, liquidation value and discounted cash flows.  Those impaired loans not requiring an allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investments in such loans.  At December 31, 2008, substantially all of the total impaired loans were evaluated based on the fair value of the collateral.  In accordance with SFAS 157, impaired loans where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral require classification in the fair value hierarchy.  Collateral values are estimated using Level 3 inputs based on customized discounting criteria.

The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market that were recognized at fair value below cost at the end of the period.


MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are included in the table below (in thousands):
 
     
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2008 Using
     
Total
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
             
Financial assets
         
 
Impaired loans
 
 $    91,311
 $                            -
 $                         -
 $             91,311
 
SFAS 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis. The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis are discussed above. The estimated fair value approximates carrying value for cash and cash equivalents, accrued interest and the cash surrender value of life insurance policies. The methodologies for other financial assets and financial liabilities are discussed below:
 
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair values of its financial instruments:
 
Cash and due from banks and interest bearing deposits with banks: The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet approximate fair value.
 
Non-marketable securities – FHLB and FRB Stock: The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet approximate fair value.
 
Loans held for sale : Fair values are based on Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation quoted market prices.
 
Loans : Most commercial loans and some real estate mortgage loans are made on a variable rate basis.  For those variable-rate loans that reprice frequently with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.  The fair values for fixed rate and all other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers with similar credit quality.
 
Accrued interest receivable and payable : The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate their fair values.
 
Non-interest bearing deposits : The fair values disclosed are equal to their balance sheet carrying amounts, which represent the amount payable on demand.
 
Interest bearing deposits : The fair values disclosed for deposits with no defined maturities are equal to their carrying amounts, which represent the amounts payable on demand.  The carrying amounts for variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts and certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at the reporting date.  Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on similar certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.
 
Short-term borrowings : The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased, borrowings under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings with maturities of 90 days or less approximate their fair values.  The fair value of short-term borrowings greater than 90 days is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows.
 
Long-term borrowings : The fair values of the Company's long-term borrowings (other than deposits) are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on the Company's current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.
 
Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts : The fair values of the Company’s junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts are estimated based on the quoted market prices, when available, of the related trust preferred security instruments, or are estimated based on the quoted market prices of comparable trust preferred securities.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Off-balance-sheet instruments : Fair values for the Company's off-balance-sheet lending commitments (guarantees, letters of credit and commitments to extend credit) are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements.
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 159, "The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities - Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115."  SFAS 159 permits the Company to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates.  Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value measurement option has been elected are reported in earnings at each subsequent reporting date.  The fair value option (i) may be applied instrument by instrument, with certain exceptions, thus the Company may record identical financial assets and liabilities at fair value or by another measurement basis permitted under generally accepted accounting principles, (ii) is irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs) and (iii) is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments.  The Company has not elected the fair value option for any financial assets or liabilities.  Adoption of SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.
 
The estimated fair values of financial instruments are as follows (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
2008
2007
 
Carrying
 
Carrying
 
 
Amount
Fair Value
Amount
Fair Value
Financial Assets
               
Cash and due from banks
 
 $    79,824
 
 $    79,824
 
 $   141,248
 
 $  141,248
Interest bearing deposits with banks
 
 261,834
 
 261,880
 
 9,093
 
 9,093
Investment securities available for sale
 
 1,336,130
 
 1,336,130
 
 1,241,385
 
 1,241,385
Non-marketable securities - FHLB and FRB stock
 
 64,246
 
 64,246
 
 63,671
 
 63,671
Loans, net
 
 6,084,562
 
 6,185,940
 
 5,550,524
 
 5,590,934
Accrued interest receivable
 
 34,096
 
 34,096
 
 35,671
 
 35,671
Interest rate swap contracts
 
 25,835
 
 25,835
 
 4,340
 
 4,340
                 
Financial Liabilities
               
Non-interest bearing deposits
 
 $  960,117
 
 $  960,117
 
 $   875,491
 
 $  875,491
Interest bearing deposits
 
 5,535,454
 
 5,561,809
 
 4,638,292
 
 4,645,436
Short-term borrowings
 
 488,619
 
 476,899
 
 977,721
 
 978,692
Long-term borrowings
 
 471,466
 
 484,454
 
 208,865
 
 213,089
Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts
 
 158,824
 
 94,936
 
 159,016
 
 153,065
Accrued interest payable
 
 21,289
 
 21,289
 
 18,655
 
 18,655
Interest rate swap contracts
 
 24,169
 
 24,169
 
 5,699
 
 5,699
                 
Off-balance-sheet instruments:
               
Loan commitments and standby letters of credit
 
 $              -
 
 $      3,455
 
 $               -
 
 $      1,670

Note 20.                       Stock Incentive Plans
 
Statement 123R requires that the grant date fair value of equity awards to employees be recognized as compensation expense over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for such award.  During 2006, the Company adopted Statement 123R using “modified retrospective application”, electing to restate all prior periods.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The following table summarizes the impact of the Company’s share-based payment plans in the financial statements for the periods shown (in thousands):
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
   
2008
 
2007
 
2006
             
Total cost of share-based payment plans during the year
 
$4,911
 
$5,223
 
$3,974
             
Amount of related income tax benefit recognized in income
 
$1,663
 
$1,773
 
$1,391
 
The Company adopted the Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”) in 1997.  In April 2007, the Omnibus Plan was modified to add 2,250,000 authorized shares for a total of 6,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance to directors, officers, and employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  As of December 31, 2008, there are 1,178,894 shares available for grant.  Grants under the Omnibus Plan can be in the form of options intended to be incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, other stock-based awards and cash awards.
 
Annual equity-based incentive awards are typically granted to officers and employees in June.  Options are granted with an exercise price equal to no less than the market price of the Company’s shares at the date of grant; those option awards generally vest based on four years of continuous service and have 10-year contractual terms.  Options may also be granted at other times throughout the year in connection with the recruitment of new officers and employees.  Restricted shares granted to officers and employees typically vest over a two to three year period.  Directors currently may elect, in lieu of cash, to receive up to 70% of their fees in stock options with a five-year term which are fully vested on the grant date (provided that the director may not sell the underlying shares for at least six months after the grant date), and up to 100% of their fees in restricted stock, which vests one year after the grant date.
 
The following table summarizes stock options outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2008:
 
       
Weighted
 
Remaining
 
Aggregate
       
Average
 
Contractual
 
Intrinsic
   
Number of
 
Exercise
 
Term
 
Value
   
Options
 
Price
 
(In Years)
 
(in thousands)
                 
Options outstanding as of January 1, 2008
 
 2,625,051
 
 $29.59
       
Granted
 
 938,073
 
 25.65
       
Exercised
 
 (230,877)
 
 14.19
       
Expired or cancelled
 
 (35,762)
 
 29.40
       
Forfeited
 
 (55,207)
 
 35.80
       
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2008
 
 3,241,278
 
 $29.44
 
 6.46
 
 7,894
                 
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2008
 
 1,386,270
 
 $26.68
 
 3.63
 
 5,624
 

MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black Scholes option-pricing model based on certain assumptions.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities of Company shares.  The risk free rate for periods within the contractual term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.  The expected life of options is estimated based on historical employee behavior and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.  These assumptions are summarized in the following table.
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Risk-free interest rate
3.61%
 
4.80%
 
5.12%
Volatility of Company's stock
18.92%
 
16.84%
 
16.62%
Expected dividend yield
2.95%
 
2.19%
 
1.61%
Expected life of options
6 years
 
6 years
 
6 years
           
Weighted average fair value per option of options granted during the year
  $3.84
 
  $6.27
 
  $7.97
 
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $3.3 million, $2.8 million and $3.8 million, respectively.
 
The following is a summary of changes in restricted shares for the year ended December 31, 2008:
 
   
Number of Shares
 
Grant Date Fair Value
         
Shares Outstanding at December 31, 2007
 
134,722
 
$35.74
Granted
 
136,868
 
25.97
Vested
 
(38,567)
 
38.87
Forfeited
 
(10,790)
 
33.42
Shares Outstanding at December 31, 2008
 
222,233
 
$29.29
 
As of December 31, 2008, there was $9.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements (including share option and nonvested share awards) granted under the Omnibus Plan.
 
Note 21.                       Derivative Financial Instruments
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (SFAS 133), the Company designates each derivative contract at inception as either a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.  Currently, the Company has only fair value hedges in the portfolio.  For fair value hedges, the interest rate swaps are structured so that all of the critical terms of the hedged items match the terms of the appropriate leg of the interest rate swaps at inception of the hedging relationship.  The Company tests hedge effectiveness on a quarterly basis for all fair value hedges.  For prospective and retrospective hedge effectiveness, we use the dollar offset approach.  In periodically assessing retrospectively the effectiveness of a fair value hedge in having achieved offsetting changes in fair values under a dollar-offset approach, the Company uses a cumulative approach on individual fair value hedges.
 
The Company uses interest rate swaps to hedge its interest rate risk.  The Company had fair value commercial loan interest rate swaps and fair value brokered deposit interest rate swaps with aggregate notional amounts of $13.0 million and $57.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008.  For fair value hedges, the changes in fair values of both the hedging derivative and the hedged item were recorded in current earnings as other income and other expense.  When a fair value hedge no longer qualifies for hedge accounting, previous adjustments to the carrying value of the hedged item are reversed immediately to current earnings and the hedge is reclassified to a trading position.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
We also offer various derivatives to our customers and offset our exposure from such contracts by purchasing other financial contracts.  The customer accommodations and any offsetting financial contracts are treated as non-hedging derivative instruments which do not qualify for hedge accounting.
 
Interest rate swap contracts involve the risk of dealing with counterparties and their ability to meet contractual terms.  The net amount payable or receivable under interest rate swaps is accrued as an adjustment to interest income.  The net amount receivable (payable) for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were approximately $596 thousand and $727 thousand, respectively.  The Company's credit exposure on interest rate swaps is limited to the Company's net favorable value and interest payments of all swaps to each counterparty.  In such cases collateral is required from the counterparties involved if the net value of the swaps exceeds a nominal amount.  At December 31, 2008, the Company's credit exposure relating to interest rate swaps was not significant.
 
The Company’s derivative financial instruments are summarized below as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 (dollars in thousands):
 
 
December 31, 2008
 
December 31, 2007
     
Weighted-Average
     
 
Notional Amount
Estimated Fair Value
Years to Maturity
Receive Rate
Pay
 
Notional Amount
Estimated Fair Value
Rate
 
Derivative instruments designated as hedges of fair value:
               
Pay fixed/receive variable swaps (1)
 $13,039
 $1,022
4.4
4.02%
6.22%
 
 $  14,320
 $     (23)
Receive fixed/pay variable swaps (2)
 57,177
 631
6.7
4.89%
2.21%
 
 151,706
 (1,245)
                 
Non-hedging derivative instruments (3):
               
Pay fixed/receive variable swaps
 203,040
 (24,169)
6.1
3.06%
6.18%
 
 119,223
 (4,431)
Pay variable/receive fixed swaps
 204,863
 24,182
6.2
6.17%
3.05%
 
 127,517
 4,340
Total portfolio swaps
 $478,119
 $1,666
6.2
4.64%
4.37%
 
 $412,766
 $(1,359)
(1) Hedges fixed-rate commercial real estate loans
               
(2) Hedges fixed-rate callable brokered deposits
               
(3) These portfolio swaps are not designated as hedging instruments under SFAS No. 133.
           
                 
 
Methods and assumptions used by the Company in estimating the fair value of its interest rate swaps are discussed in Note 19 to consolidated financial statements.
 
Note 22.                      Condensed Parent Company Financial Information
 
The condensed financial statements of MB Financial, Inc. (parent company only) are presented below:
 
Balance Sheets
(In thousands)
 
December 31,
 
2008
2007
Assets
       
Cash
 
$   161,479
 
$     31,777
Investments in subsidiaries
 
1,044,070
 
990,187
Other assets
 
27,519
 
25,654
Total assets
 
$1,233,068
 
$1,047,618
         
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
       
Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts
 
$   158,823
 
$   159,016
Other liabilities
 
8,049
 
26,233
Stockholders' equity
 
1,066,196
 
862,369
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
 
$1,233,068
 
$1,047,618
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Statements of Income
           
(In thousands)
           
 
Years Ended December 31,
   
2008
 
2007
 
2006
             
Dividends from continuing subsidiaries
 
$30,000
 
$88,000
 
$65,269
Dividends from discontinued subsidiary
 
-
 
6,500
 
-
Interest and other income
 
(985)
 
757
 
764
Interest and other expense
 
(8,278)
 
(18,201)
 
(13,965)
Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
 
20,737
 
77,056
 
52,068
Income tax benefit
 
(3,370)
 
(6,105)
 
(4,621)
Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
 
24,107
 
83,161
 
56,689
Equity in undistributed net income of continuing subsidiaries
 
(7,943)
 
(14,636)
 
6,367
Equity in undistributed net income of discontinued subsidiary
 
-
 
25,338
 
4,058
Net income
 
16,164
 
93,863
 
67,114
Dividends on preferred shares
 
789
 
-
 
-
Net income available to common shareholders
 
$15,375
 
$93,863
 
$67,114
 
Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2008
2007
2006
             
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
           
  Net income
 
$  16,164
 
$      93,863
 
$    67,114
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
           
  Amortization of restricted stock awards
 
2,228
 
2,113
 
1,447
  Compensation expense for stock option grants
 
651
 
3,111
 
2,527
  Net gains on sale of investment securities available for sale
 
-
 
-
 
(5)
  Equity in undistributed net income of continuing subsidiaries
 
7,943
 
14,636
 
(6,367)
  Equity in undistributed net income of discontinued subsidiary
 
-
 
(25,338)
 
(4,058)
  Change in other assets and other liabilities
 
(30,963)
 
(7,845)
 
(7,515)
          Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
 
(3,977)
 
80,540
 
53,143
             
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
           
  Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale
 
-
 
-
 
278
  Investments in and advances to subsidiaries
 
(50,000)
 
(5,000)
 
(9,500)
  Proceeds from the sales of other assets
 
-
 
1,630
 
106
  Net (increase) decrease in loans
 
7,500
 
(7,500)
 
-
  Cash proceeds received from sale of subsidiary
 
-
 
76,148
 
-
  Cash paid for acquisitions, net
 
-
 
-
 
(68,868)
          Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
 
(42,500)
 
65,278
 
(77,984)
             
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
           
  Treasury stock transactions, net
 
(1,348)
 
(76,703)
 
(14,107)
  Stock options exercised
 
4,585
 
3,789
 
4,124
  Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements
 
2,032
 
1,828
 
884
  Dividends paid
 
(25,090)
 
(25,956)
 
(20,168)
  Principal paid on short-term borrowings
 
-
 
-
 
(2,000)
  Proceeds from long-term debt
 
-
 
-
 
500
  Issuance of preferred stock
 
192,944
 
-
 
-
  Issuance of common stock warrant
 
3,056
 
-
 
-
  Proceeds from junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts
 
-
 
52,500
 
30,000
  Principal paid on junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts
 
-
 
(71,800)
 
-
          Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
176,179
 
(116,342)
 
(767)
             
          Net increase (decrease) in cash
 
129,702
 
29,476
 
(25,608)
Cash:
           
  Beginning of year
 
31,777
 
2,301
 
27,909
  End of year
 
$161,479
 
$      31,777
 
$      2,301

 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 23.   Preferred Stock
 
    On December 5, 2008, as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program of the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”), the Company entered into a Letter Agreement and Securities Purchase Agreement (collectively, the “Purchase Agreement”) with Treasury, pursuant to which the Company (i) sold to Treasury 196,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), having a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share, for a purchase price of $196.0 million in cash and (ii) issued to Treasury a ten-year warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 1,012,048 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), at an exercise price of $29.05 per share.
 
The Series A Preferred Stock will qualify as Tier 1 capital and will pay cumulative dividends on the liquidation preference amount on a quarterly basis at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years, and 9% per annum thereafter.  Subject to the prior approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable at the option of the Company in whole or in part at a redemption price of 100% of the liquidation preference amount plus any accrued and unpaid dividends, provided that the Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed prior to the first dividend payment date falling after the third anniversary of the issue date (December 5, 2011) only if (i) the Company has raised aggregate gross proceeds in one or more Qualified Equity Offerings of at least $49.0 million and (ii) the aggregate redemption price does not exceed the aggregate net proceeds from such Qualified Equity Offerings. A “Qualified Equity Offering” is defined as the sale for cash by the Company of preferred stock or common stock that qualifies as Tier 1 capital.

The exercise price of and number of shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrant are subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments.  Treasury may not transfer a portion or portions of the Warrant with respect to, and/or exercise the Warrant for more than one-half of, the 1,012,048 shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrant until the earlier of (i) the date on which the Company has received aggregate gross proceeds of at least $196.0 million from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings and (ii) December 31, 2009. If the Company completes one or more Qualified Equity Offerings on or prior to December 31, 2009 that result in the Company receiving aggregate gross proceeds of at least $196.0 million, then the number of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrant will be reduced to 50% of the original number of shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrant.  Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to it upon exercise of the Warrant.

The enactment of ARRA on February 17, 2009 permits the Company to repay the Treasury without penalty and without the need to raise new capital, subject to the Treasury’s consultation with the recipient’s appropriate regulatory agency.  Additionally, upon repayment the Treasury will liquidate all outstanding warrants at their current market value.

The proceeds from the TARP Capital Purchase Program were allocated between the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant based on relative fair value, which resulted in an initial carrying value of $192.9 million for the Series A Preferred Shares and $3.1 million for the Warrant. The resulting discount to the Series A Preferred Shares of $3.1 million will accrete on a level yield basis over five years ending December 2013 and is being recognized as additional preferred stock dividends. The fair value assigned to the Series A Preferred Shares was estimated using a discounted cash flow model. The discount rate used in the model was based on yields on comparable publicly traded perpetual preferred stocks. The fair value assigned to the warrant was based on a Black Scholes option-pricing model using several inputs, including risk-free rate, expected stock price volatility and expected dividend yield.

The Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant were issued in a private placement exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  In accordance with the Purchase Agreement, the Company subsequently registered the Series A Preferred Stock, the Warrant and the shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrant under the Securities Act.
 

Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
Not applicable.
 
Item 9A .  Controls and Procedures
 
a)            Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures : An evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”)) was carried out as of December 31, 2008 under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and several other members of our senior management.  Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that the information we are required to disclose in the reports we file or submit under the Act is (i) accumulated and communicated to our management (including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer) to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, and (ii) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.
 
b).            Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting : The annual report of management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and the attestation report thereon issued by our independent registered public accounting firm are set forth under “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.
 
c)            Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting : During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, no change occurred in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
Item 9B.   Other Information
 
Not applicable.
 
 
PART III

Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
Directors and Executive Officers .  The information concerning our directors and executive officers required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
 
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance .  The information concerning compliance with the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by our directors, officers and ten percent stockholders required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
 
Code of Ethics.   We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, and persons performing similar functions, and to all of our other employees and our directors.  A copy of our code of ethics is available on our Internet website address, www.mbfinancial.com.
 
Item 11.   Executive Compensation
 
The information concerning compensation and other matters required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
 
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
The information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
 
 
The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2008 with respect to compensation plans under which shares of our common stock may be issued:
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Plan Category
Number of Shares to be Issued upon Exercise of  Outstanding Options, warrants and rights (1)
Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, warrants and rights (1)
Number of Shares Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Shares Reflected in the first column) (2)
 
 
 
 
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders............................................................
 3,241,278
$29.44
 1,178,894
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders.....................................................
         N/A
    N/A
          N/A
Total...................................................................................................................................................
 3,241,278
$29.44
 1,178,894
       
 
(1)  
Includes 21,158 shares underlying stock options that we assumed in the First SecurityFed acquisition, and 135,392 shares underlying stock options, 4,937 shares underlying restricted stock units and 6,604 shares underlying director stock units that we assumed in the FOBB acquisition.  Since the restricted stock units and the director stock units do not have an exercise price and are settled only for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, these units are not relevant for purposes of computing the weighted average exercise price.
(2)  
Includes 797,187 shares remaining available for future issuance under our Amended and Restated  Omnibus Incentive Plan which could be utilized for awards to plan participants in the form of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units or other stock-based awards.

N/A – not applicable
 
Not included in the table are shares of our common stock that may be acquired by directors and officers who participate in the MB Financial, Inc. Stock Deferred Compensation Plan.  This plan, along with the MB Financial, Inc. Non-Stock Deferred Compensation Plan, allows directors and eligible officers to defer a portion of their cash compensation.  Neither plan has been approved by our stockholders.  All distributions under the stock plan are made in shares of our common stock purchased by the plan trustee on the open market, except for fractional shares, which are paid in cash.
 
Item 13.   Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence
 
The information concerning certain relationships and related transactions and director independence required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
 
Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
        The information concerning principal accountant fees and services is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
 
 

PART IV

Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1)
   
(a)(2)
Financial Statement Schedules: All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the information is not required under the related instructions or is not applicable.
   
(a)(3)
Exhibits: See Exhibit Index .
   
(b)
Exhibits: See Exhibit Index .




SIGNATURES

 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.
 

MB FINANCIAL, INC.
(registrant)


By:           /s/MITCHELL FEIGER
Mitchell Feiger
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: February 27, 2009

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


Signatures
 
Title
   
         
/s/Mitchell Feiger
 
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
   
Mitchell Feiger
 
(Principal Executive Officer), February 27, 2009
   
         
/s/Jill E. York
 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
   
Jill E. York
 
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer), February 27, 2009
   
         
/s/Thomas H. Harvey*
 
Director
 
)  February 27, 2009
Thomas H. Harvey
       
         
/s/David P. Bolger*
 
Director
 
)  February 27, 2009
David P. Bolger
       
         
/s/Robert S. Engleman, Jr.*
 
Director
 
)  February 27, 2009
Robert S. Engleman, Jr.
       
         
/s/Charles J. Gries*
 
Director
 
)  February 27, 2009
Charles J. Gries
       
         
/s/James N. Hallene*
 
Director
 
)  February 27, 2009
James. N. Hallene
       
         
/s/Richard J. Holmstrom*
 
Director
 
)  February 27, 2009
Richard J. Holmstrom
       
         
/s/Karen J. May*
 
Director
 
)  February 27, 2009
Karen J. May
       
         
/s/Patrick Henry*
 
Director
 
)  February 27, 2009
Patrick Henry
       
         
/s/Ronald D. Santo*
 
Director
 
)  February 27, 2009
Ronald D. Santo
       
         
* By: /s/Mitchell Feiger
 
Attorney-in-Fact
 
)
 
 
Exhibit Number
    Description
2.1
Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 19, 2001, by and among the Registrant, MB Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Old MB Financial”) and MidCity Financial (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the joint proxy statement-prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on October 9, 2001)
 
2.2
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 1, 2002, by and among the Registrant, MB Financial Acquisition Corp II and South Holland Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 to the Registrant’s Current Report Form 8-K filed on November 5, 2002 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
2.3
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 9, 2004, by and among the Registrant and First SecurityFed Financial, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2004 (File No.0-24566-01))
 
2.4
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 1, 2006, by and among the Registrant, MBFI Acquisition Corp. and First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. (“First Oak Brook”)(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 2, 2006 (File No.0-24566-01))
 
Charter of the Registrant, as amended*
 
3.1A
Articles Supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant for the Registrant’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2008 (File No.0-24566-01))
 
3.2
Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 11, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
4.1
The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish to the Commission, upon request, the instruments defining the rights of the holders of each issue of long-term debt of the Registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries
 
4.2
Certificate of Registrant’s Common Stock (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. One to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-64584))
 
4.3
Warrant to purchase shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2008 (File No.0-24566-01))
 
10.1
Letter Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2008, between the Registrant and the United States Department of the Treasury  (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2008 (File No.0-24566-01))
 
 
 
 
  EXHIBIT INDEX
  Exhibit Number
    Description  
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mitchell Feiger*
 
10.3
Employment Agreement between MB Financial Bank, N.A. and Burton J. Field (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
Form of Change and Control Severance Agreement between MB Financial Bank, National Association and each of Thomas Panos, Jill E. York,  and Thomas P. Fitzgibbon, Jr. *
 
Form of Change and Control Severance Agreement between MB Financial Bank, National Association and each of Burton Field, Larry J. Kallembach, Brian Wildman, Rosemarie Bouman and Susan Peterson*
 
Form of Letter Agreement between the United States Department of the Treasury and each of Mitchell Feiger, Thomas Panos, Jill E. York,  Thomas P. Fitzgibbon, Jr., Burton Field, Larry J. Kallembach, Brian Wildman, Rosemarie Bouman, and Susan Peterson*
 
10.6
Coal City Corporation 1995 Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-64584))
 
10.6A
Amendment to Coal City Corporation 1995 Stock Option Plan ((incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6A to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on March 2, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
10.7
MB Financial, Inc. Amended and Restated  Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Incentive Plan”) (incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on March 23, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
MB Financial Stock Deferred Compensation Plan*
 
MB Financial Non-Stock Deferred Compensation Plan*
 
10.10
Avondale Federal Savings Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Old MB Financial’s (then known as Avondale Financial Corp.) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (File No. 0-24566))
 
10.11
Reserved
 
 
 
 
  EXHIBIT INDEX
  Exhibit Number
    Description
10.12
Reserved
 
10.13
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between MB Financial Bank, N.A. and Ronald D. Santo (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2004 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
10.13A
Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between MB Financial Bank, N.A. and Ronald D. Santo ((incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13A to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on March 2, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
10.14
First SecurityFed Financial, Inc. 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit B to the definitive proxy statement filed by First SecurityFed Financial, Inc. on March 24, 1998 (File No. 0-23063))
 
10.14A
Amendment to First SecurityFed Financial, Inc. 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan ((incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14A to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on March 2, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
Tax Gross Up Agreements between the Registrant and each of Mitchell Feiger, Burton J. Field, Thomas D. Panos, Jill E. York and Thomas P. FitzGibbon, Jr., Larry J. Kallembach, Brian Wildman, and Susan Peterson *
 
Tax Gross Up Agreement between the Registrant and Rosemarie Bouman*
 
10.16
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Executive Officers under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
10.17
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Directors under the Omnibus Incentive Plan  (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
10.18
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Executive Officers under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
Amendment to Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement and Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Executive Officers under the Omnibus Incentive Plan*
 
 
 
 
  EXHIBIT INDEX
  Exhibit Number
    Description
10.19
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Directors under the Omnibus Incentive Plan  (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
10.20
First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the definitive proxy statement filed by First Oak Brook on March 30, 2004 (File No. 0-14468))
 
10.20A
Amendment to First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan ((incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20A to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on March 2, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
10.21
First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the definitive proxy statement filed by First Oak Brook on April 2, 2001 (File No. 0-14468))
 
10.21A
Amendment to First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan ((incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21A to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on March 2, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
10.22
First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. Directors Stock Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by First Oak Brook on October 25, 1999 (File No. 333-89647))
 
10.23
Reserved.
 
10.24
Reserved.
 
10.25
Reserved.
 
10.26
Reserved.
 
10.27
First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to First Oak Brook’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 (File No. 0-14468))
 
 
 
 
  EXHIBIT INDEX
 Exhibit Number
    Description
10.27A
Amendment to First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27A to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 filed on May 15, 2007)
 
10.28
Transitional Employment Agreement between the Registrant (as successor to First Oak Brook) and Susan Peterson (incorporated herein by reference to  Exhibit 10.27 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
10.29
Form of Transitional Employment Agreement between the Registrant (as successor to First Oak Brook) and Rosemarie Bouman (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to First Oak Brook's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 (File No. 0-14468))
 
10.29A
First Amendment to Transitional Employment Agreement between the Registrant (as successor to First Oak Brook) and Rosemarie Bouman ((incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28A to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed March 2, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
10.29B
Second Amendment to Transitional Employment Agreement between the Registrant (as successor to First Oak Brook) and Rosemarie Bouman  ((incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28B to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed March 2, 2007 (File No. 0-24566-01))
 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
 
Consent of  McGladrey & Pullen *
 
Power of Attorney*
 
Rule 13a – 14(a)/15d – 14(a) Certification (Chief Executive Officer)*
 
Rule 13a – 14(a)/15d – 14(a) Certification (Chief Financial Officer)*
 
Section 1350 Certifications*
 

*  Filed herewith

EXHIBIT 3.1
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC.

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT


MB Financial, Inc., a Maryland corporation, having its principal office in the State of Maryland in Baltimore, Maryland (which is hereinafter called the “Corporation”), hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland that:

FIRST:  The Charter of the Corporation is hereby amended by changing the first two sentences of Section A of Article 5 to read as follows:

" ARTICLE 5.

A.  Capital Stock.   The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes which the Corporation has authority to issue is fifty-one million (51,000,000) shares, classified as follows:

1. One million (1,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share (the "Preferred Stock") and

2. Fifty million (50,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share (the "Common Stock")

The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is five hundred ten thousand dollars ($510,000)."

SECOND:   The amendment to the Charter of the Corporation as set forth above was approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation.  The amendment is limited to a change expressly authorized by Section 2-105(a)(12) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the "MGCL") to be made without action by the Corporation's stockholders.

THIRD:   Immediately before the amendment to the Charter of the Corporation as set forth above, the total number of shares of capital stock of all classes which the Corporation had authority to issue was forty-four million (44,000,000), with one million (1,000,000) of such shares classified as preferred stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share, and forty-three million (43,000,000) of such shares classified as common stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share, and the aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock was four hundred forty thousand dollars ($440,000).  As amended by the amendment to the Charter of the Corporation set forth above, the total number of shares of capital stock of all classes which the Corporation has authority to issue is fifty-one million (51,000,000), with one million (1,000,000) of such shares classified as preferred stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share, and fifty million (50,000,000) of such shares classified as common stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share, and the aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is five hundred ten thousand dollars ($510,000).

FOURTH:   The information required by Section 2-607(b)(2)(i) of the MGCL was not changed by the amendment to the Charter of the Corporation as set forth above.

FIFTH:   The undersigned President and Chief Executive Officer acknowledges these Articles of Amendment to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned President and Chief Executive Officer acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.


 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment to by signed in its name and on its behalf by its President and Chief Executive Officer and attested to by its Secretary as of the 5th day of December, 2008.


ATTEST:                                                                                     MB FINANCIAL, INC.





/s/ Doria L. Koros                                By:  /s/ Mitchell Feiger
Doria L. Koros                                                                            Mitchell Feiger
Secretary
President and Chief Executive Officer
 

 
MB FINANCIAL, INC.

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT


MB Financial, Inc., a Maryland corporation, having its principal office in the State of Maryland in Baltimore, Maryland (which is hereinafter called the "Corporation") hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland that:

FIRST:   The Charter of the Corporation is hereby amended by changing the first two sentences of Section A of Article 5 to read as follows:

" ARTICLE 5.

A.  Capital Stock.   The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes which the Corporation has authority to issue is forty-four million (44,000,000) shares, classified as follows:

1. One million (1,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share (the "Preferred Stock") and

2. Forty-three million (43,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share (the "Common Stock")

The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is four hundred forty thousand dollars ($440,000)."

SECOND:   The amendment to the Charter of the Corporation as set forth above was approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation.  The amendment is limited to a change expressly authorized by Section 2-105(a)(12) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the "MGCL") to be made without action by the Corporation's stockholders.

THIRD:   Immediately before the amendment to the Charter of the Corporation as set forth above, the total number of shares of capital stock of all classes which the Corporation had authority to issue was forty-one million (41,000,000), with one million (1,000,000) of such shares classified as preferred stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share, and forty million (40,000,000) of such shares classified as common stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share, and the aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock was four hundred ten thousand dollars ($410,000).  As amended by the amendment to the Charter of the Corporation set forth above, the total number of shares of capital stock of all classes which the Corporation has authority to issue is forty-four million (44,000,000), with one million (1,000,000) of such shares classified as preferred stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share, and forty-three million (43,000,000) of such shares classified as common stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share, and the aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is four hundred forty thousand dollars ($440,000).

FOURTH:   The information required by Section 2-607(b)(2)(i) of the MGCL was not changed by the amendment to the Charter of the Corporation as set forth above.

FIFTH:   The undersigned President and Chief Executive Officer acknowledges these Articles of Amendment to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned President and Chief Executive Officer acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.


 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment to by signed in its name and on its behalf by its President and Chief Executive Officer and attested to by its Secretary as of the 25th day of April, 2007.


ATTEST:                                                                                     MB FINANCIAL, INC.





/s/ Doria L. Koros                                         By:  /s/ Mitchell Feiger
Doria L. Koros                                                                           Mitchell Feiger
Secretary
President and Chief Executive Officer




ARTICLES OF MERGER
 
between
 
MB-MIDCITY, INC.
(a Maryland corporation)
 
and
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
 
MB-MIDCITY, INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland (" MB-MIDCITY" ), and MB FINANCIAL, INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (" MB FINANCIAL ") do hereby certify that:
 
FIRST:   MB-MIDCITY and MB FINANCIAL agree to merge.
 
SECOND:   The name and place of incorporation of each party to these Articles are MB-MIDCITY, INC., a Maryland corporation, and MB FINANCIAL, INC., a Delaware corporation.  MB-MIDCITY shall survive the merger as the successor corporation under the name, by virtue of Article FIFTH of these Articles, "MB FINANCIAL, INC." as a corporation of the State of Maryland.
 
THIRD:   MB-MIDCITY has its principal office in the State of Maryland in Baltimore City. MB FINANCIAL has no principal office in the State of Maryland.  MB FINANCIAL was incorporated on June 21, 1993 under the general laws of the State of Delaware.  MB FINANCIAL is not registered or qualified to do business in the State of Maryland.  MB FINANCIAL does not own an interest in land in the State of Maryland.
 
FOURTH:   The terms and conditions of the transaction set forth in these Articles were advised, authorized, and approved by each corporation party to these Articles in the manner and by the vote required by its Charter or Certificate of Incorporation and the laws of the state of its incorporation.  The manner of approval was as follows:
 
(a)  The Board of Directors of MB-MIDCITY, by unanimous written consent dated July 2, 2001 signed by all the directors and filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors of MB-MIDCITY, adopted resolutions which declared that the proposed merger was advisable and approved the proposed merger on substantially the terms and conditions set forth or referred to in the resolutions and directed that the proposed merger be submitted to the stockholders of MB-MIDCITY for their consideration and approval.
 
(b)  By written consent dated November 2, 2001 signed by all the stockholders of MB-MIDCITY entitled to vote on the proposed merger and filed with the minutes of proceedings of the stockholders of MB-MIDCITY, the proposed merger was approved by the stockholders of MB-MIDCITY.
 
(c)  The Board of Directors of MB FINANCIAL, at a meeting held on April 9, 2001, adopted resolutions which declared that the proposed merger was advisable on substantially the terms and conditions set forth or referred to in the resolutions and directed that the agreement for the proposed merger be submitted to the stockholders of MB FINANCIAL for their adoption.
 
 (d)  The agreement for the proposed merger was adopted by the stockholders of MB FINANCIAL at a special meeting of stockholders held, after appropriate notice, on November 6, 2001 by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to be voted thereon.
 
FIFTH:    The following amendment to the Charter of MB-MIDCITY is to be effected as a part of the merger:
 
Article 1 of the Charter is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
 
"Article 1.  Name. The name of the corporation is MB Financial, Inc. (herein the "Corporation")."
 
SIXTH:   The total number of shares of stock of all classes which MB-MIDCITY or MB FINANCIAL, respectively, has authority to issue, the number of shares of stock of each class which MB-MIDCITY or MB FINANCIAL, respectively, has authority to issue, and the par value of the shares of each class which MB-MIDCITY or MB FINANCIAL, respectively, has authority to issue, are as follows:
 
(a)  The total number of shares of stock of all classes which MB-MIDCITY has authority to issue is 41,000,000 shares, 40,000,000 of which are  classified as common stock (par value $.01 per share) and 1,000,000 of which are classified as preferred stock (par value $.01 per share).  The aggregate par value of all the shares of stock of all classes of MB-MIDCITY is $410,000.
 
(b)  The total number of shares of stock of all classes which MB FINANCIAL has authority to issue is 21,000,000 shares, 20,000,000 of which are classified as common stock (par value $.01 per share) and 1,000,000  of which are classified as preferred stock (par value $.01 per share).  The aggregate par value of all the shares of stock of all classes of MB FINANCIAL is $210,000.
 
SEVENTH:   The merger does not change the authorized stock of MB-MIDCITY.
 
EIGHTH:   The manner and basis of converting or exchanging issued stock of the merging corporations into different stock of a corporation, for other consideration and the treatment of any issued stock of the merging corporations not to be converted or exchanged are as follows:
 
(a)  The issued and outstanding shares of the common stock of MB-MIDCITY owned by MB FINANCIAL and MidCity Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("MidCity") immediately prior to the effective time of the merger shall, at the effective time of the merger and without further act, be cancelled.
 
(b)  Each issued and outstanding share of the common stock of MB FINANCIAL prior to the effective time of the merger, except for shares of MB FINANCIAL common stock owned, directly or indirectly, by MB FINANCIAL or MidCity or any of their respective wholly owned subsidiaries (other than (i) shares of MB FINANCIAL common stock held, directly or indirectly, in trust accounts, managed accounts and the like, or otherwise held in a fiduciary capacity, that are beneficially owned by third parties (any such shares, whether held directly or indirectly by MB FINANCIAL or MidCity, as the case may be, being referred to herein as "Trust Account Shares") and (ii) shares of MB FINANCIAL common stock held on account of a debt previously contracted ("DPC Shares")) shall, at the effective time of the merger and without further act, be converted into the right to receive one share of the common stock of  MB-MIDCITY.
 
(c)  As soon as practicable following the effective time of the merger, each holder of issued and outstanding shares of the common stock of MB FINANCIAL (other than shares cancelled in the manner described in paragraph (d) of this Article EIGHTH) shall be entitled to surrender to MB-MIDCITY the certificate(s) representing the shares of common stock of MB FINANCIAL held by such holder immediately prior to the effective time of the merger, and, upon such surrender, shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of common stock of MB-MIDCITY deliverable in respect thereof.
 
(d)    At the effective time of the merger, all shares of the common stock of MB FINANCIAL that are owned, directly or indirectly, by MB FINANCIAL, MidCity or any of their respective wholly owned subsidiaries (other than Trust Account Shares and DPC shares) shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist and no stock of MB-MIDCITY or other consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.
 
NINTH:    The merger shall become effective at 5:01 P.M. Eastern time on November 6, 2001.
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MB-MIDCITY, INC. has caused these Articles of Merger to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its president and witnessed by its secretary on November 6, 2001.
 
WITNESS:                                                                                   MB-MIDCITY, INC.
                                                              (a Maryland corporation)
 

/s/ Doria Koros                                                                                  By /s/ Mitchell Feiger
Doria Koros, Secretary                                                                   Mitchell Feiger, President and
                                                  Chief Executive Officer
 

THE UNDERSIGNED, President and Chief Executive Officer of MB-MIDCITY, INC., who executed on behalf of said Corporation the foregoing Articles of Merger of which this certificate is made a part, hereby acknowledges in the name and on behalf of said Corporation the foregoing Articles of Merger to be the corporate act of said Corporation and hereby certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief the matters and facts set forth therein with respect to the authorization and approval thereof are true in all material respects under the penalties of perjury.
 
/s/ Mitchell Feiger
                                                         Mitchell Feiger, President and
                                                               Chief Executive Officer
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MB FINANCIAL, INC. has caused these Articles of Merger to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its president and witnessed by its secretary on November 6, 2001.
 
WITNESS:                                                                                   MB FINANCIAL, INC.
                                                  (a Delaware corporation)
 

 

/s/ Doria Koros                                                                                 By /s/ Mitchell Feiger
Doria Koros, Secretary                                                                  Mitchell Feiger, President and
                                          Chief Executive Officer
 


THE UNDERSIGNED, President and Chief Executive Officer of MB FINANCIAL, INC., who executed on behalf of said Corporation the foregoing Articles of Merger of which this certificate is made a part, hereby acknowledges in the name and on behalf of said Corporation the foregoing Articles of Merger to be the corporate act of said Corporation and hereby certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief the matters and facts set forth therein with respect to the authorization and approval thereof are true in all material respects under the penalties of perjury.
 
/s/ Mitchell Feiger
                                                                                Mitchell Feiger, President and
                                                              Chief Executive Officer
 


 
MB-MIDCITY, INC.

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT


MB-MidCity, Inc., a Maryland Corporation, having its principal office in the State of Maryland in Baltimore, Maryland (which is hereinafter called the "Corporation"), hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland that:

FIRST:   The Charter of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE 1.  Name.   The name of the corporation is MB-MidCity, Inc. (herein the "Corporation").

ARTICLE 2.  Principal Office.   The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 300 East Lombard Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

ARTICLE 3.  Purpose.   The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

ARTICLE 4.  Resident Agent.   The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 300 East Lombard Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.  Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

ARTICLE 5.

A.  Capital Stock.   The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes which the Corporation has authority to issue is forty-one million (41,000,000) shares, initially classified as follows:

1.  One million (1,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share (the "Preferred Stock"); and

2.  Forty million (40,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share (the "Common Stock").

The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is four hundred ten thousand dollars ($410,000).  Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation.  The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation's unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus.  If shares of one class of stock are classified or reclassified into shares of another class of stock by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Article 5, the number of authorized shares of the former class shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of stock set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph.  The Board of Directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board of Directors and without action by the stockholders, may amend the Charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

B.  Reclassification of Capital Stock.   The Board of Directors may classify or reclassify any unissued shares of capital stock from time to time into one or more classes or series of stock by setting or changing in one or more respects the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications or terms and conditions of redemption of such shares.

C. Common Stock.   Except as provided under the terms of any stock classified or reclassified by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Article 5 and as limited by Section F of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock, the holders thereof being entitled to one vote for each share of such Common Stock standing in the holder's name on the books of the Corporation.  Subject to any rights and preferences of any class of stock having preferences over the Common Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor.  Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive pro rata the remaining assets of the Corporation after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Corporation and payment or provision for payment of any amounts owed to the holders of any class of stock having preference over the Common Stock on distributions on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

D.  Preferred Stock and Other Stock.   Subject to the foregoing, the power of the Board of Directors to classify and reclassify any of the shares of capital stock shall include, without limitation, subject to the provisions of the Charter, authority to classify or reclassify any unissued shares of such stock into a class or classes of Preferred Stock, preference stock, special stock or other stock (such preference, special or other stock being collectively referred to as "Other Stock"), and to divide and classify shares of any class into one or more series of such class, by determining, fixing, or altering one or more of the following:

1.  The distinctive designation of such class or series and the number of shares to constitute such class or series; provided that, unless otherwise prohibited by the terms of such or any other class or series, the number of shares of any class or series may be decreased by the Board of Directors in connection with any classification or reclassification of unissued shares and the number of shares of such class or series may be increased by the Board of Directors in connection with any such classification or reclassification, and any shares of any class or series which have been redeemed, purchased, otherwise acquired or converted into shares of Common Stock or any other class or series shall become part of the authorized capital stock and be subject to classification and reclassification as provided in this sub-paragraph.

2.  Whether or not and, if so, the rates, amounts and times at which, and the conditions under which, dividends shall be payable on shares of such class or series, whether any such dividends shall rank senior or junior to or on a parity with the dividends payable on any other class or series of stock, and the status of any such dividends as cumulative, cumulative to a limited extent or non-cumulative and as participating or non-participating.

3.  Whether or not shares of such class or series shall have voting rights, in addition to any voting rights provided by law and, if so, the terms of such voting rights.

4.  Whether or not shares of such class or series shall have conversion or exchange privileges and, if so, the terms and conditions thereof, including provision for adjustment of the conversion or exchange rate in such events or at such times as the Board of Directors shall determine.

5.  Whether or not shares of such class or series shall be subject to  redemption and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates; and whether or not there shall be any sinking fund or purchase account in respect thereof, and if so, the terms thereof.

6.  The rights of the holders of shares of such class or series upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation, which rights may vary depending upon whether such liquidation, dissolution or winding up is voluntary or involuntary and, if voluntary, may vary at different dates, and whether such rights shall rank senior or junior to or on a parity with such rights of any other class or series of stock.

7.  Whether or not there shall be any limitations applicable, while shares of such class or series are outstanding, upon the payment of dividends or making of distributions on, or the acquisition of, or the use of moneys for purchase or redemption of, any stock of the Corporation, or upon any other action of the Corporation, including action under this sub-paragraph, and, if so, the terms and conditions thereof.

8.  Any other preferences, rights, restrictions, including restrictions on transferability, and qualifications of shares of such class or series, not inconsistent with law and the Charter.

E.  Ranking of Capital Stock.   For the purposes hereof and of any articles supplementary to the Charter providing for the classification or reclassification of any shares of capital stock or of any other Charter document of the Corporation (unless otherwise provided in any such articles or document), any class or series of stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to rank:

1.  prior to another class or series either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable on liquidation, dissolution or winding up, as the case may be, in preference or priority to holders of such other class or series;

2.  on a parity with another class or series either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation price per share thereof be different from those of such others, if the holders of such class or series of stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or amounts distributable upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or redemption or liquidation prices, without preference or priority over the holders of such other class or series; and

3.  junior to another class or series either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the rights of the holders of such class or series shall be subject or subordinate to the rights of the holders of such other class or series in respect of the receipt of dividends or the amounts distributable upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, as the case may be.

F.  Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation's Equity Securities.

1.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Charter, in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding Common Stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 14.9% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the "Limit"), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit.  The number of votes which may be cast by any record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such person owning shares in excess of the Limit shall be a number equal to the total number of votes which a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such person would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series beneficially owned by such person and owned of record by such record owner and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such person owning shares in excess of the Limit.

2.  The following definitions shall apply to this Section F of this Article 5.

(a)  An "affiliate" of a specified person shall mean a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.

(b)  "Beneficial ownership" shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on December 31, 2000; provided, however , that a person shall, in any event, also be deemed the "beneficial owner" of any Common Stock:

(1)  which such person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

(2)  which such person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction which is described in any one or more of the clauses of Section A of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

(3)  which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person with which such first mentioned person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation;

and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan.  For purposes of computing the percentage beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other Common Stock which may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.  For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock which may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 (c)  A "person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.

(d)   The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section F and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions, including but not limited to matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any person, (ii) whether a person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section F to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section.

3.  The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any person who is reasonably believed to beneficially own Common Stock in excess of the Limit (or holds of record Common Stock beneficially owned by any person in excess of the Limit) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such person who is reasonably believed to own shares in excess of the Limit, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such person.

4.  Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in this Section F, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of this Section F) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in the Charter to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

5.  Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors, pursuant to this Section F in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.

6.  In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section F shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section F shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section F remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including stockholders owning an amount of stock over the Limit, notwithstanding any such finding.

G.  Majority Vote.   Notwithstanding any provision of law requiring the authorization of any action by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in the Charter.

ARTICLE 6.  Preemptive Rights .  No holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series, or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series, except such as may be established by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 7.  Directors. The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

A.  Management of the Corporation.   The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors.  All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by the Charter or the By-laws of the Corporation.

B.  Number, Class and Terms of Directors; Cumulative Voting.   The number of directors of the Corporation shall be 17, which number may, subject to any limitations and/or voting requirements set forth in the By-laws of the Corporation, be increased or decreased from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption) (the "Whole Board"); provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law ("MGCL") now or hereafter in force.  The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock or Other Stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class ("Class I") to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class ("Class II") to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class ("Class III") to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.  At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

The names of the individuals who will serve as directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:

(1) Class I directors:

Burton J. Field
Lawrence E. Gilford
Patrick Henry
Richard J. Holmstrom
Clarence Mann
Kenneth A. Skopec

(2) Class II directors:

Robert S. Engelman, Jr.
Alfred Feiger
Richard I. Gilford
Thomas H. Harvey
Ronald D. Santo
Eugene Sawyer

(3) Class III directors:

E.M. Bakwin
Mitchell Feiger
James N. Hallene
Leslie S. Hindman
David Husman

Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.

C.  Vacancies.   Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock or Other Stock then outstanding and except as otherwise provided in the By-laws of the Corporation, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause may be filled by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and, by virtue of the Corporation's election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c)(3) of the MCGL, any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

D.  Removal.   Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock or Other Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.

E.  Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors.   Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 8.  By-laws.   The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation.  Except as otherwise provided in the By-laws of the Corporation, any adoption, amendment or repeal of the By-laws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board.  The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation.  In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Charter, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the By-laws of the Corporation by the stockholders.

ARTICLE 9.  Approval of Certain Business Combinations.

A.    Super-majority Voting Requirement; Business Combination Defined. In addition to any affirmative vote required by law or by the Charter, and except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section:

1.  any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with (a) any Interested Stockholder (as hereinafter defined) or (b) any other corporation (whether or not itself an Interested Stockholder) which is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of an Interested Stockholder; or

2.  any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to or with any Interested Stockholder, or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder, of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as hereafter defined) equaling or exceeding 25% or more of the combined assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries; or

3.  the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of any securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder in exchange for cash, securities or other property (or a combination thereof) having an aggregate Fair Market Value equaling or exceeding 25% of the combined assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries except pursuant to an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof; or

4.  the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation proposed by or on behalf of any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder; or

5.  any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving an Interested Stockholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of equity or convertible securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary which is directly or indirectly owned by any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder;

shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors (the "Voting Stock"), voting together as a single class.  Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be specified, by law or by any other provisions of the Charter (including those applicable to any class or series of capital stock) or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or quotation system or otherwise.

The term "Business Combination" as used in this Article 9 shall mean any transaction which is referred to in any one or more of paragraphs 1 through 5 of Section A of this Article 9.

B.    Exception to Super-majority Voting Requirement.   The provisions of Section A of this Article 9 shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, and such Business Combination shall require only the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote, or such vote as is required by law or by the Charter, if, in the case of any Business Combination that does not involve any cash or other consideration being received by the stockholders of the Corporation solely in their capacity as stockholders of the Corporation, the condition specified in the following paragraph 1 is met or, in the case of any other Business Combination, all of the conditions specified in either of the following paragraphs 1 and 2 are met:

1.  The Business Combination shall have been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined).

2.  All of the following conditions shall have been met:

(a)  The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination of consideration other than cash to be received per share by the holders of Common Stock in such Business Combination shall at least be equal to the higher of the following:

(i)  (if applicable) the Highest Per Share Price, including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees, paid by the Interested Stockholder or any of its Affiliates for any shares of Common Stock acquired by it (x) within the two-year period immediately prior to the first public announcement of the proposal of the Business Combination (the "Announcement Date"), or (y) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher.

(ii)  the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Announcement Date or on the date on which the Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder (such latter date is referred to in this Article 9 as the "Determination Date"), whichever is higher.

(b)  The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination of consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of shares of any class of outstanding Voting Stock other than Common Stock shall be at least equal to the highest of the following (it being intended that the requirements of this subparagraph (b) shall be required to be met with respect to every such class of outstanding Voting Stock, whether or not the Interested Stockholder has previously acquired any shares of a particular class of Voting Stock):

(i)  (if applicable) the Highest Per Share Price (as hereinafter defined), including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees, paid by the Interested Stockholder for any shares of such class of Voting Stock acquired by it (x) within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date, or (y) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher;

(ii)  (if applicable) the highest preferential amount per share to which the holders of shares of such class of Voting Stock are entitled in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; and

(iii)  the Fair Market Value per share of such class of Voting Stock on the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date, whichever is higher.

(c)  The consideration to be received by holders of a particular class of outstanding Voting Stock (including Common Stock) shall be in cash or in the same form as the Interested Stockholder has previously paid for shares of such class of Voting Stock.  If the Interested Stockholder has paid for shares of any class of Voting Stock with varying forms of consideration, the form of consideration to be received per share by holders of shares of such class of Voting Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the largest number of shares of such class of Voting Stock previously acquired by the Interested Stockholder.  The price determined in accordance with Section B.2. of this Article 9 shall be subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares or similar event.

(d)  After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested Stockholder and prior to the consummation of such Business Combination:  (i) except as approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, there shall have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular date therefor any full quarterly dividends (whether or not cumulative) on any outstanding stock having preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or liquidation; (ii) there shall have been (X) no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on the Common Stock (except as necessary to reflect any subdivision of the Common Stock), except as approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, and (Y) an increase in such annual rate of dividends as necessary to reflect any reclassification (including any reverse stock split), recapitalization, reorganization or any similar transaction which has the effect of reducing the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, unless the failure to so increase such annual rate is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors; and (iii) neither such Interested Stockholder nor any of its Affiliates shall have become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Stock except as part of the transaction which results in such Interested Stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder.

(e)  After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested Stockholder, such Interested Stockholder shall not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages provided by the Corporation, whether in anticipation of or in connection with such Business Combination or otherwise.

(f)   A proxy or information statement describing the proposed Business Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provisions replacing such Act, rules or regulations) shall be mailed to stockholders of the Corporation at least 30 days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (whether or not such proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions).

 
C.
Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Article 9:

1.  A "Person" shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a
corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.

2.  "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any Person (other than the Corporation or any holding company or Subsidiary thereof) who or which:

(a)  is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 14.9% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock; or

(b)  is an Affiliate of the Corporation and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 14.9% of the voting power of the then-outstanding Voting Stock; or

 (c)  is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares of Voting Stock which were at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder, if such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933.

3.  A Person shall be a "beneficial owner" of any Voting Stock:

(a)  which such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates (as hereinafter defined) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on December 31, 2000; or

(b)  which such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (ii) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but neither such Person nor any such Affiliate or Associate shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any shares of Voting Stock solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, and with respect to which shares neither such Person nor any such Affiliate or Associate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

(c)   which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on December 31, 2000, by any other Person with which such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purposes of acquiring, holding, voting (other than solely by reason of a revocable proxy as described in Subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 3) or in disposing of any shares of Voting Stock;

provided, however, that, in the case of any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or of any Subsidiary in which the beneficiaries thereof possess the right to vote any shares of Voting Stock held by such plan, no such plan nor any trustee with respect thereto (nor any Affiliate of such trustee), solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, shall be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any shares of Voting Stock held under any such plan.

4.   For the purpose of determining whether a Person is an Interested Stockholder pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Section C, the number of shares of Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed owned through application of Paragraph 3 of this Section C but shall not include any other shares of Voting Stock which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

5.   "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on December 31, 2000.

6.  "Subsidiary" means any corporation of which a majority of any class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation; provided, however , that for the purposes of the definition of Interested Stockholder set forth in Paragraph 2 of this Section C, the term "Subsidiary" shall mean only a corporation of which a majority of each class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

7.  "Disinterested Director" means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors or who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder, and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of Disinterested Directors then on the Board of Directors.

8.  "Fair Market Value" means: (a) in the case of stock, the highest closing sale price of the stock during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such stock on the Nasdaq System or any system then in use, or, if such stock is admitted to trading on a principal United States securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Fair Market Value shall be the highest sale price reported during the 30-day period preceding the date in question, or, if no such quotations are available, the Fair Market Value on the date in question of a share of such stock as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, in each case with respect to any class of stock, appropriately adjusted for any dividend or distribution in shares of such stock or in combination or reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock into a smaller number of shares of such stock, and (b) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the Fair Market Value of such property on the date in question as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.

9.  Reference to "Highest Per Share Price" shall in each case with respect to any class of stock reflect an appropriate adjustment for any dividend or distribution in shares of such stock or any stock split or reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock into a greater number of shares of such stock or any combination or reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock into a smaller number of shares of such stock.

10.  In the event of any Business Combination in which the Corporation survives, the phrase "consideration other than cash to be received" as used in Sections B.2.(a) and B.2.(b) of this Article 9 shall include the shares of Common Stock and/or the shares of any other class of outstanding Voting Stock retained by the holders of such shares.

D.  Construction and Interpretation.   A majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Corporation shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Article 9, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, (a) whether a person is an Interested Stockholder; (b) the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any person; (c) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another; and (d) whether the assets which are the subject of any Business Combination have, or the consideration to be received for the issuance or transfer of securities by the Corporation or any Subsidiary in any Business Combination has, an aggregate Fair Market Value equaling or exceeding 25% of the combined assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries.  A majority of the Disinterested Directors shall have the further power to interpret all of the terms and provisions of this Article 9.

E.    Fiduciary Duty.   Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall be construed to relieve any Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

F.  Maryland Business Combination Statute.   Notwithstanding any contrary provision of law, the provisions of Sections 3-601 through 3-604 of the MGCL, as now and hereafter in force, shall not apply to any "business combination" (as defined in Section 3-601(e) of the MGCL, as now and hereafter in force), of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 10.  Evaluation of Certain Offers .   The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined in Article 9 hereof) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction which would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market, or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation ' s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation ' s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation ' s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.  If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following:  advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; increasing the authorized stock of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock, other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; acquiring a company to create an antitrust or other regulatory problem for the party making the proposal; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity.  This Article 10 does not create any inference concerning factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 10.

ARTICLE 11.  Acquisitions of Equity Securities from Interested Persons.

A. Super-majority Voting Requirement.   Except as set forth in Section B of this Article 11, in addition to any affirmative vote of stockholders required by law or the Charter, any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by the Corporation of any Equity Security (as hereinafter defined) of any class from any Interested Person (as hereinafter defined) shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the Voting Stock of the Corporation that is not beneficially owned (for purposes of this Article 11 beneficial ownership shall be determined in accordance with Section F.2(b) of Article 5 hereof) by such Interested Person, voting together as a single class.  Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be specified, by law or by any other provisions of the Charter (including those applicable to any class of securities or capital stock) or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or quotation system, or otherwise.  Certain defined terms used in this Article 11 are as set forth in Section C below.

B. Exceptions.   The provisions of Section A of this Article 11 shall not be applicable with respect to:

1.  any purchase or other acquisition of securities made as part of a tender or exchange offer by the Corporation or a Subsidiary (which term, as used in this Article 11, is as defined in the first clause of Section C.6 of Article 9 hereof) of the Corporation to purchase securities of the same class made on the same terms to all holders of such securities and complying with the applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provision replacing such Act, rules or regulations);

2.  any purchase or acquisition made pursuant to an open market purchase program approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Disinterested Directors (which term, as used in this Article 11, is as defined in Article 9 hereof); or

3.  any purchase or acquisition which is approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Disinterested Directors, and which is made at no more than the Market Price (as hereinafter defined), on the date that the understanding between the Corporation and the Interested Person is reached with respect to such purchase (whether or not such purchase is made or a written agreement relating to such purchase is executed on such date), of shares of the class of Equity Security to be purchased.

C.    Certain Definitions.   For the purposes of this Article 11:

(i)  The term Interested Person shall mean any Person (other than the Corporation, Subsidiaries of the Corporation, pension, profit sharing, employee stock ownership or other employee benefit plans of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, entities organized or established by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of such plans and trustees and fiduciaries with respect to any such plan acting in such capacity) that is the direct or indirect beneficial owner of 5% or more of the Voting Stock of the Corporation, and any Affiliate or Associate of any such person.  For purposes of this Article 11, the terms "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the definitions given them in Article 9 hereof.

(ii) The Market Price of shares of a class of Equity Security on any day shall mean the highest sale price of shares of such class of Equity Security on such day, or, if that day is not a trading day, on the trading day immediately preceding such day, on the national securities exchange or the Nasdaq System or any other system then in use on which such class of Equity Security is traded.

(iii)  The term Equity Security shall mean any security described in Section 3(a)(11) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on December 31, 2000, which is traded on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq System or any other system then in use.

(iv)  For purposes of this Article 11, all references to the term Interested Stockholder in the definition of Disinterested Director shall be deemed to refer to the term Interested Person.

ARTICLE 12.    Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

A.  Indemnification.   The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B hereof with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

B.  Procedure.   If a claim under Section A of this Article 12 is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee   may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim.  If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an ad­­vance­ment of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit.  It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met.  In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL.  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.  In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 12 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

C.  Non-Exclusivity.   The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 12 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Charter, the Corporation ' s By-laws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

D.  Insurance.   The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

E.  Miscellaneous.   The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 12 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.  The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 12 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, executors and administrators.

Any repeal or modification of this Article 12 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 12 is in force.

ARTICLE 13.  Limitation of Liability.   An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (i) to the extent that it is proved that the person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; (ii) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the person ' s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (iii) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL.  If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by MGCL, as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE 14. Amendment of the Charter.   The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in the Charter in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Charter, of any of the Corporation ' s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however , that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Charter or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Charter, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 14, Section F of Article 5, Article 7, Article 8, Article 9, Article 11, Article 12 or Article 13; provided, further , that as provided in Article 5, the Board of Directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board of Directors and without action by the stockholders, may amend the Charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

SECOND: The foregoing amendment and restatement of the Charter does not increase the authorized capital stock of the Corporation.

THIRD:   The foregoing amendment and restatement of the Charter has been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation as required by law.

FOURTH: The current address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is set forth in Article 2 of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the Charter.

FIFTH: The name and address of the Corporation ' s current resident agent is as set forth in Article 4 of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the Charter.

SIXTH: The number of directors of the Corporation and the names of those currently in office are as set forth in Article 6 of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the Charter.

SEVENTH: The undersigned President and Chief Executive Officer acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned President and Chief Executive Officer acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.


 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its President and Chief Executive Officer and attested to by its Secretary on this 6th day of November, 2001.



MB-MIDCITY, INC.



By:    /s/ Mitchell Feiger
Mitchell Feiger
President and Chief Executive Officer


                                                                                    ATTESTED:


By:   /s/ Doria Koros
Doria Koros
Secretary


 
EXHIBIT 10.2
 
[Execution Copy]
 
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
THIS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of this 5th day of December, 2008, by and between MB Financial, Inc. (the “Corporation") and Mitchell Feiger (the "Executive").
 
 
WHEREAS, the Executive is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and was previously a party to a written employment agreement with the Corporation dated March 19, 2003 (the “2003 Employment Agreement”);
 
 
WHEREAS, the parties entered into an Employment Agreement dated December 5, 2007 in replacement of the 2003 Employment Agreement (the “2007 Employment Agreement”);
 
 
WHEREAS, the parties believe it is in their respective best interests to amend the 2007 Employment Agreement to reflect provisions deemed desirable in anticipation of the Corporation’s participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program;
 
 
WHEREAS, the Organization and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”) and the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) has approved and authorized such amendments; and
 
 
WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement to reflect such amendments and in replacement of the 2007 Employment Agreement;
 
 
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:
 
1.   Definitions .
 
(a)   The term “Change in Control” means (1) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner directly or indirectly of securities of the Corporation or the MB Financial Bank, National Association (the “Bank”) representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s or the Bank’s outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (2) individuals who were members of the Board of Directors on the Effective Date (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a member of the Board of Directors subsequent to the Effective Date (a) whose appointment as a director by the Board of Directors was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or (b) whose nomination for election as a member of the Board of Directors by the Corporation’s stockholders was approved by the Incumbent Board or recommended by the nominating committee serving under the Incumbent Board, shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; (3) consummation of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or the Bank or the securities of either, other than (a) in the case of the Corporation, a transaction at the completion of which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately preceding completion of the transaction hold more than 60% of the outstanding securities of the resulting entity entitled to vote generally in the election of its directors or (b) in the case of the Bank, a transaction at the completion of which the Corporation holds more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the resulting institution entitled to vote generally in the election of its directors; (4) consummation of a sale or other disposition to an unaffiliated third party or parties of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or the Bank or approval by the stockholders of the Corporation or the Bank of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or the Bank; provided that for purposes of clause (1), the term “Person” shall not include the Corporation, any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or the Bank, or any corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation.  Each event comprising a “Change in Control” is intended to constitute a “change in ownership or effective control,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets,” of the Corporation or the Bank as such terms are defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and “Change in Control” as used herein shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
(b)   The term "Date of Termination" means the date upon which the Executive's employment with the Corporation ceases, as specified in a notice of termination pursuant to Section 9 hereof; provided, that “termination,” “termination of employment” and “Date of Termination” as used herein are intended to mean a termination of employment which constitutes a “separation from service” under Code Section 409A determined without regard to Executive’s service as a member of the Board of Directors or of the board of directors of any subsidiary of the Corporation.
 
(c)   Subject to the remainder of this Section 1(c), the term "Involuntary Termination" means the termination of the employment of the Executive (i) by the Corporation without his express written consent; (ii) by the Executive by reason of a material diminution of or interference with his duties, responsibilities or benefits, including (without limitation) any of the following actions unless consented to in writing by the Executive: (1) a requirement that the Executive be based at any place other than Chicago, Illinois, or within a radius of 35 miles from the location of MB Financial Center at 6111 North River Road, Rosemont, Illinois, except for reasonable travel on Corporation or Bank business; (2) a material demotion of the Executive; (3) a material reduction in the number or seniority of personnel reporting to the Executive or a material reduction in the frequency with which, or in the nature of the matters with respect to which such personnel are to report to the Executive, other than as part of a Corporation and Bank-wide reduction in staff; (4) a reduction in the Executive's salary or a material adverse change in the Executive's perquisites, benefits, contingent benefits or vacation, other than as part of an overall program applied uniformly and with equitable effect to all members of the senior management of the Corporation and the Bank; (5) a material permanent increase in the required hours of work or the workload of the Executive beyond what is expected of comparably situated chief executive officers performing substantially the same duties;  (6) the failure of the Board of Directors (or board of directors of any successor of the Corporation including its ultimate parent company) to elect the Executive as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation (or any successor of the Corporation including its ultimate parent company) or any action by the Board of Directors (or a board of directors of a successor of the Corporation including its ultimate parent company) removing him from such office; or (7) failure of the Corporation to obtain an assumption agreement from a successor as required by Section 12(a) hereof;  or  (iii) by the Executive within 90 days after he receives written notice from the Corporation pursuant to Section 2 hereof that the term of this Agreement will not be extended (a ”Non-Extension Termination”).  The term "Involuntary Termination" does not include Termination for Cause, termination of employment due to death or disability or termination pursuant to Section 7(g) of this Agreement, or suspension or temporary or permanent prohibition from participation in the conduct of the Bank's affairs under Section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. The term “Involuntary Termination” does not include the resignation by the Executive for the reasons set forth in clauses (ii) and (iii) above, unless the notice provisions set forth in Section 9 are satisfied.
 
(d)   The terms "Termination for Cause" and "Terminated For Cause" mean termination of the employment of the Executive with the Corporation and the Bank because of the Executive's willful misconduct, breach of a fiduciary duty involving personal profit, repeated failure to perform stated duties (after written notice and reasonable opportunity to cure), willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order issued by a federal banking regulator, or (except as provided below) material breach of any provision of this Agreement (after written notice and reasonable opportunity to cure).  No act or failure to act by the Executive shall be considered willful unless the Executive acted or failed to act in bad faith and without a reasonable belief that his action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Corporation or the Bank.  The Executive shall not be deemed to have been Terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution, duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board duly called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive's counsel, to be heard before the Board), stating that in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors the Executive has engaged in conduct described in the preceding sentence and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
 
(e)   The term “Voluntary Termination” shall mean termination of employment by the Executive voluntarily as set forth in Section 7(d) of this Agreement.
 
2.   Term .  The term of this Agreement shall be a period of three years commencing on the date hereof, subject to earlier termination as provided herein, and on each day thereafter the term of this Agreement shall be extended for one day in addition to the then-remaining term, creating on each such day a new three year term, provided that the Corporation has not at any time given Executive prior written notice that the term of this Agreement will not be so extended.
 
3.   Employment .  The Executive is employed as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.  As such, the Executive shall have supervision and control over strategic planning (with each strategic plan being subject to approval by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) and daily consolidated operations of the Corporation, shall render administrative and management services as are customarily performed by persons situated in similar executive capacities, and shall have such other powers and duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe from time to time consistent with services performed by similarly situated executives and consistent with the terms of this Agreement.  The Executive shall also render services without additional compensation to any subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Corporation as requested by the Corporation from time to time consistent with his executive position and with the terms of this Agreement.  The Executive may also serve as a member of the Board, or as a member of the board of directors of any subsidiary, and shall be entitled to receive compensation for such service as determined by such boards.   The Executive shall devote his best efforts and reasonable time and attention to the business and affairs of the Corporation and its subsidiaries to the extent necessary to discharge his responsibilities hereunder.  The Executive may (a) serve on charitable boards or committees at the Executive’s discretion without consent of the Board of Directors and, in addition, on such corporate boards as are approved in a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors, and (b) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere materially with performance of his responsibilities hereunder.
 
4.   Compensation .
 
(a)   Salary . The Corporation agrees to pay the Executive during the term of this Agreement a base salary (the "Corporation Salary") the annualized amount of which shall be not less than $600,000.  The Corporation Salary shall be paid no less frequently than monthly and shall be subject to customary tax withholding.  The amount of the Corporation Salary shall be increased (but under no circumstances may the Corporation Salary be decreased) from time to time in accordance with the amounts of salary approved by the Committee or Board of Directors.  In order to effectuate the purpose of the preceding sentence, the amount of the Corporation Salary shall be reviewed by the Committee or Board of Directors at least every year during the term of this Agreement.  If and to the extent that the Bank and/or any other entities directly or indirectly controlled by the Corporation (the “Consolidated Subsidiaries”) pay salary or other amounts or provide benefits to the Executive that the Corporation is obligated to pay or to provide to the Executive under this Agreement, the Corporation’s obligations to the Executive shall be reduced accordingly.
 
(b)   Annual Incentive Bonus .  On or before March 31 st of each year of the term of this Agreement, the Committee or Board of Directors shall adopt consolidated performance criteria for the current calendar year based upon which the Executive shall be entitled to earn an annual cash incentive bonus (the “Annual Cash Bonus”) for such calendar year if he is employed by the Corporation on the last day of such year.  In adopting such criteria the Committee or Board of Directors shall establish performance levels based upon which the Executive will be entitled to earn an Annual Cash Bonus, at target, equal to not less than 60% of the Corporation Salary and performance levels based upon which the Executive will be entitled to earn an Annual Cash Bonus in an amount less or greater than the target amount of the Corporation Salary.  The Annual Cash Bonus earned by the Executive for a calendar year shall be paid within two and one-half months after the expiration of such calendar year.  Executive shall also be entitled to receive such other annual bonus compensation, if any, as the Committee or Board of Directors may in its sole discretion, award to Executive.
 
(c)   Stock-Based Incentive Compensation .  Each year while the Executive is employed pursuant to this Agreement, he shall be considered for an award of one or more stock options and/or other stock-based awards (“Stock-Based Awards”) under the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Omnibus Incentive Plan and any successor or substitute for such plan (the “Omnibus Incentive Plan”) by the Committee at such time as awards are granted to other senior executives of the Corporation. It is expected, if the Executive is then employed by the Corporation, that the Committee will grant to the Executive Stock-Based Awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan having a value at the date of grant, at target, equal to 100% of the Corporation Salary earned by the Executive for the preceding calendar year, which value shall be determined utilizing the same methodology (and the same assumptions applied to such methodology) that is used for grants of stock options or other stock-based awards granted at such time to other senior executives of the Corporation. The Executive may be awarded Stock-Based Awards having a lesser or great value. The Stock-Based Awards will be made in the form of stock options, restricted stock, performance shares or other forms of award permitted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, and, except as provided below, the mix and terms and conditions of which shall be the same as the awards made at such time to the other senior officers of the Corporation. Each option granted pursuant to the provisions hereof shall have an option term of 10 years (or such other period applicable to stock options granted at such time to the other senior officers of the Corporation) and may be subject to a vesting schedule, provided: (i) vesting will continue following an Involuntary Termination at any time, (ii) such option to the extent outstanding and unexercisable shall become fully vested and exercisable upon the death or disability of the Executive, (iii) other than as provided in the following subparts (iv) and  (v) of this subsection, all such options which have vested at the time of termination of employment shall remain exercisable for one year following such termination (but not beyond the expiration of the option’s term), and any such options that become vested after Involuntary Termination shall be exercisable for one year following the date such options vest (but not beyond the expiration of an option’s term),  (iv) such option to the extent outstanding and unexercisable shall become fully exercisable upon a Change in Control if the unexercisable portion of the option would otherwise terminate or cease to be enforceable, in whole or in part, by reason of such Change in Control, and (v) the option shall expire, terminate, and be forfeited upon a Termination for Cause or a termination pursuant to Section 7(g) below.  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the provisions of the 2003 Employment Agreement and previous employment agreements relating to options granted thereunder, which shall continue to govern the terms and conditions of options issued by the Corporation to Executive prior to the effective date of this Agreement.
 
(d)   Expenses .  The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive in performing services under this Agreement in accordance with the policies and procedures applicable to the executive officers of the Corporation and the Bank, provided that the Executive accounts for such expenses as required under such policies and procedures.
 
5.   Employee Benefits .
 
(a)   Participation in Benefit Plans .  While the Executive is employed by the Corporation, the Executive shall be entitled to participate, to the same extent as executive officers of the Corporation and the Bank generally, in all plans, programs and practices of the Corporation and the Bank relating to pension, retirement thrift, profit-sharing, savings, group or other life insurance, hospitalization, medical and dental coverage, travel and accident insurance, education, retirement or employee benefits or combination thereof.  In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to be considered for benefits under all of the stock and stock option related plans in which the Corporation's or the Bank’s executive officers are eligible or become eligible to participate provided any grants made to the Executive pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof shall be considered in making any determination with respect thereto.
 
(b)   Fringe Benefits .  While the Executive is employed by the Corporation, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in, and receive benefits under, any other fringe benefit plans, programs and practices or perquisites which are or may become generally available to the Corporation's or the Bank's executive officers, including but not limited to, supplemental retirement, supplemental medical or life insurance plans, company car, club dues, physical examinations, financial planning and tax preparation services.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Corporation agrees to pay for the Executive's membership dues and related business expenses in Twin Orchard Country Club (Long Grove, Illinois), The Standard Club, and expenses for an executive automobile which shall be replaced with a new vehicle at least every three years.  Moreover, during the Executive’s employment with the Corporation, he shall be entitled to receive long-term disability coverage and benefits as in effect on the date hereof (to the extent available at a reasonable cost).  In no event will the Executive receive any benefit which is less favorable than a benefit generally being provided to the senior executive officers of the Corporation or the Bank.
 
(c)   Post-Employment Health Benefit .  In recognition of the past service of the Executive to the Corporation and its subsidiaries, the Executive has earned and shall be entitled to receive, subject to unconditional forfeiture thereof upon a Termination for Cause or a termination pursuant to Section 7(g) hereof, post-employment continuing health benefit coverage from the Corporation or its successor in interest (the “Post-Employment Health Benefit”) upon any termination of employment of the Executive which does not result in forfeiture of the Post-Employment Health Benefit, as follows: (i) the Corporation (or its successor in interest) shall provide to the Executive (for himself, his spouse and his other eligible dependents) until the date that Executive becomes eligible for Medicare benefits (for his spouse until the date that is seven full calendar months after Executive becomes eligible for Medicare benefits), or if he should die prior thereto then to his surviving spouse and his other eligible dependents until the date that is seven full calendar months after the date that Executive would have become eligible for Medicare benefits if he had survived, the same family health insurance, hospitalization, medical, dental, prescription drug and other health benefits as the Executive would have been eligible for if Executive had continued to serve as an executive officer of the Corporation (or its successor) until the Executive became eligible for Medicare benefits (and for his spouse until the date that is seven full calendar months thereafter) on terms as favorable to the Executive as to other executive officers of the Corporation (or its successor) from time to time, including amounts of coverage and deductibles, which shall be at the Corporation's (or its successor’s) sole cost other than co-payments and deductibles; and (ii) the Corporation (or its successor) shall, at the election of the Executive, provide the same coverage as set forth in subpart (i) of this subsection for the benefit of the Executive, his spouse and his other eligible dependents after the Executive becomes eligible for Medicare benefits and during the remainder of his lifetime (for Executive’s spouse, not ending before the date that is seven full calendar months after the date that Executive becomes eligible for Medicare benefits), at the sole cost of the Executive.  To the extent the Corporation shall determine that the provisions of the coverage described in clause (i) at the Corporation’s sole cost may result in taxability of the benefits provided thereunder to Executive or his dependents because such benefits are self-insured, then (A) the Corporation shall provide such benefits through a Corporation-paid insurance policy, or, if the Corporation determines that such insurance policy cannot be reasonably obtained, (B) Executive (or his spouse) shall be obligated to pay the monthly COBRA or similar premium for such coverage.  Within thirty (30) days following the end of each calendar quarter during which COBRA premiums are paid with respect to the coverage described in clause (i), the Executive (or his spouse) shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment equal to 150% of the aggregate COBRA premiums paid during such quarter, subject to Section 21(b) hereof.
 
(d)   Supplemental Deferred Compensation .  Commencing December 31, 2007 and continuing on each December 31 thereafter during the term of this Agreement, if Executive is employed by the Corporation on such December 31, then the Corporation shall credit an employer contribution (“DC Contribution”) to a fully-vested deferral account under the Corporation’s Non-Stock Deferred Compensation Plan, as may be amended from time to time, or any successor or substitute plan (“Deferred Compensation Plan”) in an amount determined in accordance with this Section 5(d).  The DC Contribution to be credited pursuant to this Section 5(d) shall be an amount equal to 20% of the Corporation Salary in effect on such December 31.  In the event of a Change in Control, the Corporation shall credit the deferral account in an amount equal to the present value of the DC Contributions (but not any earnings or other adjustments thereto pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan) that would be credited to Executive under this Section 5(d) as if his employment under this Agreement continued until the later of three years after the Date of Termination or the December 31 of the calendar year during which the Executive would attain age 60, and no further credits shall be made to such account under this Section 5(d). Such present value shall be determined by assuming each annual DC Contribution during the applicable period would be equal to the DC Contribution that would have been credited at the end of the calendar year in which the Change in Control occurs and by using an interest rate equal to 120% of the applicable federal long-term rate, compounded annually, applicable to the month in which the Change in Control occurs.  The deferral account established and credited pursuant to this Section 5(d) shall be subject to crediting and debiting with respect to the deemed investment of the account, and the account shall be distributed to Executive, in accordance with Executive’s elections under the provisions of the Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
6.   Vacations; Leave .  The Executive shall be entitled (i) to annual paid vacation in accordance with the policies established by the Board of Directors which shall not be less favorable than that provided to any other executive officer of the Corporation or the Bank, and (ii) to voluntary leaves of absence, with or without pay, from time to time at such times and upon such conditions as the Board of Directors may determine in its discretion.
 
7.   Termination of Employment .
 
(a)   Involuntary Termination .  If the Executive experiences an Involuntary Termination prior to (and not in connection with) a Change in Control, such termination of employment shall be subject to the Corporation's obligations under this Section 7(a) in lieu of any other compensation and employee benefits under this Agreement.  If such Involuntary Termination is not a Non-Extension Termination, the Corporation shall pay to the Executive monthly, during the unexpired term of this Agreement after the Date of Termination, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) one-twelfth of the Corporation Salary at the annual rate in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination, (ii) one-twelfth of the average Annual Cash Bonus, based on the average amount of such Annual Cash Bonus for the two full calendar years preceding the Date of Termination, and (iii) one-twelfth of the amount of the DC Contribution that would have been made at the end of the calendar year in which the Involuntary Termination occurs, based on the amount of the Corporation Salary determined under clause (i) above.  If such Involuntary Termination is a Non-Extension Termination, the Corporation shall pay the Executive monthly the compensation set forth in the preceding sentence for a period of eighteen months following the Date of Termination.  In addition to the foregoing, in connection with an Involuntary Termination, the Executive shall be entitled to receive (A) any accrued Corporation Salary through the Date of Termination within 30 days after the Date of Termination, (B) any unpaid Annual Cash Bonus earned by the Executive for the preceding calendar year within the time period set forth in Section 4(b) hereof, (C) prompt reimbursement of any expenses incurred through the Date of Termination in accordance with Section 4(d), and (D) all vested employee benefits described in Section 5 hereof (collectively, the “Accrued Compensation”) plus the Post-Employment Health Benefit described in Section 5(c), such benefits to be paid in accordance with this Agreement and the applicable plan, program, arrangement or agreement.  If the Executive should die after amounts become payable under this Section 7(a), such amounts shall thereafter be paid to the Executive’s estate until satisfied in full.  Payments pursuant to this Section 7(a) shall be subject to Section 21(b).
 
(b)   Change in Control .  If the Executive experiences an Involuntary Termination in connection with or following a Change in Control, such termination of employment shall, in lieu of any other compensation and employee benefits under this Agreement, be subject to the Corporation’s (or its successor-in-interest’s) obligations under this Section 7(b).
 
(i)   Accrued Compensation and Post-Employment Health Benefit .  In addition to any other amounts to which the Executive may be entitled to receive under this Section 7(b), the Corporation (or its successor-in-interest) shall pay to the Executive the Accrued Compensation and provide the Post-Employment Health Benefit.
 
(ii)   Change in Control Payment .  If an Involuntary Termination occurs in connection with or within 18 months following a Change in Control, in addition to the Corporation’s (or its successor-in-interest’s) obligations under Section 7(b)(i) above, the Corporation (or its successor-in-interest) shall pay to the Executive in cash, within 30 days after the Date of Termination, an amount equal to three times the sum of the Corporation Salary and the target Annual Cash Bonus in effect under Sections 4(a) and 4(b) respectively, immediately prior to the Date of Termination.
 
If the Executive should die after amounts become payable under any provision of this Section 7(b), such amounts shall thereafter be paid to the Executive’s estate until satisfied in full.  Payments under this Section 7(b) are subject to Section 21(b).
 
(c)   Termination for Cause .  In the event of Termination for Cause, the Corporation shall have no further obligation to the Executive under this Agreement after the Date of Termination except for the Accrued Compensation.  Payments under this Section 7(c) are subject to Section 21(b).
 
(d)   Voluntary Termination .  The Executive may terminate his employment voluntarily at any time by a notice pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement.  In the event that the Executive voluntarily terminates his employment other than by reason of any of the actions that constitute Involuntary Termination ("Voluntary Termination"), the Corporation shall only be obligated to the Executive for the amount of the Accrued Compensation and to provide the Post-Employment Health Benefit, and the Corporation shall have no further obligation to the Executive under this Agreement.  Payments under this Section 7(d) are subject to Section 21(b).
 
(e)   Death .  In the event of the death of Executive during the term of this Agreement and prior to any termination of employment, the Corporation shall pay to the Executive's estate the Accrued Compensation and shall provide to the Executive’s surviving spouse and other eligible dependents the Post-Employment Health Benefit.
 
(f)   Disability .  If the Executive becomes entitled to benefits under the terms of the then-­current disability plan, if any, of the Corporation or the Bank (a "Disability Plan"), he shall be entitled to receive such group and other disability benefits, if any, as are then provided by the Corporation or the Bank for executive officers.  In the event of such disability, this Agreement shall not be suspended, except that (i) the Corporation's obligation to pay the Corporation Salary to the Executive shall be reduced in accordance with the amount of disability income benefits received by the Executive, if any, pursuant to this Section 7(f) such that, on an after-tax basis, the Executive shall realize from the sum of disability income benefits and Corporation Salary the same amount as he would realize on an after-tax basis from the Corporation Salary if the Corporation’s obligation to pay salary were not reduced pursuant to this Section 7(f); (ii) the Executive shall not be entitled to earn an Annual Cash Bonus pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof or option grants pursuant to Section 4(c) if the disability prevents the Executive from rendering full time service to the Corporation for a period of in excess of six months during an applicable calendar year; and (iii) upon a resolution adopted by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors, the Corporation may discontinue payment of the Corporation Salary beginning six months following a determination that the Executive has become entitled to benefits under a Disability Plan or otherwise unable to fulfill his duties under this Agreement.  The Corporation may terminate the employment of the Executive at any time after the expiration of one year following such disability if such disability is then continuing and upon such termination the Executive shall only be entitled to receive the Accrued Compensation and the Post-Employment Health Benefit.  Payments under this Section 7(f) are subject to Section 21(b).
 
(g)   Regulatory Action .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, if the Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S. C. § 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1), all obligations of the Corporation under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, except for the obligation of the Corporation to pay the Accrued Compensation.
 
(h)   No Other Obligation to Mitigate Damages; No Offset . Except as provided in Section 7(i), Executive shall not be obligated to mitigate amounts payable or arrangements made under the provisions of this Section 7 and the obtaining of other employment shall in no event effect any reduction of the Corporation’s obligations under this Section 7. Except as provided in Section 7(i), the Corporation’s obligation to make payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Corporation may have against the Executive or others.
 
(i)   Release and Restrictive Covenants .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation’s obligations to pay or provide any benefits, under this Section 7(a) or 7(b) below shall (i) cease as of the date the Executive knowingly and materially violates the provisions of Section 8 hereof and (ii) be conditioned on the Executive signing a release of claims in favor of the Corporation in the form annexed hereto within forty-give (45) days of such termination and the expiration of any revocation period provided for in such release; provided that, if such Date of Termination is after November 8 of any year, no payment conditioned on such release shall be made until the calendar year following the calendar year of termination even if the release is signed and the revocation period concluded earlier.
 
(j)   Tax Gross Up Agreement .  The Corporation and Executive have entered into a Tax Gross-Up Agreement of even date herewith, which provides certain payments in the event Executive shall become subject to excise tax under Code Section 4999 of the Code in the event of a Change in Control.
 
8.   Confidential Information; Restrictive Covenants .
 
(a)   The Executive shall not at any time during or following the Executive’s employment with the Corporation, directly or indirectly, disclose or use on the Executive’s behalf or another’s behalf, publish or communicate, except in the course of the Executive’s employment and in the pursuit of the business of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, any proprietary information or data of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, which is not generally known to the public or which could not be recreated through public means and which the Corporation may reasonably regard as confidential and proprietary, except as may be compelled by legal process and in the event of legal process compelling disclosure, Executive shall provide the Corporation as much advance notice thereof as may be practicable.  The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that all knowledge and information which the Executive has or may acquire in the course of the Executive’s employment, such as, but not limited to the business, developments, procedures, techniques, activities or services of the Corporation or the business affairs and activities of any customer, prospective customer, individual firm or entity doing business with the Corporation are its sole valuable property, and shall be held by Executive in confidence and in trust for their sole benefit.  All records of every nature and description which come into the Executive’s possession, whether prepared by the Executive, or otherwise, shall remain the sole property of the Corporation and upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, said records shall be left with the Corporation as part of its property; provided, however, that Executive’s contact list and other personal information stored on the Corporation’s information systems shall not be deemed Confidential Information for purposes of the prohibition on Executive’s possession or use of such information set forth in this Section 8(a).
 
(b)   Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation .  The Executive acknowledges that the Corporation by nature of its respective businesses has a legitimate and protectable interest in its clients, customers and employees with whom the Corporation has established significant relationships as a result of a substantial investment of time and money, and but for the Executive’s employment hereunder, the Executive would not have had contact with such clients, customers and employees.  The Executive agrees that during the period of the Executive’s employment with the Corporation and for a period of one (1) year after termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason (such one (1) year period the “ Post-Employment Non-Compete Period” ), the Executive will not (except in the Executive’s capacity as an employee of the Corporation) directly or indirectly, for the Executive’s own account, or as an agent, employee, director, owner, partner, or consultant of any corporation, bank, thrift, firm, partnership, joint venture, syndicate, sole proprietorship or other entity, or any division, subsidiary or affiliate thereof:
 
(i)   engage, directly or indirectly, within the Market Area (as defined below) in any business that provides Banking Products or Banking Services that compete with the Banking Products or Banking Services actually provided by Corporation during the period of the Executive’s employment with the Corporation and prior to a Change in Control (such Banking Products or Banking Services hereinafter referred to as “Competitive Banking Products or Banking Services”);
 
(ii)   solicit or induce, or attempt to solicit or induce any client or customer of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates for purposes of providing Competitive Banking Products or Banking Services; or
 
(iii)   solicit or induce, or attempt to solicit or induce, any employee or agent of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his or her relationship with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.
 
(c)   For purposes of this Section 8:
 
(i)   “Corporation” means the Corporation and all of its subsidiaries during the period of the Executive’s employment with the Corporation, provided that with respect to the Post-Employment Non-Compete Period, “Corporation” means only the Corporation and all of its subsidiaries as of the date immediately prior to commencement of the Post-Employment Non-Compete Period, or if earlier, the date immediately preceding a Change in Control;
 
(ii)   “Market Area” shall be an area encompassed within a thirty (30) mile radius surrounding any office, branch or other place of business of the Corporation during the period of the Executive’s employment with the Corporation, provided that with respect to the Post-Employment Non-Compete Period, “Market Area” shall be limited to an area encompassed within a thirty (30) mile radius surrounding any office, branch or other place of business of the Corporation as of the date immediately prior to commencement of the Post-Employment Non-Compete Period, or if earlier, the date immediately preceding a Change in Control;
 
(iii)   “Banking Products or Banking Services” means (1) credit, deposit and treasury management services offered to businesses, (2) financial services related to equipment leasing, (3) credit and deposit services offered to individuals, (4) asset management services of the type actually provided by the Corporation, and (5) any other product or service provided by the Corporation; provided, that with respect to the Post-Employment Non-Compete Period, asset management services shall be deemed Banking Products or Banking Services only if the Corporation’s revenues from such services during the Reference Period (as defined below) exceeded 1% of the Corporation’s Annual Revenues (as defined below) during the Reference Period; and provided further, that with respect to the Post-Employment Non-Compete Period, an other product or service described in clause (5) shall be deemed Banking Products or Banking Services only if the Corporation’s revenues from other product or service during the Reference Period (as defined below) exceeded 2% of the Corporation’s Annual Revenues (as defined below) during the Reference Period;
 
(iv)   “Reference Period” means the four completed calendar quarters immediately preceding the commencement of the Post-Employment Non-Compete Period, or if earlier, the date immediately preceding a Change in Control; and
 
(v)   “Annual Revenue” means the sum of the Corporation’s net interest income and non-interest income during the Reference Period.
 
(d)   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8, Section 8(b)(i) above shall not be deemed to prohibit:
 
(i)   the Executive’s ownership, not to exceed five percent (5%), of the outstanding capital stock or equity interests entity engaged in providing Competing Banking Products or Banking Services in the Market Area, provided such investment is passive and Executive does not provide any services to such entity either as an employee, consultant, director or otherwise,
 
(ii)   the Executive from serving as a director of other corporations and entities to the extent these directorships do not inhibit the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder or conflict with the business of the Corporation;
 
(iii)   the Executive from serving or continuing to serve as a director of other corporations and entities following his termination of employment for which he served in such capacity at any time during his employment with the Corporation,
 
(iv)   the Executive’s ownership of, or activity with respect to any business (whether publicly or privately-held corporation or entity) disclosed to the Board during the period of his employment and not objected to by the Board, or
 
(v)   the Executive during the Post-Employment Non-Compete Period from being employed by or otherwise providing services to an entity which is engaged within the Market Area in any business that provides Competitive Banking Products or Banking Services, so long as Executive has advised such entity of his obligations under this Section 8 and Executive does not provide any services or otherwise engages in any way, directly or indirectly, in any business of such entity which provides Competitive Banking Products or Banking Services within the Market Area.
 
(e)   Remedies .  The Executive acknowledges that the restraints and agreements herein provided are fair and reasonable, that enforcement of the provisions of this Section 8 will not cause the Executive undue hardship and that said provisions are reasonably necessary and commensurate with the need to protect the Corporation and its legitimate and proprietary business interests and property from irreparable harm.  The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, (i) a breach of any of the covenants and provisions contained in this Section 8, will result in irreparable harm to the business of the Corporation, a remedy at law in the form of monetary damages for any breach by the Executive of any of the covenants and provisions contained in this Section 8 is inadequate, in addition to any remedy at law or equity for such breach, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover any amounts paid pursuant to Section 7(a) or 7(b) and to institute and maintain appropriate proceedings in equity, including a suit for injunction to enforce the specific performance by Executive of the obligations hereunder and to enjoin Executive from engaging in any activity in violation hereof and the covenants on the Executive’s part contained in this Section 8, shall be construed as agreements independent of any other provisions in this Agreement, and the existence of any claim, setoff or cause of action by the Executive against the Corporation, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense or bar to the specific enforcement by the Corporation of said covenants.  The Corporation acknowledges and agrees that it shall not suspend or discontinue any payments due to Executive under this Agreement except pursuant to the order of a state or federal court that has personal and subject matter jurisdiction.  In the event of a breach or a violation by the Executive of any of the covenants and provisions of this Agreement, the running of the Non-Compete Period (but not of Executive’s obligation thereunder) shall be tolled during the period of the continuance of any actual breach or violation.
 
(f)   Severability .  The parties hereto agree that the covenants set forth in this Section 8 are reasonable with respect to their duration, geographical area and scope.  If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision of this Section 8 is invalid or unenforceable, the parties agree that the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or area of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified after the expiration of the time within which the judgment may be appealed.
 
9.   Notice of Termination .  Subject to the provisions of Section 1(d) hereof, in the event that the Corporation or the Bank, or both, desire to terminate the employment of the Executive during the term of this Agreement, the Corporation or the Bank, or both, shall deliver to the Executive a written notice of termination, stating whether such termination constitutes Termination for Cause, Involuntary Termination, or termination for disability, setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances that are the basis for the termination, and specifying the date upon which employment shall terminate, which date shall be at least 30 days after the date upon which the notice is delivered, except in the case of Termination for Cause.  In the event that the Executive determines in good faith that he has experienced an Involuntary Termination of his employment in accordance with Section 1(c), he shall (a) send a written notice to the Corporation stating the circumstances that constitute such Involuntary Termination, which notice shall be given within 90 days of the Executive’s first learning of such circumstances and shall state his intention to terminate his employment due to such Involuntary Termination and (b) provide the Corporation with 30 days from the date of such notice to cure such circumstances. If the Corporation fails to cure such circumstances, then Executive will be deemed to have terminated his employment due to Involuntary Termination at the end of such 30 day period.  In the event that the Executive desires to effect a Voluntary Termination, he shall deliver a written notice to the Corporation, stating the date upon which employment shall terminate, which date shall be at least 90 days after the date upon which the notice is delivered, unless the parties agree to a date sooner.
 
10.   Attorneys' Fees . The Corporation shall pay all legal fees and related expenses (including the costs of experts, evidence and counsel) incurred by the Executive as a result of (i) the Executive's contesting or disputing any termination of employment, or (ii) the Executive's seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement or by any other plan or arrangement maintained by the Corporation (or any successor) or the Consolidated Subsidiaries under which the Executive is or may be entitled to receive benefits; provided that the Corporation's obligation to pay such fees and expenses is subject to the Executive's prevailing with respect to the matters in dispute in any proceeding initiated by the Executive or the Executive's having been determined to have acted reasonably and in good faith with respect to any proceeding initiated by the Corporation or the Consolidated Subsidiaries.
 
11.   Indemnification .  During Executive’s term of employment with the Corporation and thereafter, the Corporation shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless to the maximum extent now or hereafter permitted under the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Corporation.  In the event that legal action is instituted or threatened against the Executive during or after the term of his employment with, or membership on the Board of Directors of, the Corporation, the Bank or any affiliate the Corporation, in connection with such employment or membership, the Corporation will advance to the Executive the costs and expenses incurred by Executive in the defense of such action (including reasonable attorneys, expert and other professional fees) to the maximum extent permitted by law without prejudice to or waiver by the Corporation of its rights and remedies against the Executive.  In the event that there is a final judgment entered against the Executive in any such litigation which, in accordance with its Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, is not subject to indemnification, then the Executive shall reimburse the Corporation for all such costs and expenses paid or incurred by it in the Executive’s defense of such litigation (the “Reimbursement Amount”). The Reimbursement Amount shall be paid by the Executive within 30 days after rendition of the final judgment and a determination by the Board of Directors that such costs and expenses are not subject to indemnification. The parties shall cooperate in the defense of any asserted claim, demand or liability against the Executive or the Corporation or any of the Consolidated Subsidiaries.  The term “final judgment” as used herein shall be defined to mean the decision of a court of competent jurisdiction, and in the event of an appeal, then the decision of the appellate court, after petition for rehearing has been denied, or the time for filing the same (or the filing of further appeal) has expired.  The rights to indemnification under this Section 11 shall be in addition to any rights which Executive may now or hereafter have under any insurance contract maintained by the Corporation or any of its other affiliates or any other agreement between Executive and the Corporation or any of its affiliates.  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive’s indemnification rights under this Section 11, the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Corporation and applicable law, shall survive the termination of Executive’s employment with the Corporation and his membership on the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Bank and any affiliate of the Corporation.
 
12.   No Assignments .
 
(a)   This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto, and neither may assign or delegate any of its rights or obligations hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor of the Corporation and the Corporation shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) by an assumption agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Executive, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  Executive’s resignation following the failure of the Corporation to obtain such an assumption agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall constitute an Involuntary Termination as defined in Section 1(c).
 
(b)   This Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.
 
13.   Notice .  For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or five days after the date that sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the Corporation at its home office, to the attention of the Board of Directors with a copy to the Secretary of the Corporation, or, if to the Executive, to such home or other address as the Executive has most recently provided in writing to the Corporation.
 
14.   Amendments .  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties.
 
15.   Headings .  The headings used in this Agreement are included solely for convenience and shall not affect, or be used in connection with, the interpretation of this Agreement.
 
16.   Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.
 
17.   Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.
 
18.   Preparation Fees .  The Corporation shall be solely responsible for payment of any and all legal fees incurred by Executive in the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement, but in an amount not to exceed $15,000.
 
19.   Successors to Code Sections .  All provisions of this Agreement referring to sections of the U.S.C. (United State Code) or to the Code shall be deemed to refer to successor code sections in the event of renumbering of code sections.
 
20.   2003 Employment Agreement and 2007 Employment Agreement .  Except with respect to stock options awarded pursuant to the 2003 Employment Agreement (and previous employment agreements that remain outstanding), this Agreement supersedes and replaces the 2007 Employment Agreement and as of the date hereof, the 2007 Employment Agreement shall terminate and have no further force or effect.
 
21.   Code Section 409A .
 
(a)   The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “Code Section 409A”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith.  If the Executive notifies the Corporation (with specificity as to the reason therefore) that the Executive believes that any provision of this Agreement (or of any award of compensation, including equity compensation or benefits) would cause the Executive to incur any additional tax or interest under Code Section 409A and the Corporation concurs with such belief or the Corporation (without any obligation whatsoever to do so) independently makes such determination, the Corporation shall, after consulting with the Executive, reform such provision to try to comply with Code Section 409A through good faith modifications to the minimum extent reasonably appropriate to conform with Code Section 409A.  To the extent that any provision hereof is modified in order to comply with Code Section 409A, such modification shall be made in good faith and shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible, maintain the original intent and economic benefit to the Executive and the Corporation of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Code Section 409A.
 
(b)   If the Executive is deemed on the date of “separation from service” to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provision of any benefit that is specified as subject to this Section, such payment or benefit shall be made or provided at the date which is the earlier of (A) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of such “separation from service” of the Executive, and (B) the date of the Executive’s death (the “Delay Period”).  Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 21(b) (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.  Whenever a payment is to be made promptly after a date, it shall be made within sixty (60) days thereafter.
 
(c)   With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits: (i) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided during any taxable year shall not effect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year, provided that the foregoing shall not be violated with regard to expenses covered by Code Section 105(h) that are subject to a limit related to the period in which the arrangement is in effect.  Any expense or other reimbursement payment made pursuant to this Agreement or any plan, program, agreement or arrangement of the Corporation referred to herein, shall be made on or before the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expense or other payment to be reimbursed.
 
22.   TARP .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or in any compensation plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company which covers Executive or to which Executive is a party or in which Executive participates, as of the date hereof, or which may become applicable to Executive hereinafter (collectively, the “Compensation Arrangements”), each provision of this Agreement and the Compensation Arrangements is amended and any amounts payable hereunder and thereunder are hereby amended and modified with respect to Executive, if and to the extent necessary, for the Company to comply with any requirements of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) and/or the TARP Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) (and the guidance or regulations issued thereunder by the United States Treasury Department at 31 CFR Part 30, effective October 20, 2008 (the “CPP Guidance”) which may become applicable to the Company, including, but not limited to, provisions prohibiting the Company from making any “golden parachute payments,” providing the Company may recover (“clawback”) bonus and incentive compensation in certain circumstances, and precluding bonus and incentive arrangements that encourage unnecessary or excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company, in each case within the meaning of EESA and the CPP Guidance and only to the extent applicable to the Company and Executive.  For purposes of this Section 22, references to “Company” means MB Financial, Inc. and any entities treated as a single employer with MB Financial, Inc. under the CPP Guidance.  Executive hereby agrees to execute such documents, agreements or waivers as the Company deems necessary or appropriate to effect such amendments to this Agreement or the Compensation Arrangements or to facilitate the participation of the Company in the TARP Capital Purchase Program or any other programs under EESA.
 
The application of this Section 22 is intended to, and shall be interpreted, administered and construed to, comply with Section 111 of EESA and the CPP Guidance and, to the maximum extent consistent with this Section 22 and such statute and regulations, to permit the operation of this Agreement and Compensation Arrangements in accordance with their terms before giving effect to the provisions of this Section 22, EESA and the CPP Guidance.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
 
ATTEST:
MB FINANCIAL, INC.
   
 
Secretary
 
 
By:                                                                
 
Its:
                                                                  
   
WITNESS:
EXECUTIVE:
  /s/Mitchell Feiger 
 
Mitchell Feiger
   
   
   


 
ANNEX TO EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
Form of Release
 
AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE
 
MB Financial, Inc., its affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, successors and assigns in such capacity, and the current, future and former employees, officers, directors, and agents thereof in such capacities (collectively referred to throughout this Agreement as “ Corporation ”) and Mitchell Feiger (“ Executive ”), the Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns (collectively referred to throughout this Agreement as  “ Executive ”) agree:
 
1.   Consideration .  The parties acknowledge that this Agreement and General Release is being executed in accordance with Section 7 of the Employment Agreement by and between Executive and the Corporation.
 
2.   Revocation .  Executive may revoke this Agreement and General Release for a period of seven (7) calendar days following the day Executive executes this Agreement and General Release.  Any revocation within this period must be submitted, in writing, hand delivered to Corporation, or if mailed, postmarked, within seven (7) calendar days of execution of this Agreement and General Release.  This Agreement and General Release shall not become effective or enforceable until the revocation period has expired.
 
3.   General Release of Claim .  Executive knowingly and voluntarily releases and forever discharges Corporation from any and all claims, causes of action, demands, fees and liabilities of any kind whatsoever, whether known and unknown, against Corporation, Executive has, has ever had or may have as of the date of execution of this Agreement and General Release, including, but not limited to, any alleged violation of:
 
●           Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended;
 
●           The Civil Rights Act of 1991;
 
●           Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended;
 
●           The Immigration Reform and Control Act, as amended;
 
●           The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended;
 
●           The Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended;
 
●           The Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990;
 
●           The Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, as amended;
 
●           The Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended;
 
●           The Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993;
 
 
Any other federal, state or local civil or human rights law or any other local, state or federal law, regulation or ordinance;
 
●           Any public policy, contract, tort, or common law; or
 
 
Any allegation for costs, fees, or other expenses including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters.
 
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the sole matters to which the Agreement and General Release do not apply are: (i) Executive’s rights of indemnification and directors and officers liability insurance coverage to which Executive was entitled immediately prior to DATE with regard to Executive’s service as an officer and director of Corporation; (ii) Executive’s rights under any tax-qualified pension or claims for accrued vested benefits under any other Executive benefit plan, policy or arrangement maintained by Corporation or under COBRA; (iii) Executive’s rights under the provisions of the Employment Agreement which are intended to survive termination of employment; or (iv) Executive’s rights as a stockholder.
 
4.   No Claims Permitted .  Executive waives Executive’s right to file any charge or complaint against Corporation arising out of Executive’s employment with or separation from Corporation before any federal, state or local court or any state or local administrative agency, except where such waivers are prohibited by law.  This Agreement, however, does not prevent Executive from filing a charge with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, any other federal government agency, and/or any government agency concerning claims of discrimination, although Executive waives the Executive’s right to recover any damages or other relief in any claim or suit brought by or through the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other state or local agency on behalf of Executive under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended, the Americans with Disabilities Act, or any other federal or state discrimination law, except where such waivers are prohibited by law.
 
5.   Affirmations .  Executive affirms Executive has not filed, has not caused to be filed, and is not presently a party to, any claim, complaint, or action against Corporation in any forum or form. Executive further affirms that the Executive has been paid and/or has received all compensation, wages, bonuses, commissions, and/or benefits to which Executive may be entitled and no other compensation, wages, bonuses, commissions and/or benefits are due to Executive, except as provided in Section 5(d) of the Employment Agreement.  Executive also affirms Executive has no known workplace injuries.
 
6.   Governing Law and Interpretation .  This Agreement and General Release shall be governed and conformed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.  In the event Executive or Corporation breaches any provision of this Agreement and General Release, Executive and Corporation affirm either may institute legal action to specifically enforce any term or terms of this Agreement and General Release.  Should any provision of this Agreement and General Release be declared illegal or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction and should the provision be incapable of being modified to be enforceable, such provision shall immediately become null and void, leaving the remainder of this Agreement and General Release in full force and effect.  Nothing herein, however, shall operate to void or nullify any general release language contained in the Agreement and General Release.
 
7.            Nonadmission of Wrongdoing .  Executive agrees neither this Agreement and General Release nor the furnishing of the consideration for this Release shall be deemed or construed at any time for any purpose as an admission by Corporation of any liability or unlawful conduct of any kind.
 
8.            Amendment .  This Agreement and General Release may not be modified, altered or changed except upon express written consent of both parties wherein specific reference is made to this Agreement and General Release.
 
9.            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and General Release sets forth the entire agreement between the parties hereto and fully supersedes any prior agreements or understandings between the parties; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement and General Release, the provisions in the Employment Agreement which are intended to survive termination of the Employment Agreement, including but not limited to those contained in Section 11 thereof, shall survive and continue in full force and effect.  Executive acknowledges Executive has not relied on any representations, promises, or agreements of any kind made to Executive in connection with Executive’s decision to accept this Agreement and General Release.
 
EXECUTIVE HAS BEEN ADVISED THAT EXECUTIVE HAS UP TO FORTY-FIVE (45) CALENDAR DAYS TO REVIEW THIS AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE AND HAS BEEN ADVISED IN WRITING TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY PRIOR TO EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE.
 
EXECUTIVE AGREES ANY MODIFICATIONS, MATERIAL OR OTHERWISE, MADE TO THIS AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE DO NOT RESTART OR AFFECT IN ANY MANNER THE ORIGINAL TWENTY-ONE (21) CALENDAR DAY CONSIDERATION PERIOD.
 
HAVING ELECTED TO EXECUTE THIS AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE, TO FULFILL THE PROMISES SET FORTH HEREIN, AND TO RECEIVE THE SUMS AND BENEFITS SET FORTH IN THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, EXECUTIVE FREELY AND KNOWINGLY, AND AFTER DUE CONSIDERATION, ENTERS INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE INTENDING TO WAIVE, SETTLE AND RELEASE ALL CLAIMS EXECUTIVE HAS OR MIGHT HAVE AGAINST CORPORATION.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto knowingly and voluntarily executed this Agreement and General Release as of the date set forth below:
 
 
 
 
 
Mitchell Feiger
MB Financial, Inc.
 
 
By:  /s/ Mitchell Feiger                                                                 
Name: Mitchell Feiger                                                                            
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
Date:                                                                
Date:                                                                



EXHIBIT 10.4
 
MB FINANCIAL BANK, N.A.
 
Change In Control Severance Agreement
 
THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT , (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of December 5, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between MB Financial Bank, N.A., a national banking association (the “ Company ”) and the undersigned officer (the “ Executive ”);
 
WITNESSETH THAT:
 
WHEREAS , the Executive is employed by the Company, and the Company desires to provide protection to Executive in connection with any change in control of the Company.
 
NOW , THEREFORE , it is hereby agreed by and between the parties, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE
 
1.1   Term of the Agreement .  Unless expired earlier as provided in Section 1.3 or terminated by the Company pursuant to Section 2.4 , this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and remain in effect for an initial term of three years which will be automatically extended for one year on each anniversary of the Effective Date. In addition, if a Change in Control occurs while this Agreement is effective, this Agreement will remain irrevocably in effect for the greater of twenty four months from the date of the Change in Control or until all benefits have been paid to the Executive hereunder, and will then expire.
 
1.2   Purpose of the Agreement .  The purpose of this Agreement is to advance the interests of the Company by providing the Executive with an assurance of equitable treatment, in terms of compensation and economic security, in the event of an acquisition or other Change in Control of the Company.  An assurance of equitable treatment will enable the Executive to maintain productivity and focus during a period of significant uncertainty that is inherent in an acquisition or other Change in Control.  Further, the Company believes that agreements of this kind will aid it in attracting and retaining the highly qualified, high performing professionals who are essential to its success.
 
1.3   Contractual Right to Benefits .  This Agreement establishes and vests in the Executive a contractual right to the benefits to which he or she is entitled hereunder, enforceable by the Executive against the Company.  However, nothing in this Agreement will require or be deemed to require the Company to segregate, earmark, or otherwise set aside any funds or other assets to provide for any payments to be made under it.
 
Subject to Section 3.2 , the Company will retain the right to terminate the Executive’s employment at any time prior to a Change in Control of the Company.  If the Executive’s employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control of the Company, this Agreement will no longer be applicable to the Executive, and any and all rights and obligations of the Company and the Executive under this Agreement will cease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the effective date of a Change in Control occurs within six months following the effective date of an involuntary termination without Just Cause, the Executive’s termination may be deemed to be a Qualifying Termination pursuant to Section 3.2 of this Agreement as of the date of the Change in Control.
 
ARTICLE II
 
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
 
2.1   Definitions .  Whenever used in the Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below and, when the meaning is intended, the initial letter of the word is capitalized.
 
(a)   Average Annual Bonus ” means the Executive’s actual average annual bonus earned over the two complete fiscal years prior to the Effective Date of Termination, or, if shorter, over the Executive’s entire period of employment.  However, if the Executive’s period of employment is less than one year, the average bonus will be considered zero.
 
(b)   Base Salary ” means the base rate of compensation paid to the Executive as annual salary, excluding amounts received under incentive or other bonus plans, as in effect as of the Effective Date of Termination.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive’s Base Salary was reduced within twenty-four months of the Effective Date of Termination, then “Base Salary” will mean the Executive’s annual Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to the reduction.
 
(c)   Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning ascribed to that term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, namely, any person, who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of securities, and/or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or direct the disposition of, a security.
 
(d)   Beneficiary ” means the persons or entities designated or deemed designated by the  Executive pursuant to Section 8.2 herein.
 
(e)   Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
(f)   The term “ Change in Control ” means (1) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner directly or indirectly of securities of the Parent or the Company representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Parent’s or the Company’s outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (2) individuals who were members of the Parent Board on the Effective Date (the “ Incumbent Parent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a member of the Parent Board subsequent to the Effective Date (a) whose appointment as a director by the Parent Board was approved by a vote of at least three quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Parent Board, or (b) whose nomination for election as a member of the Parent Board by the Corporation’s stockholders was approved by the Incumbent Parent Board or recommended by the nominating committee serving under the Incumbent Parent Board, shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Parent Board; (3) consummation of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation involving the Parent or the Company or the securities of either, other than (a) in the case of the Parent, a transaction at the completion of which the stockholders of the Parent immediately preceding completion of the transaction hold more than 70% of the outstanding securities of the resulting entity entitled to vote generally in the election of its directors or (b) in the case of the Company, a transaction at the completion of which the Parent holds more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the resulting institution entitled to vote generally in the election of its directors; (4) consummation of a sale or other disposition to an unaffiliated third party or parties of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent or the Company or approval by the stockholders of the Parent or the Company of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Parent or the Company; provided that for purposes of clause (1), the term “Person” shall not include the Parent, any employee benefit plan of the Parent or the Company, or any corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Parent in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Parent.  Each event comprising a “Change in Control” is intended to constitute a “change in ownership or effective control,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets,” of the Parent or the Company as such terms are defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and “Change in Control” as used herein shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
(g)   Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
(h)   Company ” means MB Financial Bank, N.A., a national banking association, or any successor thereto that adopts the Agreement, as provided in Section 8.1 herein.
 
(i)   Compensation Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Parent Company.
 
(j)   Director ” means a member of the Board or of the Parent Board, as the case may be.
 
(k)   Disability ” means a physical or mental condition that would entitle the Executive to benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, or if the Company maintains no such plan, then under the federal Social Security laws.
 
(l)   Effective Date of Termination ” means the date on which a Qualifying Termination occurs which triggers Severance Benefits hereunder.
 
(m)   Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor to it.
 
(n)   Expiration Date ” means the date the Agreement expires, as provided in Section 1.1 herein.
 
(o)   Good Reason ” means (i) the occurrence of a ten percent or greater reduction in the aggregate value of the Executive’s annual Base Salary, bonus opportunity, and benefits excluding profit sharing; (ii) the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent with, and commonly (in the banking industry) considered beneath, the Executive’s position, or a change in the Executive’s status, offices, titles and reporting relationships, authority, duties or responsibilities, or any other action by the Company, in each case if the assignment, change or action results in a significant diminution in the Executive’s position, authority, duties or responsibility; or (iii) a required relocation of the Executive to a location more than fifty miles from the Executive’s then existing job location to which the Executive does not consent to in writing.  In determining whether an assignment, change or action described in clause (ii) above constitutes Good Reason, due consideration will be given to the size of the organization and other facts and circumstances surrounding the Executive’s situation before and after the assignment, change or action.  For example, if the Executive is moved to a position that carries a title generally considered to be of a lower degree, but he or she is working in a larger division or company than before the change, has more employees reporting to him or her, or has authority for projects controlling more dollars, or if other circumstances exist that suggest the Executive’s new position is not a demotion, then Good Reason will not exist for the Executive to terminate his or her employment.
 
(p)   Just Cause ” means a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company, for which no Severance Benefits are payable, as provided in Article IV.
 
(q)   Parent ” means MB Financial, Inc., a Maryland corporation, or any direct parent of a successor of the Company that adopts the Agreement as provided in Section 8.1 .
 
(r)   Parent Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Parent.
 
(s)   Person ” means a natural person, company, or government, or a political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality of a government, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.  When two or more persons act as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group for the purpose of acquiring the securities of the Company, they will be deemed a Person for purposes of the Agreement.  “Person” will be construed in the same manner as under Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, and “group” will be construed in the same manner as under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.
 
(t)   Qualifying Termination ” means any of the events described in Section 3.2 , the occurrence of which triggers the payment of Severance Benefits.
 
(u)   Severance Benefit ” means the payment of severance compensation as provided in Article III.
 
2.2   Gender and Number .  Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also includes the feminine, the plural includes the singular, and the singular includes the plural.
 
2.3   Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
 
2.4   Amendment or Termination .  The provisions of this Agreement may be amended by written agreement between the Company and the Executive, with any material amendment approved by the Compensation Committee or the Board.  Subject to the final sentence of Section 1.1 , the Company may terminate this Agreement by written resolution of the Compensation Committee or the Board, effective as of a date at least twelve months following the date the Company gives written notice to the Executive of its intent to terminate the Agreement.
 
2.5   Applicable Law .  To the extent not preempted by the laws of the United States, the laws of the State of Illinois, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions, will be the controlling law in all matters relating to this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE III
 
SEVERANCE BENEFITS
 
3.1   Right to Severance Benefits .  Subject to the provisions hereof, the Executive will be entitled to receive from the Company Severance Benefits as described in Section 3.3 if there has been a Change in Control of the Company and if any of the events designated within Section 3.2 occur.  The Executive will not be entitled to receive Severance Benefits if his or her employment with the Company ends due to death, disability, voluntary retirement, a voluntary termination by the Executive without Good Reason, or due to an involuntary termination by the Company for Just Cause.
 
3.2   Qualifying Terminations .  The occurrence of any one of the following events within twenty four calendar months after a Change in Control of the Company will trigger the payment of Severance Benefits under this Agreement:
 
(a)   an involuntary termination of the Executive’s employment without Just Cause;
 
(b)   a voluntary termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, for Good Reason;
 
(c)   the failure or refusal of a successor company (including, but not limited to, an individual, corporation, association, or partnership) to assume the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, as required by Section 8.1 ; and
 
(d)   a breach by the Company or any successor company of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
 
In addition, an involuntary termination without Just Cause will trigger the payment of Severance Benefits under this Agreement if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Just Cause within six months prior to a Change in Control that actually occurs during the term of this Agreement and either (i) the termination was at the request or direction of a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company the consummation of which would constitute a Change in Control, or (ii) the Executive reasonably demonstrates that the termination is otherwise in connection with or in anticipation of the Change in Control.
 
3.3   Description of Severance Benefits .  If the Executive becomes entitled to receive Severance Benefits, as provided in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 , the Company will pay to the Executive and provide him or her with the following:
 
(a)   an amount equal to the Executive’s annual Base Salary multiplied by two;
 
(b)   an amount equal to the Executive’s Average Annual Bonus multiplied by two;
 
(c)   immediate vesting of the Executive’s benefits, if any, under any and all non-qualified retirement plans of the Company (or its affiliates) in which the Executive participates; and
 
(d)   continuation of the welfare benefits of medical, dental or other health coverage, long term disability, and group term life insurance at the same premium cost to the Executive and at the same coverage level as in effect as of the Executive’s Effective Date of Termination until the second anniversary of the Effective Date of Termination, without regard to the federal income tax consequences of that continuation.
 
The treatment of any options held by the Executive will be subject to the terms of the plan or plans under which they were granted.  Benefits under subsection 3.3(d) will be discontinued prior to the end of the second anniversary of the Effective Date of Termination if the Executive receives substantially similar benefits in the aggregate from a subsequent employer, as determined by the Compensation Committee.  Continued medical, dental or other health benefits under subsection 3.3(d) will count toward any COBRA continuation coverage period that may apply to the Executive.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
JUST CAUSE OR RETIREMENT
 
4.1   Just Cause .  Nothing in this Agreement will be construed to prevent the Company from terminating the Executive’s employment for Just Cause.  If the Company does so, no Severance Benefits will be payable to the Executive under this Agreement.
 
Just Cause will be defined to include, but will not be limited to, willful, malicious conduct by the Executive that is prejudicial to the best interests of the Company, including theft, embezzlement, the conviction of a criminal act, disclosure of trade secrets, a gross dereliction of duty, or other grave misconduct on the part of the Executive that is injurious to the Company.
 
4.2   Retirement .  If the Executive’s employment with the Company ends due to voluntary retirement, the Executive: (i) will not be entitled to receive Severance Benefits under this Agreement; and (ii) will not be eligible to participate in a Company-sponsored severance plan or arrangement at any time following his or her retirement.
 
ARTICLE V
 
FORM AND TIMING OF SEVERANCE BENEFITS
 
5.1   Form and Timing of Severance Benefits .  Subject to Article XII below, the Severance Benefits described in Sections 3.3(a) and (b) will be paid in cash to the Executive in a single lump sum as soon as practicable following the Effective Date of Termination, but in no event more than thirty days after the Effective Date of Termination.  The vesting of benefits under Section 3.3(c) shall occur on the Effective Date of Termination.
 
The Severance Benefits described in subsection 3.3(d) will be provided by the Company to the Executive immediately upon the Effective Date of Termination and will continue to be provided until the second anniversary of the Effective Date of Termination.  However, the Severance Benefits described in subsection 3.3(d) will be discontinued prior to the end of the  two-year period immediately upon the Executive’s receiving similar benefits from a subsequent employer, as determined by the Compensation Committee.
 
5.2   Withholding of Taxes .  The Company will withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement all Federal, state, city, or other taxes that are legally required.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
TAX GROSS UP AGREEMENT
 
6.1   Tax Gross Up Agreement .  Contemporaneously with entering into this Agreement, the Executive and Parent have entered into a Tax Gross-Up Agreement to make the Executive whole in certain circumstances described therein from the excise tax, if any, imposed under Section 280(G) of the Code.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
OTHER RIGHTS AND BENEFITS NOT AFFECTED
 
7.1   Other Benefits .  Except as provided in this Section below, neither the provisions of this Agreement nor the Severance Benefits provided for hereunder will reduce any amounts otherwise payable, or in any way diminish the Executive’s rights as an employee of the Company, whether existing now or hereafter, under any benefit, incentive, retirement, stock option, stock bonus, stock purchase plan, or any employment agreement, or other Agreement or arrangement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive is also a covered employee under a severance plan of the Company or one of its affiliates, the Executive will be entitled to receive the Severance Benefits provided under this Agreement in lieu of any severance pay or other benefits provided under that severance plan.  Benefits provided under this Agreement will not increase any amounts otherwise payable under any other arrangement, if that other arrangement does not provide that severance benefits will be taken into account in determining benefits.
 
7.2   Employment Status .  This Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment or impose on the Executive or the Company any obligation to retain the Executive as an employee, to change the status of the Executive’s employment, or to change the Company’s policies regarding termination of employment.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
SUCCESSORS
 
8.1   Successors .  The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company or of any division or subsidiary thereof to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  Failure of the Company to obtain such an assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession will be a breach of this Agreement and will entitle the Executive to compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as he or she would be entitled hereunder if terminated voluntarily for Good Reason, except that, for the purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any succession becomes effective will be deemed the Effective Date of Termination.
 
This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees.  If the Executive dies while any amount would still be payable to him or her hereunder had he or she continued to live, any such amount, unless otherwise provided herein, will be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to the Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee, or if there is no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.
 
8.2   Beneficiaries .  The Executive’s beneficiary under the qualified defined contribution plan of the Company or an affiliate in which the Executive participates will be his or her Beneficiary under this Agreement, unless the Executive otherwise designates a Beneficiary in the form of a signed writing acceptable to the Compensation Committee.  The Executive may make or change such a designation at any time.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
ADMINISTRATION
 
9.1   Administration .  This Agreement will be administered by the Compensation Committee.  In that capacity, the Compensation Committee, to the extent not contrary to the express provisions of the Agreement, is authorized in its discretion to interpret this Agreement, to prescribe and rescind rules and regulations, to provide conditions and assurances deemed necessary and advisable, to protect the interests of the Company, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Agreement and similar Agreements.
 
In fulfilling its administrative duties hereunder, the Compensation Committee may rely on outside counsel, independent accountants, or other consultants to render advice or assistance.
 
9.2   Indemnification and Exculpation .  The members of the Board and the Parent Board, its agents and officers, directors, and employee of the Company and its affiliates will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any and all loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by them in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which they may be a party or in which they may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under this Agreement and against and from any and all amounts paid by them in settlement (with the Company’s written approval) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding.  The foregoing provision will not apply to any person if the loss, cost, liability, or expense is due to that person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
ARTICLE X
 
LEGAL FEES AND ARBITRATION
 
10.1   Legal Fees and Expenses .  The Company (or, in the event of the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of the Company, the acquirer of those assets) will pay all legal fees, costs of litigation, and expenses directly related to legal fees and costs of litigation incurred in good faith by the Executive as a result of the Company’s refusal to provide the Severance Benefits to which the Executive becomes entitled under this Agreement, or as a result of the Company’s contesting the validity, enforceability, or interpretation of this Agreement, but in each case only if the Executive ultimately prevails in litigation conducted as a result of the refusal or contest.
 
10.2   Arbitration .  The Executive and the Company will have the right and option to elect (in lieu of litigation) to have any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement settled by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by the Executive within fifty miles from the location of his or her job, in accordance with rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect.  Judgment may be entered on the award of the arbitrator in any court having jurisdiction.  All expenses of arbitration, including the fees and expenses of the counsel for the Executive, will be split between the Company and the Executive, unless the Executive prevails, in which case the Company will bear the expenses of the arbitration.  Notwithstanding the right of the Executive or the Company to elect to enter into arbitration, the Company and the Executive may mutually agree to resolve any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with the Agreement in a court of law, in lieu of arbitration.
 
ARTICLE XI
 
EXCLUSIVITY OF SEVERANCE BENEFITS
 
11.1   Exclusivity of Severance Benefits .  Subject to Section 7.1 , if the Company is contractually obligated to pay to the Executive any severance benefits pursuant to another agreement, plan, program, policy, or any other change of control agreement,  the terms and provisions of the program under which the aggregate level of severance benefits is the highest (as determined by the Executive) will operate to completely replace and supersede the terms and provisions of this Agreement and/or all other programs that provide for the payment of severance benefits.
 
ARTICLE XII
 
CODE SECTION 409A; TARP
 
12.1   Code Section 409A .  The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “ Code Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith.  If the Executive notifies the Company (with specificity as to the reason therefore) that the Executive believes that any provision of this Agreement would cause the Executive to incur any additional tax or interest under Code Section 409A and the Company concurs with such belief or the Company (without any obligation whatsoever to do so) independently makes such determination, the Company shall, after consulting with the Executive, reform such provision to try to comply with Code Section 409A through good faith modifications to the minimum extent reasonably appropriate to conform with Code Section 409A.  To the extent that any provision hereof is modified in order to comply with Code Section 409A, such modification shall be made in good faith and shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible, maintain the original intent and economic benefit to the Executive and the Company of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Code Section 409A.
 
If the Executive is deemed on the date of “separation from service” to be a “specified Executive” within the meaning of such terms under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provision of any benefit that is specified as subject to this Section, such payment or benefit shall be made or provided at the date which is the earlier of (A) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of such “separation from service” of the Executive, and (B) the date of the Executive’s death (the “ Delay Period ”).  Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 12.1 (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.  Whenever a payment is to be made promptly after a date, it shall be made within sixty (60) days thereafter.
 
With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits: (i) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided during any taxable year shall not effect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year, provided that the foregoing shall not be violated with regard to expenses covered by Code Section 105(h) that are subject to a limit related to the period in which the arrangement is in effect.  Any expense or other reimbursement payment made pursuant to this Agreement or any plan, program, agreement or arrangement of the Company referred to herein, shall be made on or before the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expense or other payment to be reimbursed is incurred.
 
12.2   TARP .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or in any compensation plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company which covers Executive or to which Executive is a party or in which Executive participates, as of the date hereof, or which may become applicable to Executive hereinafter (collectively, the “ Compensation Arrangements ”), each provision of this Agreement and the Compensation Arrangements is amended and any amounts payable hereunder and thereunder are hereby amended and modified with respect to Executive, if and to the extent necessary, for the Company to comply with any requirements of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“ EESA ”) and/or the TARP Capital Purchase Program (“ CPP ”) (and the guidance or regulations issued thereunder by the United States Treasury Department at 31 CFR Part 30, effective October 20, 2008 (the “CPP Guidance”) which may become applicable to the Company, including, but not limited to, provisions prohibiting the Company from making any “golden parachute payments,” providing the Company may recover (“clawback”) bonus and incentive compensation in certain circumstances, and precluding bonus and incentive arrangements that encourage unnecessary or excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company, in each case within the meaning of EESA and the CPP Guidance and only to the extent applicable to the Company and Executive.  For purposes of this Section 12. 2, references to “Company” means MB Financial, Inc. and any entities treated as a single employer with MB Financial, Inc. under the CPP Guidance.  Executive hereby agrees to execute such documents, agreements or waivers as the Company deems necessary or appropriate to effect such amendments to this Agreement or the Compensation Arrangements or to facilitate the participation of the Company in the TARP Capital Purchase Program or any other programs under EESA.
 
The application of this Section 12.2 is intended to, and shall be interpreted, administered and construed to, comply with Section 111 of EESA and the CPP Guidance and, to the maximum extent consistent with this Section 12.2 and such statute and regulations, to permit the operation of this Agreement and the Compensation Arrangements in accordance with their terms before giving effect to the provisions of this Section 12.2 , EESA and the CPP Guidance.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Executive has executed this Agreement and the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by a resolution of the Board, as of the day and year first above written.
 
MB FINANCIAL BANK, N.A.
 
 
By:                                                                
Its:                                                                
EXECUTIVE
 
 
 
Name:                                                              

EXHIBIT 10.4B
 
MB FINANCIAL BANK, N.A.
 
Change In Control Severance Agreement
 
THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT , (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of December 5, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between MB Financial Bank, N.A., a national banking association (the “ Company ”) and the undersigned officer (the “ Executive ”);
 
WITNESSETH THAT:
 
WHEREAS , the Executive is employed by the Company, and the Company desires to provide protection to Executive in connection with any change in control of the Company.
 
NOW , THEREFORE , it is hereby agreed by and between the parties, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE
 
1.1   Term of the Agreement .  Unless expired earlier as provided in Section 1.3 or terminated by the Company pursuant to Section 2.4 , this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and remain in effect for an initial term of three years which will be automatically extended for one year on each anniversary of the Effective Date. In addition, if a Change in Control occurs while this Agreement is effective, this Agreement will remain irrevocably in effect for the greater of twenty four months from the date of the Change in Control or until all benefits have been paid to the Executive hereunder, and will then expire.
 
1.2   Purpose of the Agreement .  The purpose of this Agreement is to advance the interests of the Company by providing the Executive with an assurance of equitable treatment, in terms of compensation and economic security, in the event of an acquisition or other Change in Control of the Company.  An assurance of equitable treatment will enable the Executive to maintain productivity and focus during a period of significant uncertainty that is inherent in an acquisition or other Change in Control.  Further, the Company believes that agreements of this kind will aid it in attracting and retaining the highly qualified, high performing professionals who are essential to its success.
 
1.3   Contractual Right to Benefits .  This Agreement establishes and vests in the Executive a contractual right to the benefits to which he or she is entitled hereunder, enforceable by the Executive against the Company.  However, nothing in this Agreement will require or be deemed to require the Company to segregate, earmark, or otherwise set aside any funds or other assets to provide for any payments to be made under it.
 
Subject to Section 3.2 , the Company will retain the right to terminate the Executive’s employment at any time prior to a Change in Control of the Company.  If the Executive’s employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control of the Company, this Agreement will no longer be applicable to the Executive, and any and all rights and obligations of the Company and the Executive under this Agreement will cease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the effective date of a Change in Control occurs within six months following the effective date of an involuntary termination without Just Cause, the Executive’s termination may be deemed to be a Qualifying Termination pursuant to Section 3.2 of this Agreement as of the date of the Change in Control.
 
ARTICLE II
 
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
 
2.1   Definitions .  Whenever used in the Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below and, when the meaning is intended, the initial letter of the word is capitalized.
 
(a)   Average Annual Bonus ” means the Executive’s actual average annual bonus earned over the two complete fiscal years prior to the Effective Date of Termination, or, if shorter, over the Executive’s entire period of employment.  However, if the Executive’s period of employment is less than one year, the average bonus will be considered zero.
 
(b)   Base Salary ” means the base rate of compensation paid to the Executive as annual salary, excluding amounts received under incentive or other bonus plans, as in effect as of the Effective Date of Termination.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive’s Base Salary was reduced within twenty-four months of the Effective Date of Termination, then “Base Salary” will mean the Executive’s annual Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to the reduction.
 
(c)   Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning ascribed to that term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, namely, any person, who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of securities, and/or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or direct the disposition of, a security.
 
(d)   Beneficiary ” means the persons or entities designated or deemed designated by the  Executive pursuant to Section 8.2 herein.
 
(e)   Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
(f)   The term “ Change in Control ” means (1) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner directly or indirectly of securities of the Parent or the Company representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Parent’s or the Company’s outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (2) individuals who were members of the Parent Board on the Effective Date (the “ Incumbent Parent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a member of the Parent Board subsequent to the Effective Date (a) whose appointment as a director by the Parent Board was approved by a vote of at least three quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Parent Board, or (b) whose nomination for election as a member of the Parent Board by the Corporation’s stockholders was approved by the Incumbent Parent Board or recommended by the nominating committee serving under the Incumbent Parent Board, shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Parent Board; (3) consummation of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation involving the Parent or the Company or the securities of either, other than (a) in the case of the Parent, a transaction at the completion of which the stockholders of the Parent immediately preceding completion of the transaction hold more than 60% of the outstanding securities of the resulting entity entitled to vote generally in the election of its directors or (b) in the case of the Company, a transaction at the completion of which the Parent holds more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the resulting institution entitled to vote generally in the election of its directors; (4) consummation of a sale or other disposition to an unaffiliated third party or parties of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent or the Company or approval by the stockholders of the Parent or the Company of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Parent or the Company; provided that for purposes of clause (1), the term “Person” shall not include the Parent, any employee benefit plan of the Parent or the Company, or any corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Parent in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Parent.  Each event comprising a “Change in Control” is intended to constitute a “change in ownership or effective control,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets,” of the Parent or the Company as such terms are defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and “Change in Control” as used herein shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
(g)   Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
(h)   Company ” means MB Financial Bank, N.A., a national banking association, or any successor thereto that adopts the Agreement, as provided in Section 8.1 herein.
 
(i)   Compensation Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Parent Company.
 
(j)   Director ” means a member of the Board or of the Parent Board, as the case may be.
 
(k)   Disability ” means a physical or mental condition that would entitle the Executive to benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, or if the Company maintains no such plan, then under the federal Social Security laws.
 
(l)   Effective Date of Termination ” means the date on which a Qualifying Termination occurs which triggers Severance Benefits hereunder.
 
(m)   Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor to it.
 
(n)   Expiration Date ” means the date the Agreement expires, as provided in Section 1.1 herein.
 
(o)   Good Reason ” means (i) the occurrence of a ten percent or greater reduction in the aggregate value of the Executive’s annual Base Salary, bonus opportunity, and benefits excluding profit sharing; (ii) the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent with, and commonly (in the banking industry) considered beneath, the Executive’s position, or a change in the Executive’s status, offices, titles and reporting relationships, authority, duties or responsibilities, or any other action by the Company, in each case if the assignment, change or action results in a significant diminution in the Executive’s position, authority, duties or responsibility; or (iii) a required relocation of the Executive to a location more than fifty miles from the Executive’s then existing job location to which the Executive does not consent to in writing.  In determining whether an assignment, change or action described in clause (ii) above constitutes Good Reason, due consideration will be given to the size of the organization and other facts and circumstances surrounding the Executive’s situation before and after the assignment, change or action.  For example, if the Executive is moved to a position that carries a title generally considered to be of a lower degree, but he or she is working in a larger division or company than before the change, has more employees reporting to him or her, or has authority for projects controlling more dollars, or if other circumstances exist that suggest the Executive’s new position is not a demotion, then Good Reason will not exist for the Executive to terminate his or her employment.
 
(p)   Just Cause ” means a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company, for which no Severance Benefits are payable, as provided in Article IV.
 
(q)   Parent ” means MB Financial, Inc., a Maryland corporation, or any direct parent of a successor of the Company that adopts the Agreement as provided in Section 8.1 .
 
(r)   Parent Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Parent.
 
(s)   Person ” means a natural person, company, or government, or a political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality of a government, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.  When two or more persons act as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group for the purpose of acquiring the securities of the Company, they will be deemed a Person for purposes of the Agreement.  “Person” will be construed in the same manner as under Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, and “group” will be construed in the same manner as under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.
 
(t)   Qualifying Termination ” means any of the events described in Section 3.2 , the occurrence of which triggers the payment of Severance Benefits.
 
(u)   Severance Benefit ” means the payment of severance compensation as provided in Article III.
 
2.2   Gender and Number .  Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also includes the feminine, the plural includes the singular, and the singular includes the plural.
 
2.3   Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
 
2.4   Amendment or Termination .  The provisions of this Agreement may be amended by written agreement between the Company and the Executive, with any material amendment approved by the Compensation Committee or the Board.  Subject to the final sentence of Section 1.1 , the Company may terminate this Agreement by written resolution of the Compensation Committee or the Board, effective as of a date at least twelve months following the date the Company gives written notice to the Executive of its intent to terminate the Agreement.
 
2.5   Applicable Law .  To the extent not preempted by the laws of the United States, the laws of the State of Illinois, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions, will be the controlling law in all matters relating to this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE III
 
SEVERANCE BENEFITS
 
3.1   Right to Severance Benefits .  Subject to the provisions hereof, the Executive will be entitled to receive from the Company Severance Benefits as described in Section 3.3 if there has been a Change in Control of the Company and if any of the events designated within Section 3.2 occur.  The Executive will not be entitled to receive Severance Benefits if his or her employment with the Company ends due to death, disability, voluntary retirement, a voluntary termination by the Executive without Good Reason, or due to an involuntary termination by the Company for Just Cause.
 
3.2   Qualifying Terminations .  The occurrence of any one of the following events within twenty four calendar months after a Change in Control of the Company will trigger the payment of Severance Benefits under this Agreement:
 
(a)   an involuntary termination of the Executive’s employment without Just Cause;
 
(b)   a voluntary termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, for Good Reason;
 
(c)   the failure or refusal of a successor company (including, but not limited to, an individual, corporation, association, or partnership) to assume the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, as required by Section 8.1 ; and
 
(d)   a breach by the Company or any successor company of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
 
In addition, an involuntary termination without Just Cause will trigger the payment of Severance Benefits under this Agreement if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Just Cause within six months prior to a Change in Control that actually occurs during the term of this Agreement and either (i) the termination was at the request or direction of a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company the consummation of which would constitute a Change in Control, or (ii) the Executive reasonably demonstrates that the termination is otherwise in connection with or in anticipation of the Change in Control.
 
3.3   Description of Severance Benefits .  If the Executive becomes entitled to receive Severance Benefits, as provided in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 , the Company will pay to the Executive and provide him or her with the following:
 
(a)   an amount equal to the Executive’s annual Base Salary multiplied by two;
 
(b)   an amount equal to the Executive’s Average Annual Bonus multiplied by two;
 
(c)   immediate vesting of the Executive’s benefits, if any, under any and all non-qualified retirement plans of the Company (or its affiliates) in which the Executive participates; and
 
(d)   continuation of the welfare benefits of medical, dental or other health coverage, long term disability, and group term life insurance at the same premium cost to the Executive and at the same coverage level as in effect as of the Executive’s Effective Date of Termination until the second anniversary of the Effective Date of Termination, without regard to the federal income tax consequences of that continuation.
 
The treatment of any options held by the Executive will be subject to the terms of the plan or plans under which they were granted.  Benefits under subsection 3.3(d) will be discontinued prior to the end of the second anniversary of the Effective Date of Termination if the Executive receives substantially similar benefits in the aggregate from a subsequent employer, as determined by the Compensation Committee.  Continued medical, dental or other health benefits under subsection 3.3(d) will count toward any COBRA continuation coverage period that may apply to the Executive.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
JUST CAUSE OR RETIREMENT
 
4.1   Just Cause .  Nothing in this Agreement will be construed to prevent the Company from terminating the Executive’s employment for Just Cause.  If the Company does so, no Severance Benefits will be payable to the Executive under this Agreement.
 
Just Cause will be defined to include, but will not be limited to, willful, malicious conduct by the Executive that is prejudicial to the best interests of the Company, including theft, embezzlement, the conviction of a criminal act, disclosure of trade secrets, a gross dereliction of duty, or other grave misconduct on the part of the Executive that is injurious to the Company.
 
4.2   Retirement .  If the Executive’s employment with the Company ends due to voluntary retirement, the Executive: (i) will not be entitled to receive Severance Benefits under this Agreement; and (ii) will not be eligible to participate in a Company-sponsored severance plan or arrangement at any time following his or her retirement.
 
ARTICLE V
 
FORM AND TIMING OF SEVERANCE BENEFITS
 
5.1   Form and Timing of Severance Benefits .  Subject to Article XII below, the Severance Benefits described in Sections 3.3(a) and (b) will be paid in cash to the Executive in a single lump sum as soon as practicable following the Effective Date of Termination, but in no event more than thirty days after the Effective Date of Termination.  The vesting of benefits under Section 3.3(c) shall occur on the Effective Date of Termination.
 
The Severance Benefits described in subsection 3.3(d) will be provided by the Company to the Executive immediately upon the Effective Date of Termination and will continue to be provided until the second anniversary of the Effective Date of Termination.  However, the Severance Benefits described in subsection 3.3(d) will be discontinued prior to the end of the  two-year period immediately upon the Executive’s receiving similar benefits from a subsequent employer, as determined by the Compensation Committee.
 
5.2   Withholding of Taxes .  The Company will withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement all Federal, state, city, or other taxes that are legally required.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
TAX GROSS UP AGREEMENT
 
6.1   Tax Gross Up Agreement .  Contemporaneously with entering into this Agreement, the Executive and Parent have entered into a Tax Gross-Up Agreement to make the Executive whole in certain circumstances described therein from the excise tax, if any, imposed under Section 280(G) of the Code.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
OTHER RIGHTS AND BENEFITS NOT AFFECTED
 
7.1   Other Benefits .  Except as provided in this Section below, neither the provisions of this Agreement nor the Severance Benefits provided for hereunder will reduce any amounts otherwise payable, or in any way diminish the Executive’s rights as an employee of the Company, whether existing now or hereafter, under any benefit, incentive, retirement, stock option, stock bonus, stock purchase plan, or any employment agreement, or other Agreement or arrangement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive is also a covered employee under a severance plan of the Company or one of its affiliates, the Executive will be entitled to receive the Severance Benefits provided under this Agreement in lieu of any severance pay or other benefits provided under that severance plan.  Benefits provided under this Agreement will not increase any amounts otherwise payable under any other arrangement, if that other arrangement does not provide that severance benefits will be taken into account in determining benefits.
 
7.2   Employment Status .  This Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment or impose on the Executive or the Company any obligation to retain the Executive as an employee, to change the status of the Executive’s employment, or to change the Company’s policies regarding termination of employment.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
SUCCESSORS
 
8.1   Successors .  The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company or of any division or subsidiary thereof to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  Failure of the Company to obtain such an assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession will be a breach of this Agreement and will entitle the Executive to compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as he or she would be entitled hereunder if terminated voluntarily for Good Reason, except that, for the purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any succession becomes effective will be deemed the Effective Date of Termination.
 
This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees.  If the Executive dies while any amount would still be payable to him or her hereunder had he or she continued to live, any such amount, unless otherwise provided herein, will be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to the Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee, or if there is no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.
 
8.2   Beneficiaries .  The Executive’s beneficiary under the qualified defined contribution plan of the Company or an affiliate in which the Executive participates will be his or her Beneficiary under this Agreement, unless the Executive otherwise designates a Beneficiary in the form of a signed writing acceptable to the Compensation Committee.  The Executive may make or change such a designation at any time.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
ADMINISTRATION
 
9.1   Administration .  This Agreement will be administered by the Compensation Committee.  In that capacity, the Compensation Committee, to the extent not contrary to the express provisions of the Agreement, is authorized in its discretion to interpret this Agreement, to prescribe and rescind rules and regulations, to provide conditions and assurances deemed necessary and advisable, to protect the interests of the Company, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Agreement and similar Agreements.
 
In fulfilling its administrative duties hereunder, the Compensation Committee may rely on outside counsel, independent accountants, or other consultants to render advice or assistance.
 
9.2   Indemnification and Exculpation .  The members of the Board and the Parent Board, its agents and officers, directors, and employee of the Company and its affiliates will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any and all loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by them in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which they may be a party or in which they may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under this Agreement and against and from any and all amounts paid by them in settlement (with the Company’s written approval) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding.  The foregoing provision will not apply to any person if the loss, cost, liability, or expense is due to that person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
ARTICLE X
 
LEGAL FEES AND ARBITRATION
 
10.1   Legal Fees and Expenses .  The Company (or, in the event of the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of the Company, the acquirer of those assets) will pay all legal fees, costs of litigation, and expenses directly related to legal fees and costs of litigation incurred in good faith by the Executive as a result of the Company’s refusal to provide the Severance Benefits to which the Executive becomes entitled under this Agreement, or as a result of the Company’s contesting the validity, enforceability, or interpretation of this Agreement, but in each case only if the Executive ultimately prevails in litigation conducted as a result of the refusal or contest.
 
10.2   Arbitration .  The Executive and the Company will have the right and option to elect (in lieu of litigation) to have any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement settled by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by the Executive within fifty miles from the location of his or her job, in accordance with rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect.  Judgment may be entered on the award of the arbitrator in any court having jurisdiction.  All expenses of arbitration, including the fees and expenses of the counsel for the Executive, will be split between the Company and the Executive, unless the Executive prevails, in which case the Company will bear the expenses of the arbitration.  Notwithstanding the right of the Executive or the Company to elect to enter into arbitration, the Company and the Executive may mutually agree to resolve any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with the Agreement in a court of law, in lieu of arbitration.
 
ARTICLE XI
 

 
EXCLUSIVITY OF SEVERANCE BENEFITS
 
11.1   Exclusivity of Severance Benefits .  Subject to Section 7.1 , if the Company is contractually obligated to pay to the Executive any severance benefits pursuant to another agreement, plan, program, policy, or any other change of control agreement,  the terms and provisions of the program under which the aggregate level of severance benefits is the highest (as determined by the Executive) will operate to completely replace and supersede the terms and provisions of this Agreement and/or all other programs that provide for the payment of severance benefits.
 
ARTICLE XII
 

 
CODE SECTION 409A; TARP
 
12.1   Code Section 409A .  The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “ Code Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith.  If the Executive notifies the Company (with specificity as to the reason therefore) that the Executive believes that any provision of this Agreement would cause the Executive to incur any additional tax or interest under Code Section 409A and the Company concurs with such belief or the Company (without any obligation whatsoever to do so) independently makes such determination, the Company shall, after consulting with the Executive, reform such provision to try to comply with Code Section 409A through good faith modifications to the minimum extent reasonably appropriate to conform with Code Section 409A.  To the extent that any provision hereof is modified in order to comply with Code Section 409A, such modification shall be made in good faith and shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible, maintain the original intent and economic benefit to the Executive and the Company of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Code Section 409A.
 
If the Executive is deemed on the date of “separation from service” to be a “specified Executive” within the meaning of such terms under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provision of any benefit that is specified as subject to this Section, such payment or benefit shall be made or provided at the date which is the earlier of (A) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of such “separation from service” of the Executive, and (B) the date of the Executive’s death (the “ Delay Period ”).  Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 12.1 (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.  Whenever a payment is to be made promptly after a date, it shall be made within sixty (60) days thereafter.
 
With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits: (i) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided during any taxable year shall not effect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year, provided that the foregoing shall not be violated with regard to expenses covered by Code Section 105(h) that are subject to a limit related to the period in which the arrangement is in effect.  Any expense or other reimbursement payment made pursuant to this Agreement or any plan, program, agreement or arrangement of the Company referred to herein, shall be made on or before the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expense or other payment to be reimbursed is incurred.
 
12.2   TARP .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or in any compensation plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company which covers Executive or to which Executive is a party or in which Executive participates, as of the date hereof, or which may become applicable to Executive hereinafter (collectively, the “ Compensation Arrangements ”), each provision of this Agreement and the Compensation Arrangements is amended and any amounts payable hereunder and thereunder are hereby amended and modified with respect to Executive, if and to the extent necessary, for the Company to comply with any requirements of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“ EESA ”) and/or the TARP Capital Purchase Program (“ CPP ”) (and the guidance or regulations issued thereunder by the United States Treasury Department at 31 CFR Part 30, effective October 20, 2008 (the “CPP Guidance”) which may become applicable to the Company, including, but not limited to, provisions prohibiting the Company from making any “golden parachute payments,” providing the Company may recover (“clawback”) bonus and incentive compensation in certain circumstances, and precluding bonus and incentive arrangements that encourage unnecessary or excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company, in each case within the meaning of EESA and the CPP Guidance and only to the extent applicable to the Company and Executive.  For purposes of this Section 12. 2, references to “Company” means MB Financial, Inc. and any entities treated as a single employer with MB Financial, Inc. under the CPP Guidance.  Executive hereby agrees to execute such documents, agreements or waivers as the Company deems necessary or appropriate to effect such amendments to this Agreement or the Compensation Arrangements or to facilitate the participation of the Company in the TARP Capital Purchase Program or any other programs under EESA.
 
The application of this Section 12.2 is intended to, and shall be interpreted, administered and construed to, comply with Section 111 of EESA and the CPP Guidance and, to the maximum extent consistent with this Section 12.2 and such statute and regulations, to permit the operation of this Agreement and the Compensation Arrangements in accordance with their terms before giving effect to the provisions of this Section 12.2 , EESA and the CPP Guidance.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Executive has executed this Agreement and the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by a resolution of the Board, as of the day and year first above written.
 
MB FINANCIAL BANK, N.A.
 
 
By:                                                                
Its:                                                                
EXECUTIVE
 
 
 
Name:                                                              

EXHIBIT 10.5
 
CPP Senior Executive Officer Agreement
Under the TARP Capital Purchase Program


December 4, 2008
 
[Name of Executive Officer]
 
MB Financial, Inc.
 
MF Financial Center
 
6111 North River Road
 
Rosemont, IL 60018
 
Dear [               ]:
 
MB Financial, Inc. (“Company”) proposes to enter into a letter agreement with the United States Department of Treasury (“UST”) as part of the Company’s participation in the UST’s TARP Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”). The letter agreement incorporates therein a Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Form (“UST Purchase Agreement”) providing for the purchase (the “Purchase”) and receipt by the UST of preferred stock and warrants of the Company (such preferred shares, warrants, and if applicable, any common stock issued upon exercise of the warrants, the “Purchased Securities”).
 
In order for the Company to participate in the CPP and as a condition to the closing of the Purchase in the Company contemplated by the UST Purchase Agreement, the Company is required to take certain actions and adopt certain standards relating to the compensation of its senior executive officers (as defined below) and to make certain changes to certain compensation arrangements applicable to its senior executive officers.
 
The Company has determined that you are or may become a senior executive officer for purposes of the CPP.  To comply with these requirements, and in consideration of the benefits that you will receive as an employee, officer and/or stockholder of the Company as a result of the Company’s participation in the CPP, you agree as follows:
 
 
(A)
No Golden Parachute Payments .  The Company is prohibited from making any golden parachute payment (as defined below) to you during any “CPP Covered Period.” The “CPP Covered Period” is any period during which the UST holds any Purchased Securities.  The Company shall work with you between the date hereof and December 31, 2008 in order to determine the potential payments and benefits which may be subject to the foregoing limitations and, if necessary, to determine the order in which such payments and benefits would be reduced, if necessary.
 
 
(B)
Clawback of Bonus and Incentive Compensation .  Any bonus or incentive compensation payments to you during a CPP Covered Period are subject to recovery or “clawback” by the Company if such payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric, all within the meaning of and to the extent required by Section 111(b) of the EESA and CPP Guidance (as defined below).
 
 
(C)
Amendment of Compensation Arrangements .  Each of the Company’s compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, programs, arrangements and agreements pursuant to which you are or may became entitled to payments in the nature of compensation from the Company or any of its subsidiaries (including, without limitation any employment agreement, letter agreement, term sheet, stock option, restricted stock, performance share or other equity-based compensation agreement, deferred compensation plan, or severance plan) (collectively, “Compensation Arrangements”) is amended if and to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of clauses (A) and (B) above and as required under the UST Purchase Agreement.
 
 
(D)
Avoidance of Incentives Encouraging Unnecessary and Excessive Risks .  The CPP requires the Organization and Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) to periodically review with the appropriate senior risk officers the provisions of the Company’s bonus and incentive compensation arrangements for the purposes of determining if such arrangements encourage the Company’s senior executive officers to take unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company within the meaning of the CPP Guidance. If and to the extent the Compensation Committee determines that any revision to any Compensation Arrangement is appropriate, you hereby agree to such revisions and to execute such additional documents as the Company deems necessary or appropriate to effect such revisions.
 
 
(E)
Definitions and Interpretations .  The following definitions and interpretations shall apply to this letter:
 
“ESSA” means the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 as implemented by guidance or regulations thereunder issued by the UST at 31 CFR Part 30, effective on October 20, 2008, and in effect as of the “Closing Date” as defined in the UST Purchase Agreement.  Such guidance or regulations are referred to herein as the “CPP Guidance”.
 
“Senior executive officer” means each of the Company’s “senior executive officers” as defined in subsection 111(b)(3) of EESA and the CPP Guidance.
 
“Golden parachute payment” has the same meaning as in subsection 111(b)(2)(C) of EESA and the CPP Guidance.
 
“Company” or “employer” means MB Financial, Inc. and includes any entities treated as a single employer with MB Financial, Inc. under the CPP Guidance. You are also delivering a wavier (the “Waiver”) pursuant to the UST Purchase Agreement, and as between the Company and you, the term “employer” in that waiver will be deemed to mean the Company as used in this letter.
 
The term “CPP Covered Period” shall be limited by, and interpreted in a manner consistent with the CPP Guidance.
 
The application of provisions (A) an (B) of this letter are intended to, and shall be interpreted, administered and construed to, comply with Section 111 of EESA and the CPP Guidance and, to the maximum extent consistent with provisions (A) and (B) and such statute and regulations, to permit the operation of the Compensation Arrangements in accordance with their terms before giving effect to the provisions of this letter.
 
If this letter sets forth our agreement on the subject matter hereof, kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed copy of this letter which will then constitute our agreement on this subject and please sign and return the Waiver as well.
 
 
Sincerely,
MB Financial, Inc.
 
By:                                                                
Name: Jill York
Title: Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
Intending to be legally bound, I agree to with and accept the foregoing terms:
 
Name:
Title:
Date:
 


 
EXHIBIT 10.8

 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND MB FINANCIAL BANK, N.A.
STOCK DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 
Amended and Restated
 
effective January 1, 2009
 

 
Definitions 
1
 
 
Article 2
Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility 
7
 
 
2.1
Selection by Committee 
7
 
2.2
Enrollment Requirements 
7
 
2.3
Eligibility; Commencement of Participation 
7
 
2.4
Termination of Participation and/or Deferrals 
7
 
 
Article 3
Deferral Commitments/Employer Contributions/Crediting/Taxes 
8
 
 
3.1
Compensation Deferrals 
8
 
3.2
Election to Defer; Effect of Election Form 
8
 
3.3
Withholding of Annual Deferral Amounts 
8
 
3.4
Employer Contributions 
9
 
3.5
Investment of Trust Assets 
9
 
3.6
Vesting 
9
 
3.7
Crediting/Debiting of Account Balances 
9
 
3.8
FICA and Other Taxes 
10
 
 
Article 4
Short-Term Payout; Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies10
 
 
4.1
Short-Term Payout 
10
 
4.2
Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Short-Term 
10
 
4.3
Withdrawal Payout/Suspensions for Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies 
11
 
4.4
Manner of Payment 
11
 
 
Article 5
Separation from Service Benefit 
11
 
 
5.1
Separation from Service Benefit 
11
 
5.2
Payment of Separation from Service Benefit 
11
 
 
Article 6
Disability Waiver 
12
 
 
6.1
Waiver of Deferral 
12
 
 
Article 7
Elections Relating to Employer Contributions; 409A Transition Elections 
12
 
 
7.1
Timing of Election 
12
 
7.2
409A Transition Elections 
12
 
 
Article 8
Beneficiary Designation 
13
 
 
8.1
Beneficiary 
13
 
8.2
Beneficiary Designation 
13
 
8.3
Acknowledgment 
13
 
8.4
No Beneficiary Designation 
13
 
8.5
Doubt as to Beneficiary 
13
 
8.6
Discharge of Obligations 
13
 
 
Article 9
Leave of Absence 
14
 
 
9.1
Paid Leave of Absence 
14
 
9.2
Unpaid Leave of Absence 
14
 
 
Article 10
Termination, Amendment or Modification 
14
 
 
10.1
Termination 
14
 
10.2
Amendment 
14
 
10.3
Effect of Change in Control 
15
 
10.4
Plan Agreement 
15
 
10.5
Effect of Payment 
15
 
 
Article 11
Administration 
15
 
 
11.1
Committee Duties 
15
 
11.2
Agents 
15
 
11.3
Indemnity of Committee 
15
 
11.4
Employer Information 
16
 
 
Article 12
Other Benefits and Agreements 
16
 
 
12.1
Coordination with Other Benefits 
16
 
 
Article 13
Claims Procedures 
16
 
 
13.1
Presentation of Claim 
16
 
13.2
Notification of Decision 
16
 
13.3
Review of a Denied Claim 
17
 
13.4
Decision on Review 
17
 
13.5
Legal Action 
17
 
 
Article 14
Trust 
17
 
 
14.1
Establishment of the Trust 
17
 
14.2
Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust 
18
 
14.3
Distributions From the Trust 
18
 
 
Article 15
Miscellaneous 
18
 
 
15.1
Status of Plan 
18
 
15.2
Unsecured General Creditor 
18
 
15.3
Employer’s Liability 
18
 
15.4
Nonassignability 
18
 
15.5
Not a Contract of Employment 
18
 
15.6
Furnishing Information 
19
 
15.7
Terms 
19
 
15.8
Captions 
19
 
15.9
Governing Law 
19
 
15.10 Notice19
 
15.11 Successors19
 
15.12 Spouse’s Interest20
 
15.13 Validity20
 
15.14 Incompetent20
 
15.15 Court Order20
 
15.16 Distribution in the Event of Taxation20
 
15.17 Insurance20
 
15.18 Legal Fees to Enforce Rights After Change in Control21

MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND MB FINANCIAL BANK, N.A.
STOCK DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009
 
Purpose
 
The purpose of this Plan is to provide specified benefits to a select group of management and highly compensated Employees, and Directors, who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of MB Financial, Inc., MB Financial Bank, N.A., and any other subsidiaries, if any, that sponsor this Plan.  The benefits provided hereunder shall be distributed in the form of Company Stock. This Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.
 
Effective Date
 
The Plan, as amended and restated in this document, is effective as of January 1, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”). The distribution of benefits vested as of December 31, 2004 (together with earnings thereon) (“ Grandfathered Benefits ”) shall be governed solely by the terms of Appendix A.
 
ARTICLE 1                                
 
Definitions
 
For purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following meanings:
 
1.1   Account Balance ” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, a credit on the records of the Employer equal to the sum of (i) the Employee Deferral Account, (ii) the Director Deferral Account (collectively, the Employee Deferral and Director Deferral Accounts shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Deferral Account”), (iii) the Matching Contribution Account, and (iv) the Employer Contribution Account.  The Account Balance, and each other specified account balance, shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to a Participant, or his or her designated Beneficiary, pursuant to this Plan.
 
1.2   Annual Bonus ” shall mean any compensation, in addition to Base Annual Salary relating to services performed during any calendar year, whether or not paid in such calendar year or included on the Federal Income Tax Form W-2 for such calendar year, payable to a Participant as an Employee under any Employer’s annual bonus and cash incentive plans, excluding equity awards.
 
1.3   Annual Deferral Amount ” shall mean that portion of a Participant’s Base Annual Salary, Annual Bonus and/or Director’s Compensation that a Participant elects to have, and is deferred, in accordance with Article 3, for any one Plan Year.  In the event of a Participant’s Disability (if deferrals cease in accordance with Section 6.1) or Separation from Service prior to the end of a Plan Year, such year’s Annual Deferral Amount shall be the actual amount withheld prior to such event.
 
1.4   Annual Installment Method ” shall be annual installment payments over the number of years selected by the Participant in accordance with the Plan, calculated as follows:  Prior to the last Business Day (as defined in Section 3.7) of the year, the Account Balance of the Participant shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is the remaining number of annual payments due the Participant (including the installment being calculated).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any installment payments payable under the Plan shall constitute a single payment for purposes of compliance with Code Section 409A.
 
By way of example, if the Participant elects a 10 year Annual Installment Method, the first payment shall be 1/10 of the Account Balance, calculated as described in this definition.  The following year, the payment shall be 1/9 of the Account Balance, calculated as described in this definition. Each annual installment shall be paid on or as soon as administratively practicable following the last Business Day of the applicable year, but in no event more than 30 days after such date.
 
1.5   Base Annual Salary ” shall mean the annual cash compensation relating to services performed during any calendar year, whether or not paid in such calendar year or included on the Federal Income Tax Form W-2 for such calendar year,   excluding bonuses, commissions, overtime, fringe benefits, equity awards, relocation expenses, incentive payments, retention payments, change in control and severance payments, non-monetary awards, directors’ fees and other fees, automobile and other allowances paid to a Participant for employment services rendered (whether or not such allowances are included in the Employee’s gross income). Base Annual Salary shall be calculated before reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the Participant pursuant to all qualified or non-qualified plans of any Employer and shall be calculated to include amounts not otherwise included in the Participant’s gross income under Code sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) pursuant to plans established by any Employer; provided, however, that all such amounts will be included in compensation only to the extent that, had there been no such plan, the amount would have been payable in cash to the Employee.
 
1.6   Beneficiary ” shall mean one or more persons, trusts, estates or other entities, designated in accordance with Article 8, that are entitled to receive benefits under this Plan upon the death of a Participant.
 
1.7   Beneficiary Designation Form ” shall mean the form established from time to time by or at the direction of the Committee that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Committee or its designated agent to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
 
1.8   Benefit Payment Date ” shall mean:
 
(a)   For purposes of a Short-Term Payout payable to a Participant under Article 4, any date occurring during the 60-day period beginning on January 1st of the calendar year designated by the Participant as the payment year for an Annual Deferral Amount (“ Short Term Payment Year ”), provided that such Short Term Payment Year shall be at least five Plan Years after the end of the Plan Year in which such amounts are actually deferred.
 
(b)   For purposes of a Separation from Service Benefit payable to a Participant under Article 5 who is not a Specified Employee (determined as of the date of his or her Separation from Service), any date occurring during the 90-day period beginning on the date on which the Participant experiences the Separation from Service; provided that if the Participant has elected payment pursuant to the Annual Installment Method, the Benefit Payment Date for each annual installment shall occur during the 30-day period beginning after each December 1st.
 
(c)   For purposes of a Separation from Service Benefit payable to a Participant under Article 5 who is also a Specified Employee (determined as of the date of his or her Separation from Service), (i) on or as soon as administratively practicable after the first date of the seventh month following the Participant’s Separation from Service date, but in no event more than 30 days after such date, or (ii) if earlier, on or as soon as administratively practicable after the date of the Participant’s death; provided that if the Participant has elected payment pursuant to the Annual Installment Method, the Benefit Payment Date for the first annual installment shall take place during the 30-day period beginning after the earlier of July 1 or December 1 to occur after the completion of the sixth (6th) month following the Participant’s Separation from Service and, for all subsequent annual installments, during the 30-day period beginning after each December 1st.
 
1.9   Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
1.10   Change in Control ” shall mean the first to occur of any of the following events:
 
(a)           Any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13 and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”)) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly of securities of the Company representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s or the Employer’s outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;
 
(b)           individuals who were members of the Board on the Effective Date (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a member of the Board subsequent to the Effective Date (i) whose appointment as a director by the Board was approved by a vote of at least three quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or (ii) whose nomination for election as a member of the Board by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the Incumbent Board or recommended by the nominating committee serving under the Incumbent Board, shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board;
 
(c)           consummation of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation involving the Company or the Employer or the securities of either, other than (i) in the case of the Company, a transaction at the completion of which the stockholders of the Company immediately preceding completion of the transaction hold more than 60% of the outstanding securities of the resulting entity entitled to vote generally in the election of its directors or (ii) in the case of the Employer, a transaction at the completion of which the Company holds more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the resulting institution entitled to vote generally in the election of its directors;
 
(d)           consummation of a sale or other disposition to an unaffiliated third party or parties of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Employer or approval by the stockholders of the Company or the Employer of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the Employer.
 
For purposes of clause (a), the term “person” shall not include the Company, any Executive benefit plan of the Company or the Employer, or any corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.
 
Each event comprising a Change in Control is intended to constitute a “change in ownership or effective control,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets,” of the Company or the Employer as such terms are defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and Change in Control as used herein shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
1.11   Claimant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.
 
1.12   Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
1.13   Committee ” shall mean the committee or its designee as described in Article 11.
 
1.14   Company ” shall mean MB Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor to all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business.
 
1.15   Company Stock ” shall mean the common stock of the Company.
 
1.16   Deduction Limitation ” shall mean the following described limitation on a benefit that may otherwise be distributable pursuant to the provisions of this Plan.  Except as otherwise provided, this limitation shall be applied to all distributions that are “subject to the Deduction Limitation” under this Plan.  If an Employer determines in good faith prior to a Change in Control that there is a reasonable likelihood that any compensation paid to a Participant for a taxable year of the Employer would not be deductible by the Employer solely by reason of the limitation under Code section 162(m), then to the extent deemed necessary by the Employer to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution to the Participant pursuant to this Plan prior to the Change in Control is deductible, the Employer may defer all or any portion of a distribution under this Plan.  Any amounts deferred pursuant to this limitation shall continue to be credited/debited with additional amounts, even if such amount is being paid out in installments.  The amounts so deferred and amounts credited thereon shall be distributed to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary (in the event of the Participant’s death) at the earliest possible date, as determined by the Employer in good faith, on which the deductibility of compensation paid or payable to the Participant for the taxable year of the Employer during which the distribution is made will not be limited by Code section 162(m), or if earlier, the effective date of a Change in Control.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the Deduction Limitation shall not apply to any distributions made after a Change in Control.
 
1.17   Deferral Account ” shall mean (i) the sum of all of a Participant’s Annual Deferral Amounts, plus (ii) amounts credited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Deferral Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to his or her Deferral Account.
 
1.18   Deferral Election Date ” shall mean:
 
(a)   For purposes of deferrals of Base Annual Salary, Annual Bonus, and/or Director’s Compensation under Article 3, except as provided below, the last day of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year during which the services related to such Base Annual Salary, Annual Bonus, and/or Director’s Compensation are to be performed; or
 
(b)   For a Participant who is first designated by the Committee on or after the first day of the Plan Year as being eligible to participate in the Plan, 30 days from the date such designation is communicated to the Participant.
 
1.19   Director ” shall mean a member of the Board.
 
1.20   Director’s Compensation ” shall mean fees and other compensation payable for services as a Director.
 
1.21   Disability ” shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(4). The determination of whether a Participant has a Disability shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
 
1.22   Election Form ” shall mean the appropriate form(s) prescribed from time to time by the Committee for a Participant to complete, sign and return to the Committee or its designated agent to make an election under the Plan.
 
1.23   Employee ” shall mean a person who is an employee of any Employer.
 
1.24   Employer(s) ” shall mean the Company, MB Financial Bank, N.A., and any other subsidiaries (now in existence or hereafter formed or acquired) that have been selected by the Board to participate in the Plan and have adopted the Plan as a sponsor.
 
1.25   Employer Contribution ” shall mean a contribution made by an Employer on behalf of a Participant pursuant to Section 3.4.
 
1.26   Employer Contribution Account ” shall mean (i) the sum of the Participant’s Employer Contribution Amounts, plus (ii) amounts credited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Employer Contribution Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Employer Contribution Account.
 
1.27   ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
1.28   Matching Contribution ” shall mean a matching contribution made by an Employer on behalf of a Participant or Participants in accordance with Section 3.4.
 
1.29   Matching Contribution Account ” shall mean (i) the sum of all of a Participant’s Matching Contribution Amounts, plus (ii) amounts credited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account.
 
1.30   Participant ” shall mean any Employee or Director who (i)  is selected to participate in the Plan, (ii) elects to participate in the Plan, (iii) signs a Plan Agreement, Election Form and Beneficiary Designation Form, (iv) signs a Plan Agreement, Election Form and Beneficiary Designation Form that is accepted by the Committee, (v)  commences participation in the Plan, and (vi) does not terminate his or her Plan Agreement.  A spouse or former spouse of a Participant shall not be treated as a Participant in the Plan or have an Account Balance under the Plan, even if he or she has an interest in the Participant’s Account Balance under the Plan as a result of applicable law or property settlements resulting from legal separation or divorce.
 
1.31   Plan ” shall mean the Company’s Stock Deferred Compensation Plan, which shall be evidenced by this instrument and by each Plan Agreement and Election Form(s), as they may from time to time be amended.
 
1.32   Plan Agreement ” shall mean a written agreement, as may be amended from time to time, that is entered into by and between an Employer and a Participant.  Each Plan Agreement executed by a Participant and the Participant’s Employer shall provide for the entire benefit to which such Participant is entitled under the Plan; should there be more than one Plan Agreement, the Plan Agreement bearing the latest date of acceptance by the Employer shall supersede all previous Plan Agreements in their entirety and shall govern such entitlement.  The terms of any Plan Agreement may be different for any Participant, and any Plan Agreement may provide additional benefits not set forth in the Plan or limit the benefits otherwise provided under the Plan; provided, however, that any such additional benefits or benefit limitations must be agreed to by both the Employer and the Participant.
 
1.33   Plan Year ” shall mean a period beginning on January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.
 
1.34   Separation from Service ” shall mean:
 
(a)   For a Participant who is an Employee, a separation from service from all Employers due to death, retirement or other termination of employment, as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h).
 
(b)   For a Participant who is a Director, a separation from service from the board of directors of the Company and all of its subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h).  For this purpose, service as a honorary or emeritus director will not constitute continuing service as a member of the board of directors of the Company or its subsidiaries.
 
1.35   Separation from Service Benefit ” shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 5.
 
1.36   Short-Term Payment Year ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7.
 
1.37   Short-Term Payout ” shall mean the payout set forth in Section 4.1.
 
1.38   Specified Employee ” shall mean any Participant who is determined to be a “key employee” (as defined under Code section 416(i) without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) for the applicable period, as determined annually by the Committee in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(i).  In determining whether a Participant is a Specified Employee, the following provisions shall apply:
 
(a)   The Committee’s identification of the individuals who fall within the definition of “key employee” under Code section 416(i) (without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) shall be based upon the 12-month period ending on each December 31st (referred to below as the “Identification Date”).  In applying the applicable provisions of Code Section 416(i) to identify such individuals, “compensation” shall be determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.415(c)-2(a) without regard to:
 
(i)   Any safe harbor provided in Treas. Reg. §1.415(c)-2(d);
 
(ii)   Any of the special timing rules provided in Treas. Reg. §1.415(c)-2(e); and
 
(iii)   Any of the special rules provided in Treas. Reg. §1.415(c)-2(g); and
 
(b)   Each Participant who is among the individuals identified as a “key employee” in accordance with part (a) of this Section shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of this Plan if such Participant experiences a Separation from Service during the 12-month period that begins on the April 1st following the applicable Identification Date.
 
1.39   Trust ” shall mean, if applicable, one or more trusts established pursuant to a trust agreement between the Company and the trustee named therein, as amended from time to time.
 
1.40   Unforeseeable Financial Emergency ” shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(3).
 
ARTICLE 2                                
 
Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility
 
2.1   Selection by Committee .  Participation in the Plan shall be limited to a select group of management and highly compensated Employees and Directors, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  From that group, the Committee shall select, in its sole discretion, Employees and Directors to participate in the Plan.
 
2.2   Enrollment Requirements .  As a condition to participation, each selected Employee or Director shall complete, execute and return to the Committee or its designated agent a Plan Agreement, an Election Form and a Beneficiary Designation Form, all within 30 days after he or she is selected to participate in the Plan.  In addition, the Committee shall establish from time to time such other enrollment requirements as it determines in its sole discretion are necessary.
 
2.3   Eligibility; Commencement of Participation .  Provided an Employee or Director selected to participate in the Plan has met all enrollment requirements set forth in this Plan and required by the Committee, including returning all required documents to the Committee or its designated agent within the specified time period, that Employee or Director shall commence participation in the Plan as soon as administratively practicable following the month in which the Employee or Director completes all enrollment requirements or another date, such as the first day of the next Plan Year, as specified by the Committee.  If an Employee or Director fails to meet all such requirements within the period required, in accordance with Section 2.2, that Employee or Director shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan until the first day of the Plan Year following the delivery to and acceptance by the Committee or its designated agent of the required documents.
 
2.4   Termination of Participation and/or Deferrals .  If the Committee determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, or is no longer a Director, the Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to prevent the Participant from making future deferral elections as of the first day of the subsequent Plan Year.
 
ARTICLE 3                                
 
Deferral Commitments/Employer Contributions/Crediting/Taxes
 
3.1   Compensation Deferrals .  For each Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer, as his or her Annual Deferral Amount, up to 100% of his or her Base Annual Salary, Annual Bonus and/or Director’s Compensation, as the case may be.  If no election is made, or a Participant does not make a timely election, the amount deferred shall be zero.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant first becomes a Participant after the first day of a Plan Year, the maximum Annual Deferral Amount shall be limited to the amount of compensation not yet earned by the Participant as of the date the Participant submits a Plan Agreement and Election Form to the Committee for acceptance.
 
3.2   Election to Defer; Effect of Election Form .
 
(a)   General Rules .  Except as provided below, a Participant must make his or her deferral election as to a Plan Year no later than the applicable Deferral Election Date and such election shall become irrevocable as of the last day of such preceding Plan Year.
 
(b)   Subsequent Plan Years .  For each succeeding Plan Year, a Participant may revoke or make a new deferral election for the subsequent Plan Year, provided that such election is made before the applicable Deferral Election Date.  In the absence of the timely delivery of such a new Election Form, the Election Form in effect at the end of the preceding Plan Year shall constitute the Participant’s irrevocable deferral election for the succeeding Plan Year.
 
(c)   Effect of Short-Term Payout Election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant, pursuant to Section 4.1, elects a Short-Term Payout, such election shall be effective for the subsequent Plan Year and shall render all of a Participant’s prior deferral elections, if any, ineffective for subsequent Plan Years. To defer compensation for subsequent Plan Years, the Participant must submit a new Election Form. In the absence of the timely delivery of a new Election Form, the Participant’s deferral amount shall be deemed to be zero for the subsequent Plan Year and will remain zero for all subsequent Plan Years unless and until he or she timely delivers a new Election Form to the Committee.
 
(d)   Election Form.   For the above elections to be valid, the Election Form must be properly completed and signed by the Participant and timely delivered to and accepted by the Committee.
 
3.3   Withholding of Annual Deferral Amounts .  For each Plan Year, the Base Annual Salary portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld from each regularly scheduled Base Annual Salary payroll in equal amounts, as adjusted from time to time for increases and decreases in Base Annual Salary.  The Annual Bonus portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld at the time the Annual Bonus is or otherwise would be paid to the Participant, whether or not this occurs during the Plan Year.  The Director’s Compensation portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld at the time the Director’s Compensation is paid to the Participant, whether or not this occurs during the Plan Year.
 
3.4   Employer Contributions .  
 
(a)   Discretionary Matching Contributions .  Each Employer, in its sole discretion, may agree to contribute on behalf of a Participant (or Participants) who is an Employee of that Employer a Matching Contribution with respect to the Plan Year.  The amount of the Matching Contribution shall be determined in relation to the Participant’s Annual Deferral Amount, or to such other compensation that the Participant makes to any other plan of deferred compensation.  For any Plan Year, Matching Contributions may be made for some, but not all, Participants, and the amount of the Matching Contribution may vary from Participant to Participant, all as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion.  No earnings shall be credited on any Matching Contributions until after such contributions are allocated to a Participant’s Matching Contribution Account.
 
(b)   Discretionary Employer Contributions .  Each Employer may, but is not required to, contribute on behalf of a Participant who is an Employee of that Employer an additional Employer Contribution.  For any Plan Year, Employer Contributions may be made for some, but not all, Participants, and the amount of the Employer Contribution may vary from Participant to Participant, all as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion.  No earnings shall be credited on any Employer Contributions until after such contributions are allocated to a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account.
 
3.5   Investment of Trust Assets .  In the event that a Trust is established, the assets of the Trust shall be invested solely in Company Stock, except for such amounts of cash as the Trustee determines necessary to ensure the proper operation of the Trust.
 
3.6   Vesting .  A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in his or her Deferral Account, Employer Contribution Account, and Matching Contribution Account.
 
3.7   Crediting/Debiting of Account Balances .  In accordance with, and subject to, the rules and procedures that are established from time to time by the Committee, in its sole discretion, for each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open (“Business Day”), amounts shall be credited or debited to a Participant’s Account Balance as though (i) a Participant’s Account Balance were invested in Company Stock; (ii) the portion of the Annual Deferral Amount that was actually deferred during any calendar quarter was invested in Company Stock no later than the close of business on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the day on which such amounts are actually deferred from the Participant’s Base Annual Salary through reductions in his or her payroll; and (iii) any distribution made to a Participant that decreases such Participant’s Account Balance ceased being invested in Company Stock no earlier than one Business Day prior to the distribution, at the closing price on such date.  Any Employer Contributions and/or Employer Matching Contributions shall be credited to a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account and/or Matching Contribution Account, as the case may be, no later than the end of the first calendar quarter following the Plan Year to which such contributions relate.
 
3.8   FICA and Other Taxes .
 
(a)   Deferral Account .  For each Plan Year in which an Annual Deferral Amount is being withheld from a Participant, the Participant’s Employer(s) shall withhold from that portion of the Participant’s Base Annual Salary, Annual Bonus and Director’s Compensation that is not being deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer(s), the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes on such Annual Deferral Amount.  If necessary, the Committee may reduce the Annual Deferral Amount in order to comply with this Section 3.8.
 
(b)   Matching Contribution Account, Employer Contribution Account .  When a Participant is credited with an Employer Contribution Amount or Matching Contribution Amount in his or her Employer Contribution Account or Matching Contribution Account, the Participant’s Employer(s) shall withhold from the Participant’s Base Annual Salary and/or Annual Bonus that is not deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer(s), the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes on such amount.  If necessary, the Committee may reduce the Employer Contribution Account and/or Matching Contribution Account in order to comply with this Section 3.8.
 
(c)   Distributions .  The Participant’s Employer(s), or the trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Employer(s), or the trustee of the Trust, in connection with such payments, in amounts and in a manner to be determined in the sole discretion of the Employer(s) and the trustee of the Trust.
 
ARTICLE 4                                
 
Short-Term Payout; Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies
 
4.1   Short-Term Payout .  In connection with each election to defer an Annual Deferral Amount, a Participant may irrevocably elect to receive a future Short-Term Payout from the Plan with respect to such Annual Deferral Amount.  Subject to the Deduction Limitation and Section 4.2, the Short-Term Payout shall be a lump sum payment in an amount that is equal to the Annual Deferral Amount plus amounts credited or debited in the manner provided in Section 3.8 above on that amount, determined at the time that the Short-Term Payout becomes payable.  Subject to the Deduction Limitation and the other terms and conditions of this Plan, each Short-Term Payout elected shall be paid out on the applicable Benefit Payment Date.  By way of example, if a five year Short-Term Payout is elected for an Annual Deferral Amount deferred in the Plan Year commencing January 1, 2009, the five-year Short-Term Payout would become payable during the 60-day period commencing January 1, 2015.  For purposes of this Section 4.1, “Participant” shall not include Directors.
 
4.2   Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Short-Term .  Should an event occur that triggers payment of a Separation from Service Benefit under Article 5, any Annual Deferral Amount, plus amounts credited or debited thereon, that is subject to a Short-Term Payout election under Section 4.1 shall not be paid in accordance with Section 4.1 but shall be paid in accordance with Article 5.
 
4.3   Withdrawal Payout/Suspensions for Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies .  If the Participant experiences an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, the Participant may petition the Committee to (i) suspend any deferrals required to be made by a Participant and/or (ii) receive a partial or full payout from the Plan.  The payout shall not exceed the lesser of the Participant’s Account Balance, calculated as if such Participant were receiving a Separation from Service Benefit, or the amount reasonably needed to satisfy the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency.  If, subject to the sole discretion of the Committee, the petition for a deferral suspension and/or payout is approved, the deferral suspension shall take effect upon the date of approval and any payout shall be made within 60 days of the date of approval.  The payment of any amount under this Section 4.3 shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
 
4.4   Manner of Payment .  All distributions made pursuant to this Article 4 shall be made in the form of Company Stock except for fractional shares, which shall be distributed in cash.
 
ARTICLE 5                                
 
Separation from Service Benefit
 
5.1   Separation from Service Benefit .  Subject to Section 5.2 and the Deduction Limitation:
 
(a)   A Participant who is an Employee and experiences a Separation from Service shall receive, as a Separation from Service Benefit, his or her Employee Deferral Account, Matching Contribution Account and Employer Contribution Account on the Benefit Payment Date.
 
(b)   A Participant who is a Director and experiences a Separation from Service shall receive, as a Separation from Service Benefit, his or her Director Deferral Account on the Benefit Payment Date.
 
5.2   Payment of Separation from Service Benefit .  
 
(a)   A Participant, in connection with his or her commencement of participation in the Plan, shall elect whether to receive payment of the Separation from Service Benefit in (i) a lump sum, (ii) 5 annual installments, or (iii) 10 annual installments. Annual installments shall be paid pursuant to the Annual Installment Method.  Such election shall be made no later than the applicable Deferral Election Date and shall be irrevocable.
 
(b)   If a Participant, in connection with his or her commencement of participation in the Plan, elects payment of his Separation from Service Benefit in annual installments, the Participant may elect whether, in the event of his death before all such installment payments are made, his Beneficiary should receive his remaining Account Balance in (i) installment payments over the remaining number of years and in the same amounts as the benefit would have been paid to the Participant had the Participant survived, or (ii) a lump sum.   Such election shall be made no later than the applicable Deferral Election Date.
 
(c)   If a Participant does not make any election with respect to the payment of the Separation from Service Benefit, then such benefit shall be payable in a lump sum to be paid on the Benefit Payment Date.
 
(d)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 5.2(a) and (b) above, if the Participant’s Account Balance is less than the dollar limitation in effect under Code section 402(g) at the time of Separation from Service, payment of the Account Balance shall be made in a lump sum no later than 30 days after the last day of the calendar quarter in which the Participant experiences the Separation from Service; provided, however, that payment of the Account Balance to a Participant who is also a Specified Employee shall be made pursuant to Section 1.7(c). Any payment made shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
 
(e)   All distributions made pursuant to this Article 5 shall be made in the form of Company Stock except for fractional shares, which shall be distributed in cash.
 
ARTICLE 6                                
 
Disability Waiver
 
6.1   Waiver of Deferral . A Participant who suffers from a Disability may petition the Committee to be excused from fulfilling that portion of the Annual Deferral Amount commitment that would otherwise have been withheld from the Participant’s Base Annual Salary, Annual Bonus, or Director’s Compensation for the Plan Year during which the Participant first suffers a Disability.  Such petition must be submitted by the 15th day of the third month following the date the participant becomes Disabled. The suspension shall take effect upon the date the petition is approved by the Committee. During the period of Disability, the Participant shall not be allowed to make any additional deferral elections, but will continue to be considered a Participant for all other purposes of this Plan.
 
(a)   Return to Work . If a Participant returns to employment with an Employer after a Disability ceases, the Participant may elect to defer an Annual Deferral Amount for the Plan Year following his or her return to employment or service and for every Plan Year thereafter while a Participant in the Plan; provided such deferral elections are otherwise allowed and an Election Form is delivered to and accepted by the Committee for each such election in accordance with Section 3.2 above.
 
ARTICLE 7                                
 
Elections Relating to Employer Contributions; 409A Transition Elections
 
7.1   Timing of Election .  If an individual initially becomes a Participant solely as a result of the crediting of an Annual Employer Contribution Amount, such Participant shall make the appropriate elections relating to the distribution of such Amounts within 30 days after the end of the Plan Year with respect to which such Annual Employer Contribution Amount is credited.
 
7.2   409A Transition Elections .  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, effective through December 31, 2008, a Participant may make new distribution elections with respect to benefits other than Grandfathered Benefits; provided that any such elections may only apply to benefits that would not otherwise be payable in 2008 and may not cause a benefit to be paid in 2008 that would not otherwise be payable in 2008.  No election under this Section 7.2 shall violate any constructive receipt or other tax rule that would result in the acceleration of taxation of benefits.
 
ARTICLE 8                                
 
Beneficiary Designation
 
8.1   Beneficiary .  Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate his or her Beneficiary(ies) (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan to a beneficiary upon the death of a Participant.  The Beneficiary designated under this Plan may be the same as or different from the Beneficiary designation under any other plan of an Employer in which the Participant participates.
 
8.2   Beneficiary Designation .  A Participant shall designate his or her Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and returning it to the Committee or its designated agent.  A Participant shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Committee’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time.  If the Participant names someone other than his or her spouse as a Beneficiary, a spousal consent, in the form designated by the Committee, must be signed by that Participant’s spouse and returned to the Committee. Upon the acceptance by the Committee of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be canceled.  The Committee shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Participant and accepted by the Committee prior to his or her death.
 
8.3   Acknowledgment .  No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received and acknowledged in writing by the Committee.
 
8.4   No Beneficiary Designation .  If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided under this Article 8 or, if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her surviving spouse.  If the Participant has no surviving spouse, the benefits remaining under the Plan to be paid to a Beneficiary shall be payable to the executor or personal representative of the Participant’s estate.
 
8.5   Doubt as to Beneficiary .  If the Committee has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to this Plan, the Committee shall have the right, exercisable in its discretion, to cause the Participant’s Employer to withhold such payments until this matter is resolved to the Committee’s satisfaction.
 
8.6   Discharge of Obligations .  The payment of benefits under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge all Employers and the Committee from all further obligations under this Plan with respect to the Participant, and that Participant’s Plan Agreement shall terminate upon such full payment of benefits.
 
ARTICLE 9                                
 
Leave of Absence
 
9.1   Paid Leave of Absence .  If a Participant is authorized by the Participant’s Employer for any reason to take a paid leave of absence from the employment of the Employer, the Participant shall continue to be considered employed by the Employer and the Annual Deferral Amount shall continue to be withheld during such paid leave of absence in accordance with Section 3.3.
 
9.2   Unpaid Leave of Absence .  If a Participant is authorized by the Participant’s Employer for any reason to take an unpaid leave of absence from the employment of the Employer, the Participant shall continue to be considered employed by the Employer and the Participant shall be excused from making deferrals until the earlier of the date the leave of absence expires or the Participant returns to paid employment status.  Upon such expiration or return, deferrals shall resume for the remaining portion of the Plan Year in which the expiration or return occurs, based on the deferral election, if any, made for that Plan Year.  If no election was made for that Plan Year, no deferral shall be withheld.
 
ARTICLE 10                                
 
Termination, Amendment or Modification
 
10.1   Termination .  
 
(a)   Although all the Employers anticipate that the Plan will continue for an indefinite period of time, there is no guarantee that the Plan will not terminate at any time in the future.  Accordingly, the Employers reserve the right to terminate the Plan at any time by action of each Employer’s board of directors.
 
(b)   Upon termination of the Plan, the Plan Agreements of the Participants shall terminate and their Account Balances shall be distributed in a lump sum. The termination of the Plan shall not adversely affect any Participant or Beneficiary who has become entitled to the payment of any benefits under the Plan as of the date of termination; provided however, that upon Plan termination, each Employer shall accelerate installment payments without a premium or prepayment penalty by paying the Account Balance in a lump sum.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, distributions shall not be made in connection with the termination of the Plan unless all the requirements of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) are satisfied.  After a Change in Control, the effect of termination of the Plan shall be governed by Section 10.3 below.
 
10.2   Amendment .  Subject to Section 10.3 below relating to amendments made after a Change in Control, any Employer may, at any time, amend or modify the Plan in whole or in part with respect to that Employer by the action of its board of directors; provided, however, that: (i) no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease or restrict the value of a Participant’s Account Balance in existence at the time the amendment or modification is made, calculated as if the Participant had experienced a Separation from Service as of the effective date of the amendment or modification; and (ii) no amendment or modification of this Section 10.2 or Section 11.2 of the Plan shall be effective.  Such amendment or modification of the Plan shall not affect any Participant or Beneficiary who has become entitled to the payment of benefits under the Plan as of the date of the amendment or modification.
 
10.3   Effect of Change in Control .  Despite the provisions of Sections 10.1 and 10.2 above, following a Change in Control, the provisions of this Plan or any Participant’s Plan Agreement may not be amended or terminated in any manner with respect to a Participant or Beneficiary if such amendment or termination would have an adverse effect in any way upon the computation or amount of or entitlement to benefits of such Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, including, but not limited to, any adverse change in or to the crediting or debiting of amounts to the Account Balances or the time or manner of payment of the Account Balances to any Participant or Beneficiary, unless the Participant or Beneficiary has given written consent to such amendment or termination.  An “adverse change” for purposes of this Section 10.3 shall include, but not be limited to, any acceleration of the payment of the Account Balances payable to the Participant or Beneficiary or a change in the composition of the risk and return characteristics represented by the available Measurement Funds or the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s ability to allocate his or her Account Balances among such Measurement Funds.
 
 
10.4   Plan Agreement .  Despite the provisions of Sections 10.1 and 10.2 above, if a Participant’s Plan Agreement contains benefits or limitations that are not in this Plan document, the Employer may amend or terminate such provisions only with the consent of the Participant.
 
10.5   Effect of Payment .  The full payment of the applicable benefit under Articles 4 or 5 of the Plan shall completely discharge all obligations to a Participant and his or her designated Beneficiaries under this Plan and the Participant’s Plan Agreement shall thereafter terminate.
 
ARTICLE 11                                
 
Administration
 
11.1   Committee Duties .  Except as otherwise provided in this Article 11, this Plan shall be administered by a Committee that shall consist of the Board, or such committee as the Board shall appoint.  Members of the Committee may be Participants under this Plan.  The Committee shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.  Any individual serving on the Committee who is a Participant shall not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself or herself.  When making a determination or calculation, the Committee shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by a Participant or the Company.
 
11.2   Agents . In the administration of this Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to any Employer.
 
11.3   Indemnity of Committee .  All Employers shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee, and any Employee to whom the duties of the Committee may be delegated, against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Committee, any of its members or any such Employee.
 
11.4   Employer Information .  To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Company and each Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee on all matters relating to the compensation of its Participants, the date and circumstances of the Disability or Separation from Service of its Participants and such other pertinent information as the Committee may reasonably require.
 
ARTICLE 12                                
 
Other Benefits and Agreements
 
12.1   Coordination with Other Benefits .  The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant’s Beneficiary under the Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Participant’s Employer.  The Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided.
 
ARTICLE 13                                
 
Claims Procedures
 
13.1   Presentation of Claim .  Any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant (such Participant or Beneficiary being referred to below as a “Claimant”) may deliver to the Committee or its designated agent a written claim for a determination with respect to the amounts distributable to such Claimant from the Plan.  If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the Claimant, the claim must be made within 60 days after such notice was received by the Claimant.  All other claims must be made within 180 days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred.  The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.
 
13.2   Notification of Decision .  The Committee shall consider a Claimant’s claim within a reasonable time and shall notify the Claimant in writing:
 
(a)   that the Claimant’s requested determination has been made and that the claim has been allowed in full; or
 
(b)   that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Claimant’s requested determination, and such notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:
 
(i)   the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim, or any part of it;
 
(ii)   specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which such denial was based;
 
(iii)   a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
 
(iv)   an explanation of the claim review procedure set forth in Section 13.3 below.
 
13.3   Review of a Denied Claim .  Within 60 days after receiving a notice from the Committee that a claim has been denied, in whole or in part, a Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative) may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the denial of the claim.  Thereafter, but not later than 30 days after the review procedure has begun, the Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative):
 
(a)   may review pertinent documents;
 
(b)   may submit written comments or other documents; and/or
 
(c)   may request a hearing, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant.
 
13.4   Decision on Review .  The Committee shall render its decision on review promptly, and not later than 60 days after the filing of a written request for review of the denial, unless a hearing is held or other special circumstances require additional time, in which case the Committee’s decision must be rendered within 120 days after such date.  Such decision must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, and it must contain:
 
(a)   specific reasons for the decision;
 
(b)   specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision was based; and
 
(c)   such other matters as the Committee deems relevant.
 
 
13.5   Legal Action .  A Claimant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Article 13 is a mandatory prerequisite to a Claimant’s right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under this Plan.
 
ARTICLE 14                                
 
Trust
 
14.1   Establishment of the Trust .  The Company may establish a Trust to hold assets in connection with this Plan. In the event that a Trust is established, each Employer shall transfer over to the Trust such assets as the Employer determines, in its sole discretion, are necessary to provide, on a present value basis, for its respective future liabilities created with respect to the Annual Deferral Amounts, Annual Employer Contribution Amounts and Matching Contribution Amounts for such Employer’s Participants for all periods prior to the transfer, as well as any debits and credits to the Participants’ Account Balances for all periods prior to the transfer, taking into consideration the value of the assets in the trust at the time of the transfer.
 
14.2   Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust .  The provisions of the Plan and the Plan Agreement shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan.  The provisions of the Trust shall govern the rights of the Employers, Participants and creditors of the Employers to the assets transferred to the Trust.  Each Employer shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under the Plan.
 
14.3   Distributions From the Trust .  Each Employer’s obligations under the Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust, and any such distribution shall reduce the Employer’s obligations under this Plan.
 
ARTICLE 15                                
 
Miscellaneous
 
15.1   Status of Plan .  The Plan is intended to be a plan that is not qualified within the meaning of Code section 401(a) and that “is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of ERISA sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1).  In all respects, the Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Code section 409A and all regulations issued thereunder.  The Plan shall be administered and interpreted to the extent possible in a manner consistent with that intent.
 
15.2   Unsecured General Creditor .  Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in any property or assets of an Employer.  For purposes of the payment of benefits under this Plan, any and all of an Employer’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged unrestricted assets of the Employer.  An Employer’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.
 
15.3   Employer’s Liability .  An Employer’s liability for the payment of benefits shall be defined only by the Plan and the Plan Agreement, as entered into between the Employer and a Participant.  An Employer shall have no obligation to a Participant under the Plan except as expressly provided in the Plan and his or her Plan Agreement.
 
15.4   Nonassignability .  Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable.  No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise.
 
15.5   Not a Contract of Employment .  The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between any Employer and the Participant.  Such employment is hereby acknowledged to be an “at-will” employment relationship that can be terminated at any time for any reason, or no reason, with or without cause, and with or without notice, unless expressly provided in a written employment agreement.  Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of any Employer as an Employee, or to interfere with the right of any Employer to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.
 
15.6   Furnishing Information .  A Participant or his or her Beneficiary will cooperate with the Committee by furnishing any and all information requested by the Committee and take such other actions as may be requested in order to facilitate the administration of the Plan and the payments of benefits hereunder, including but not limited to taking such physical examinations as the Committee may deem necessary.
 
15.7   Terms .  Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.
 
15.8   Captions .  The captions of the articles, sections and paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.
 
15.9   Governing Law .  Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Illinois without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.
 
15.10   Notice .  Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:
 
Executive Vice President- Administration
MB Financial, Inc.
6111 North River Road
Rosemont, IL 60018
 
Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.
 
Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Participant.
 
15.11   Successors .  The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Participant’s Employer and its successors and assigns and the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiaries.  The Company shall require any successor or assignee to expressly and unconditionally assume and agree to perform or cause to be performed each Employer’s obligations hereunder.  In addition, the Company shall require the ultimate parent entity of any successor or assignee to expressly guaranty the prompt performance by such successor or assignee.
 
15.12   Spouse’s Interest .  The interest in the benefits hereunder of a spouse of a Participant who has predeceased the Participant shall automatically pass to the Participant and shall not be transferable by such spouse in any manner, including but not limited to such spouse’s will, nor shall such interest pass under the laws of intestate succession.
 
15.13   Validity .  In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.
 
15.14   Incompetent .  If the Committee determines in its discretion that a benefit under this Plan is to be paid to a minor, a person declared incompetent or a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Committee may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person.  The Committee may require proof of minority, incompetence, incapacity or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate, prior to distribution of the benefit.  Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such payment amount.
 
15.15   Court Order .  The Committee is authorized to make any payments directed by court order in any action in which the Plan or the Committee has been named as a party.  In addition, if a court determines that a spouse or former spouse of a Participant has an interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan in connection with a property settlement or otherwise, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the right, notwithstanding any election made by a Participant, to immediately distribute the spouse’s or former spouse’s interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan to that spouse or former spouse.
 
15.16   Distribution in the Event of Taxation .
 
(a)   In General .  If, for any reason, all or any portion of a Participant’s benefits under this Plan becomes taxable to the Participant prior to receipt, a Participant may petition the Committee before a Change in Control, or the trustee of the Trust after a Change in Control, for a distribution of that portion of his or her benefit that has become taxable.  Upon the grant of such a petition, which grant shall not be unreasonably withheld (and, after a Change in Control, shall be granted), a Participant’s Employer shall distribute to the Participant immediately available funds in an amount equal to the taxable portion of his or her benefit (which amount shall not exceed a Participant’s unpaid Account Balance under the Plan).  If the petition is granted, the tax liability distribution shall be made within 90 days of the date when the Participant’s petition is granted.  Such a distribution shall affect and reduce the benefits to be paid under this Plan.
 
(b)   Trust .  If the Trust terminates in accordance with its terms and benefits are distributed from the Trust thereunder to a Participant, the Participant’s benefits under this Plan shall be reduced to the extent of such distributions.
 
15.17   Insurance .  The Employers, on their own behalf or on behalf of the trustee of the Trust, and, in their sole discretion, may apply for and procure insurance on the life of the Participant, in such amounts and in such forms as the Trust may choose.  The Employers or the trustee of the Trust, as the case may be, shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such insurance.  The Participant shall have no interest whatsoever in any such policy or policies and at the request of the Employers shall submit to medical examinations and supply such information and execute such documents as may be required by the insurance company or companies to whom the Employers have applied for insurance.
 
15.18   Legal Fees to Enforce Rights After Change in Control .  In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall pay all reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses incurred by a Participant or Beneficiary in enforcing any provision of this Plan or as a result of the Company’s or any Employer’s contesting the validity, enforceability or interpretation of this Plan.  Such payment shall be made within 30 days after the Participant or Beneficiary submits in writing a request for payment accompanied with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred by the Participant or Beneficiary. In no case will a payment under this Section 15.18 be made after December 31 of the year following the year in which the Participant or Beneficiary incurred such fees and expenses.
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has signed this Plan document as of December ____, 2008.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC.
 
 
By:
Title:                                                                


 
 
APPENDIX A
 
The following provisions govern the distribution of benefits that were earned and vested as of December 31, 2004 (including any earnings thereon).  The provisions of this Appendix A mirror the Plan provisions effective as of December 31, 2004 and should be interpreted accordingly.
 
A.1.   Definitions
 
(a)   “Account Balance” shall mean a Participant’s vested interest in the Plan as of December 31, 2004.
 
(b)   “Annual Installment Method” shall be annual installment payments over the number of years selected by the Participant in accordance with the Plan, calculated as follows:  Prior to the last Business Day of the year, the Account Balance of the Participant shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is the remaining number of annual payments due the Participant (including the installment being calculated).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any installment payments payable under the Plan shall constitute a single payment for purposes of compliance with Code section 409A.
 
By way of example, if the Participant elects a 10 year Annual Installment Method, the first payment shall be 1/10 of the Account Balance, calculated as described in this definition.  The following year, the payment shall be 1/9 of the Account Balance, calculated as described in this definition. Each annual installment shall be paid on or as soon as administratively practicable following the last Business Day of the applicable year, but in no event more than 30 days after such date.
 
(c)   “Disability” shall mean a period of disability during which a Participant qualifies for permanent disability benefits under the Participant’s Employer’s long-term disability plan, or, if a Participant does not participate in such a plan, a period of disability during which the Participant would have qualified for permanent disability benefits under such a plan had the Participant been a participant in such a plan, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.  If the Participant’s Employer does not sponsor such a plan, or discontinues to sponsor such a plan, Disability shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
 
(d)   “Retirement,” “Retire(s)” or “Retired” shall mean severance from employment from all Employers for any reason other than a leave of absence, death or Disability on or after the earlier of the attainment of (a) age sixty-five (65) or (b) age fifty-five (55) with ten (10) years of service.
 
(e)   “Termination of Employment” or “Termination” shall mean the severing of employment with all Employers, voluntarily or involuntarily, for any reason other than Retirement, Disability, death or an authorized leave of absence.
 
(f)   “Unforeseeable Financial Emergency” shall mean an unanticipated emergency that is caused by an event beyond the control of the Participant that would result in severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from (i) a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or a dependent of the Participant, (ii) a loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or (iii) such other extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, all as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.  A distribution will be deemed to be on account of an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency if the distribution is on account of:
 
(i)   Unreimbursed medical expenses (as defined in Code section 213(d)) and amounts necessary to obtain medical care for the Participant, the Participant’s spouse or any dependent;
 
(ii)   the purchase of the Participant’s principal residence (but not ongoing mortgage payments);
 
(iii)   tuition and related educational fees for the immediately forthcoming twelve (12) month period of post-secondary education for the Participant, his spouse or dependents;
 
(iv)   the need to prevent eviction from or foreclosure on a Participant’s principal residence.
 
Terms used in this Appendix but not defined above shall be defined under the terms of the Plan in effect as of December 31, 2004.
 
A.2.   Distribution of Benefits
 
(a)   Withdrawal Payout/Suspensions for Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies .  If the Participant experiences an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, the Participant may petition the Committee to receive a partial or full payout from the Plan.  The payout shall not exceed the lesser of the Participant’s Account Balance, calculated as if such Participant were receiving a Termination Benefit, or the amount reasonably needed to satisfy the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency.  If, subject to the sole discretion of the Committee, the petition for payout is approved, any payout shall be made within 60 days of the date of approval.  The payment of any amount under this Section A.2(a) shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
 
(b)   Withdrawal Election .  A Participant (or, after a Participant’s death, his or her Beneficiary) may elect, at any time, to withdraw all of his or her Account Balance, calculated as if there had occurred a Termination of Employment as of the day of the election, less a withdrawal penalty equal to 10% of such amount (the net amount shall be referred to as the “Withdrawal Amount”).  This election can be made at any time, before or after Retirement, Disability, death or Termination of Employment, and whether or not the Participant (or Beneficiary) is in the process of being paid pursuant to an installment payment schedule.  If made before Retirement, Disability or death, a Participant’s Withdrawal Amount shall be his or her Account Balance calculated as if there had occurred a Termination of Employment as of the day of the election.  No partial withdrawals of the Withdrawal Amount shall be allowed.  The Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) shall make this election by giving the Committee advance written notice of the election in a form determined from time to time by the Committee.  The Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) shall be paid the Withdrawal Amount within 60 days of his or her election.  The payment of the Withdrawal Amount shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
 
(c)   Retirement Benefit .   Subject to the Deduction Limitation, a Participant who Retires shall receive as a Retirement Benefit his or her Account Balance.
 
(i)   Payment of Retirement Benefit .  The Committee, in its sole and unrestricted discretion, but taking into account any election made by the Participant, shall determine whether the Participant will receive distribution of all amounts payable to him under this paragraph in (i) a lump sum, (ii) five (5) annual installments or (iii) ten (10) annual installments.  The Participant may change his elected form of payment by submitting an Election Form to that effect which is accepted by the Committee at least twelve (12) months prior to his or her Retirement Date. Installment payments shall be calculated and paid pursuant to the Annual Installment Method. The lump sum payment shall be made, or installment payments shall commence, no later than 60 days after the date the Participant Retires.
 
(ii)   Death Prior to Entire Payment of Retirement Benefit .  If a Participant dies after Retirement but before the Retirement Benefit is paid in full, the Participant’s unpaid Retirement Benefit payments shall continue and shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary (i) over the remaining number of months and in the same amounts as that benefit would have been paid to the Participant had the Participant survived, or (ii) in a lump sum, if requested by the Beneficiary and allowed in the sole discretion of the Committee, that is equal to the Participant’s unpaid remaining Account Balance.  Payment shall be payable either in cash or in-kind, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, taking into account any request made by the Beneficiary.
 
(d)   Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit .   Subject to the Deduction Limitation, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive a Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit equal to the Participant’s Account Balance if the Participant dies before he or she Retires, experiences a Termination of Employment or suffers a Disability.
 
(i)   Payment of Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit .  The Committee, in its sole and unrestricted discretion, but taking into account any election made by the Participant, shall determine whether the Participant will receive distribution of all amounts payable to him under this paragraph, in (i) a lump sum, (ii) five (5) annual installments or (iii) ten (10) annual installments.  Installment payments shall be calculated and paid pursuant to the Annual Installment Method. The lump sum payment shall be made, or installment payments shall commence, no later than 60 days after the date the Committee is provided with proof that is satisfactory to the Committee of the Participant’s death. Any payment made shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
 
(e)   Termination Benefit .  Subject to the Deduction Limitation, the Participant shall receive a Termination Benefit, which shall be equal to the Participant’s Account Balance if a Participant experiences a Termination of Employment prior to his or her Retirement, death or Disability.
 
(i)   Payment of Termination Benefit .  The Committee, in its sole and unrestricted discretion, but taking into account any election made by the Participant, shall determine whether the Participant will receive distribution of all amounts payable to him under this paragraph in (i) a lump sum, (ii) five (5) annual installments or (iii) ten (10) annual installments.  The Participant may change his elected form of payment by submitting an Election Form to that effect which is accepted by the Committee at least twelve (12) months prior to his or her Termination Date. Installment payments shall be calculated and paid pursuant to the Annual Installment Method. The lump sum payment shall be made, or installment payments shall commence, no later than 60 days after the date of the Participant’s Termination of Employment.  Any payment made shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.  Should the Participant die before payment of his entire Termination Benefit, Section A.2(c)(ii) shall apply.
 
(f)   Disability Waiver and Benefit.
 
(i)   Continued Eligibility; Disability Benefit .  A Participant suffering a Disability shall, for benefit purposes under this Plan, continue to be considered to be employed and shall be eligible for the benefits provided in subsections A.2(a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) in accordance with the provisions of those subsections.  Notwithstanding the above, the Committee shall have the right to, in its sole and absolute discretion and for purposes of this Plan only, and must in the case of a Participant who is otherwise eligible to Retire, deem the Participant to have experienced a Termination of Employment, or in the case of a Participant who is eligible to Retire, to have Retired, at any time (or in the case of a Participant who is eligible to Retire, as soon as practicable) after such Participant is determined to be suffering a Disability, in which case the Participant shall receive a Disability Benefit equal to his or her Account Balance at the time of the Committee’s determination; provided, however, that should the Participant otherwise have been eligible to Retire, he or she shall be paid in accordance with Section A.2(c).  The Disability Benefit shall be paid in a lump sum within 60 days of the Committee’s exercise of such right.  Any payment made shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
 
(g)   Court Order .  The Committee is authorized to make any payments directed by court order in any action in which the Plan or the Committee has been named as a party.  In addition, if a court determines that a spouse or former spouse of a Participant has an interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan in connection with a property settlement or otherwise, the Committee, in its sole discretion shall have the right, notwithstanding any election made by a Participant, to immediately distribute the spouse’s or former spouse’s interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan to that spouse or former spouse.
 
(h)   Distribution in the Event of Taxation .
 
(i)   In General .  If, for any reason, all or any portion of a Participant’s benefits under this Plan becomes taxable to the Participant prior to receipt, a Participant may petition the Committee before a Change in Control, or the trustee of the Trust after a Change in Control, for a distribution of that portion of his or her benefit that has become taxable.  Upon the grant of such a petition, which grant shall not be unreasonably withheld (and, after a Change in Control, shall be granted), a Participant’s Employer shall distribute to the Participant immediately available funds in an amount equal to the taxable portion of his or her benefit (which amount shall not exceed a Participant’s unpaid Account Balance under the Plan).  If the petition is granted, the tax liability distribution shall be made within 90 days of the date when the Participant’s petition is granted.  Such a distribution shall affect and reduce the benefits to be paid under this Plan.
 
(ii)   Trust .  If the Trust terminates in accordance with Section 3.6(e) of the Trust, and benefits are distributed from the Trust to a Participant in accordance with that Section, the Participant’s benefits under this Plan shall be reduced to the extent of such distributions.
 
(i)   Termination of Participation Benefit . If the Committee determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, or is no longer a director, the Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion immediately distribute the Participant’s then Account Balance as a Termination Benefit to the Participant.
 
(j)   Manner of Payment.   All distributions made pursuant to this Section A.2 shall be made in the form of Company Stock except for fractional shares, which shall be distributed in cash.
 
EXHIBIT 10.9

 
MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND MB FINANCIAL BANK, N.A.
 
NON-STOCK DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 
Amended and Restated
 
effective January 1, 2009
 
Definitions 
1
 
 
Article 2
Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility 
7
 
 
2.1
Selection by Committee 
7
 
2.2
Enrollment Requirements 
7
 
2.3
Eligibility; Commencement of Participation 
7
 
2.4
Termination of Participation and/or Deferrals 
7
 
2.5
Merger of the First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan 
8
 
 
Article 3
Deferral Commitments/Employer Contributions/Crediting/Taxes 
8
 
 
3.1
Compensation Deferrals 
8
 
3.2
Election to Defer; Effect of Election Form 
8
 
3.3
Withholding of Annual Deferral Amounts 
9
 
3.4
Employer Contributions 
9
 
3.5
Investment of Trust Assets 
9
 
3.6
Vesting 
9
 
3.7
Crediting/Debiting of Account Balances 
10
 
3.8
FICA and Other Taxes 
11
 
 
Article 4
Short-Term Payout; Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies12
 
 
4.1
Short-Term Payout 
12
 
4.2
Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Short-Term 
12
 
4.3
Withdrawal Payout/Suspensions for Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies 
12
 
 
Article 5
Separation from Service Benefit 
12
 
 
5.1
Separation from Service Benefit 
12
 
5.2
Payment of Separation from Service Benefit 
13
 
 
Article 6
Disability Waiver 
13
 
 
6.1
Waiver of Deferral 
13
 
 
Article 7
Elections Relating to Employer Contributions; 409A Transition Elections 
14
 
 
7.1
Timing of Election 
14
 
7.2
409A Transition Elections 
14
 
 
Article 8
Beneficiary Designation 
14
 
 
8.1
Beneficiary 
14
 
8.2
Beneficiary Designation 
14
 
8.3
Acknowledgment 
14
 
8.4
No Beneficiary Designation 
14
 
8.5
Doubt as to Beneficiary 
15
 
8.6
Discharge of Obligations 
15
 
 
Article 9
Leave of Absence 
15
 
 
9.1
Paid Leave of Absence 
15
 
9.2
Unpaid Leave of Absence 
15
 
 
Article 10
Termination, Amendment or Modification 
15
 
 
10.1
Termination 
15
 
10.2
Amendment 
16
 
10.3
Effect of Change in Control 
16
 
10.4
Plan Agreement 
16
 
10.5
Effect of Payment 
16
 
 
Article 11
Administration 
16
 
 
11.1
Committee Duties 
16
 
11.2
Agents 
17
 
11.3
Indemnity of Committee 
17
 
11.4
Employer Information 
17
 
 
Article 12
Other Benefits and Agreements 
17
 
 
12.1
Coordination with Other Benefits 
17
 
 
Article 13
Claims Procedures 
17
 
 
13.1
Presentation of Claim 
17
 
13.2
Notification of Decision 
17
 
13.3
Review of a Denied Claim 
18
 
13.4
Decision on Review 
18
 
13.5
Legal Action 
18
 
 
Article 14
Trust 
18
 
 
14.1
Establishment of the Trust 
18
 
14.2
Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust 
19
 
14.3
Distributions From the Trust 
19
 
 
Article 15
Miscellaneous 
19
 
 
15.1
Status of Plan 
19
 
15.2
Unsecured General Creditor 
19
 
15.3
Employer’s Liability 
19
 
15.4
Nonassignability 
19
 
15.5
Not a Contract of Employment 
20
 
15.6
Furnishing Information 
20
 
15.7
Terms 
20
 
15.8
Captions 
20
 
15.9
Governing Law 
20
 
15.10 Notice20
 
15.11 Successors21
 
15.12 Spouse’s Interest21
 
15.13 Validity21
 
15.14 Incompetent21
 
15.15 Court Order21
 
15.16 Distribution in the Event of Taxation21
 
15.17 Insurance22
 
15.18 Legal Fees to Enforce Rights After Change in Control22

MB FINANCIAL, INC. AND MB FINANCIAL BANK, N.A.
NON-STOCK DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009
 
Purpose
 
The purpose of this Plan is to provide specified benefits to a select group of management and highly compensated Employees, and Directors, who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of MB Financial, Inc., MB Financial Bank, N.A., and any other subsidiaries, if any, that sponsor this Plan.  This Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.
 
Effective Date
 
The Plan, as amended and restated in this document, is effective as of January 1, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”). The distribution of benefits vested as of December 31, 2004 (together with earnings thereon) (“ Grandfathered Benefits ”) shall be governed solely by the terms of Appendix A.
 
ARTICLE 1                                
 
Definitions
 
For purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following meanings:
 
1.1   Account Balance ” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, a credit on the records of the Employer equal to the sum of (i) the Employee Deferral Account, (ii) the Director Deferral Account (collectively, the Employee Deferral Account and the Director Deferral Account shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Deferral Account ”), (iii) the Matching Contribution Account and (iv) the Employer Contribution Account.  The Account Balance, and each other specified account balance, shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to a Participant, or his or her designated Beneficiary, pursuant to this Plan.
 
1.2   Annual Bonus ” shall mean any compensation, in addition to Base Annual Salary relating to services performed during any calendar year, whether or not paid in such calendar year or included on the Federal Income Tax Form W-2 for such calendar year, payable to a Participant as an Employee under any Employer’s annual bonus and cash incentive plans, excluding equity awards.
 
1.3   Annual Deferral Amount ” shall mean that portion of a Participant’s Base Annual Salary, Annual Bonus and/or Director’s Compensation that a Participant elects to have deferred, and is deferred, in accordance with Article 3, for any one Plan Year.  In the event of a Participant’s Disability (if deferrals cease in accordance with Section 6.1) or Separation from Service prior to the end of a Plan Year, such year’s Annual Deferral Amount shall be the actual amount withheld prior to such event.
 
1.4   Base Annual Salary ” shall mean the annual cash compensation relating to services performed during any calendar year, whether or not paid in such calendar year or included on the Federal Income Tax Form W-2 for such calendar year,   excluding bonuses, commissions, overtime, fringe benefits, equity awards, relocation expenses, incentive payments, retention payments, change in control and severance payments, non-monetary awards, directors’ fees and other fees, and automobile and other allowances paid to a Participant for employment services rendered (whether or not such allowances are included in the Employee’s gross income). Base Annual Salary shall be calculated before reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the Participant pursuant to all qualified or non-qualified plans of any Employer and shall be calculated to include amounts not otherwise included in the Participant’s gross income under Code sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) pursuant to plans established by any Employer; provided, however, that all such amounts will be included in compensation only to the extent that, had there been no such plan, the amount would have been payable in cash to the Employee.
 
1.5   Beneficiary ” shall mean one or more persons, trusts, estates or other entities, designated in accordance with Article 8, that are entitled to receive benefits under this Plan upon the death of a Participant.
 
1.6   Beneficiary Designation Form ” shall mean the form established from time to time by or at the direction of the Committee that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Committee or its designated agent to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
 
1.7   Benefit Payment Date ” shall mean:
 
(a)   For purposes of a Short-Term Payout payable to a Participant under Article 4, any date occurring during the 60-day period beginning on January 1st of the calendar year designated by the Participant as the payment year for an Annual Deferral Amount (“ Short Term Payment Year ”), provided that such Short Term Payment Year shall be at least five Plan Years after the end of the Plan Year in which such amounts are actually deferred.
 
(b)   For purposes of a Separation from Service Benefit payable to a Participant under Article 5 who is not a Specified Employee (determined as of the date of his or her Separation from Service), any date occurring during the 90-day period beginning on the date on which the Participant experiences his or her Separation from Service.
 
(c)   For purposes of a Separation from Service Benefit payable to a Participant under Article 5 who is also a Specified Employee (determined as of the date of his or her Separation from Service), (i) on or as soon as administratively practicable after the first date of the seventh month following the Participant’s Separation from Service date, but in no event more than 30 days after such date, or (ii) if earlier, on or as soon as administratively practicable after the date of the Participant’s death. If the Participant has elected payment pursuant to the Monthly Installment Method, installments that would otherwise be paid to the Participant prior to the Benefit Payment Date shall be accumulated and paid to the Participant on the Benefit Payment Date. By way of example, if a Participant’s Benefit Payment Date is the date determined under (i) above, the Participant’s first six monthly installments shall be delayed until the Benefit Payment Date, such that the initial payment on the Benefit Payment Date will equal seven monthly installments (calculated using the Monthly Installment Method).
 
1.8   Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
         1.9   Change in Control ” shall mean the first to occur of any of the following events:
 
         (a) Any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13 and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”)) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly of securities of the Company representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s or the Employer’s outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;
 
        (b) individuals who were members of the Board on the Effective Date (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a member of the Board subsequent to the Effective Date (i) whose appointment as a director by the Board was approved by a vote of at least three quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or (ii) whose nomination for election as a member of the Board by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the Incumbent Board or recommended by the nominating committee serving under the Incumbent Board, shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board;
 
        (c) consummation of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation involving the Company or the Employer or the securities of either, other than (i) in the case of the Company, a transaction at the completion of which the stockholders of the Company immediately preceding completion of the transaction hold more than 60% of the outstanding securities of the resulting entity entitled to vote generally in the election of its directors or (ii) in the case of the Employer, a transaction at the completion of which the Company holds more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the resulting institution entitled to vote generally in the election of its directors;
 
        (d) consummation of a sale or other disposition to an unaffiliated third party or parties of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Employer or approval by the stockholders of the Company or the Employer of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the Employer.
 
For purposes of clause (a), the term “person” shall not include the Company, any Executive benefit plan of the Company or the Employer, or any corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.
 
Each event comprising a Change in Control is intended to constitute a “change in ownership or effective control,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets,” of the Company or the Employer as such terms are defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and Change in Control as used herein shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
1.10   Claimant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.
 
1.11   Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
1.12   Committee ” shall mean the committee or its designee as described in Article 11.
 
1.13   Company ” shall mean MB Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor to all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business.
 
1.14   Deduction Limitation ” shall mean the following described limitation on a benefit that may otherwise be distributable pursuant to the provisions of this Plan.  Except as otherwise provided, this limitation shall be applied to all distributions that are “subject to the Deduction Limitation” under this Plan.  If an Employer determines in good faith prior to a Change in Control that there is a reasonable likelihood that any compensation paid to a Participant for a taxable year of the Employer would not be deductible by the Employer solely by reason of the limitation under Code section 162(m), then to the extent deemed necessary by the Employer to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution to the Participant pursuant to this Plan prior to the Change in Control is deductible, the Employer may defer all or any portion of a distribution under this Plan.  Any amounts deferred pursuant to this limitation shall continue to be credited/debited with additional amounts in accordance with Section 3.7 below, even if such amount is being paid out in installments.  The amounts so deferred and amounts credited thereon shall be distributed to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary (in the event of the Participant’s death) at the earliest possible date, as determined by the Employer in good faith, on which the deductibility of compensation paid or payable to the Participant for the taxable year of the Employer during which the distribution is made will not be limited by Code section 162(m), or if earlier, the effective date of a Change in Control.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the Deduction Limitation shall not apply to any distributions made after a Change in Control.
 
1.15   Deferral Account ” shall mean (i) the sum of all of a Participant’s Annual Deferral Amounts, plus (ii) amounts credited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Deferral Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to his or her Deferral Account.
 
1.16   Deferral Election Date ” shall mean:
 
(a)   For purposes of deferrals of Base Annual Salary, Annual Bonus, and/or Director’s Compensation under Article 3, except as provided below, the last day of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year during which the services related to such Base Annual Salary, Annual Bonus and/or Director’s Compensation are to be performed; or
 
(b)   For a Participant who is first designated by the Committee on or after the first day of the Plan Year as being eligible to participate in the Plan, 30 days from the date such designation is communicated to the Participant.
 
1.17   Director ” shall mean a member of the Board.
 
1.18   Director’s Compensation ” shall mean fees and other compensation payable for services as a Director.
 
1.19   Disability ” shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(4). The determination of whether a Participant has a Disability shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
 
1.20   Election Form ” shall mean the appropriate form(s) prescribed from time to time by the Committee for a Participant to complete, sign and return to the Committee or its designated agent to make an election under the Plan.
 
1.21   Employee ” shall mean a person who is an employee of any Employer.
 
1.22   Employer(s) ” shall mean the Company, MB Financial Bank, N.A., and any other subsidiaries (now in existence or hereafter formed or acquired) that have been selected by the Board to participate in the Plan and have adopted the Plan as a sponsor.
 
1.23   Employer Contribution ” shall mean a contribution made by an Employer on behalf of a Participant pursuant to Section 3.4.
 
1.24   Employer Contribution Account ” shall mean (i) the sum of the Participant’s Employer Contribution Amounts, plus (ii) amounts credited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Employer Contribution Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Employer Contribution Account.
 
1.25   ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
1.26   Matching Contribution ” shall mean a matching contribution made by an Employer on behalf of a Participant or Participants in accordance with Section 3.4.
 
1.27   Matching Contribution Account ” shall mean (i) the sum of all of a Participant’s Matching Contribution Amounts, plus (ii) amounts credited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account.
 
1.28   Monthly Installment Method ” shall be a monthly installment payment over the number of months selected by the Participant in accordance with the Plan, calculated as follows:  Prior to the last Business Day (as defined in Section 3.7(a)) of the month, the Account Balance of the Participant shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the remaining number of monthly payments due the Participant (including the installment being calculated).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any installment payments payable under the Plan shall constitute a single payment for purposes of compliance with Code section 409A.
 
By way of example, if the Participant elects a 120-month Monthly Installment Method, the first payment shall be 1/120 of the Account Balance, calculated as described in this definition.  The following month, the payment shall be 1/119 of the Account Balance, calculated as described in this definition.  Each monthly installment shall be paid on or as soon as administratively practicable following the last Business Day of the applicable month, but in no event more than 30 days after such date.
 
1.29   Participant ” shall mean any Employee or Director who (i)  is selected to participate in the Plan, (ii) elects to participate in the Plan, (iii) signs a Plan Agreement, Election Form and Beneficiary Designation Form, (iv) signs a Plan Agreement, Election Form and Beneficiary Designation Form that is accepted by the Committee, (v)  commences participation in the Plan, and (vi) does not terminate his or her Plan Agreement.  A spouse or former spouse of a Participant shall not be treated as a Participant in the Plan or have an Account Balance under the Plan, even if he or she has an interest in the Participant’s Account Balance under the Plan as a result of applicable law or property settlements resulting from legal separation or divorce.
 
1.30   Plan ” shall mean the Company’s Non-Stock Deferred Compensation Plan, which shall be evidenced by this instrument and by each Plan Agreement and Election Form(s), as they may from time to time be amended.
 
1.31   Plan Agreement ” shall mean a written agreement, as may be amended from time to time, that is entered into by and between an Employer and a Participant.  Each Plan Agreement executed by a Participant and the Participant’s Employer shall provide for the entire benefit to which such Participant is entitled under the Plan; should there be more than one Plan Agreement, the Plan Agreement bearing the latest date of acceptance by the Employer shall supersede all previous Plan Agreements in their entirety and shall govern such entitlement.  The terms of any Plan Agreement may be different for any Participant, and any Plan Agreement may provide additional benefits not set forth in the Plan or limit the benefits otherwise provided under the Plan; provided, however, that any such additional benefits or benefit limitations must be agreed to by both the Employer and the Participant.
 
1.32   Plan Year ” shall mean a period beginning on January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.
 
1.33   Separation from Service ” shall mean:
 
(a)   For a Participant who is an Employee, a separation from service from all Employers due to death, retirement or other termination of employment, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg.§ 1.409A-1(h).
 
(b)   For a Participant who is a Director, a separation from service from the board of directors of the Company and all of its subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h).  For this purpose, service as a honorary or emeritus director will not constitute continuing service as a member of the board of directors of the Company or its subsidiaries.
 
1.34   Separation from Service Benefit ” shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 5.
 
1.35   Short-Term Payment Year ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7.
 
1.36   Short-Term Payout ” shall mean the payout set forth in Section 4.1.
 
1.37   Specified Employee ” shall mean any Participant who is determined to be a “key employee” (as defined under Code section 416(i) without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) for the applicable period, as determined annually by the Committee in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(i).  In determining whether a Participant is a Specified Employee, the following provisions shall apply:
 
(a)   The Committee’s identification of the individuals who fall within the definition of “key employee” under Code section 416(i) (without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) shall be based upon the 12-month period ending on each December 31 (referred to below as the “ Identification Date ”).  In applying the applicable provisions of Code Section 416(i) to identify such individuals, “compensation” shall be determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.415(c)-2(a) without regard to:
 
(i)   Any safe harbor provided in Treas. Reg. § 1.415(c)-2(d);
 
(ii)   Any of the special timing rules provided in Treas. Reg. §1.415(c)-2(e); and
 
(iii)   Any of the special rules provided in Treas. Reg. § 1.415(c)-2(g); and
 
(b)   Each Participant who is among the individuals identified as a “key employee” in accordance with part (a) of this Section shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of this Plan if such Participant experiences a Separation from Service during the 12-month period that begins on the April 1 following the applicable Identification Date.
 
1.38   Trust ” shall mean, if applicable, one or more trusts established pursuant to a trust agreement between the Company and the trustee named therein, as amended from time to time.
 
1.39   Unforeseeable Financial Emergency ” shall be determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(3).
 
ARTICLE 2                                
 
Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility
 
2.1   Selection by Committee .  Participation in the Plan shall be limited to a select group of management and highly compensated Employees and Directors, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  From that group, the Committee shall select, in its sole discretion, Employees and Directors to participate in the Plan.
 
2.2   Enrollment Requirements .  As a condition to participation, each selected Employee or Director shall complete, execute and return to the Committee or its designated agent a Plan Agreement, an Election Form and a Beneficiary Designation Form, all within 30 days after he or she is selected to participate in the Plan.  In addition, the Committee shall establish from time to time such other enrollment requirements as it determines in its sole discretion are necessary.
 
2.3   Eligibility; Commencement of Participation .  Provided an Employee or Director selected to participate in the Plan has met all enrollment requirements set forth in this Plan and required by the Committee, including returning all required documents to the Committee or its designated agent within the specified time period, that Employee or Director shall commence participation in the Plan as soon as administratively practicable following the month in which the Employee or Director completes all enrollment requirements or another date, such as the first day of the next Plan Year, as specified by the Committee.  If an Employee or Director fails to meet all such requirements within the period required, in accordance with Section 2.2, that Employee or Director shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan until the first day of the Plan Year following the delivery to and acceptance by the Committee or its designated agent of the required documents.
 
2.4   Termination of Participation and/or Deferrals .  If the Committee determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, or is no longer a Director, the Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to prevent the Participant from making future deferral elections as of the first day of the subsequent Plan Year.
 
2.5   Merger of the First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan .  The First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “ FOBB Plan ”) was previously merged into this Plan.  Each FOBB Plan participant with an account transferred from the FOBB Plan to this Plan shall be a Participant in this Plan.  Separate bookkeeping accounts shall be maintained under this Plan with respect to amounts transferred from the FOBB Plan into this Plan.  Such accounts shall distinguish between amounts that are subject to Section 409A, and amounts that are not, and shall be treated as such under this Plan.  Accounts transferred from the FOBB Plan to this Plan shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan (including but not limited to the distribution provisions of this Plan and not the FOBB Plan), including separate treatment for amounts that are subject to Section 409A and amounts that are not, to the extent applicable.
 
ARTICLE 3                                
 
Deferral Commitments/Employer Contributions/Crediting/Taxes
 
3.1   Compensation Deferrals .  For each Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer, as his or her Annual Deferral Amount, up to 100% of his or her Base Annual Salary, Annual Bonus and/or Director’s Compensation, as the case may be.  If no election is made, or if a Participant does not make a timely election, the amount deferred shall be zero.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant first becomes a Participant after the first day of a Plan Year, the maximum Annual Deferral Amount shall be limited to the amount of compensation not yet earned by the Participant as of the date the Participant submits a Plan Agreement and Election Form to the Committee for acceptance.
 
3.2   Election to Defer; Effect of Election Form .
 
(a)   General Rules .  Except as provided below, a Participant must make his or her deferral election as to a Plan Year no later than the applicable Deferral Election Date and such election shall become irrevocable as of the last day of such preceding Plan Year.
 
(b)   Subsequent Plan Years .  For each succeeding Plan Year, a Participant may revoke or make a new deferral election for the subsequent Plan Year, provided that such election is made before the applicable Deferral Election Date.  In the absence of the timely delivery of such a new Election Form, the Election Form in effect at the end of the preceding Plan Year shall constitute the Participant’s irrevocable deferral election for the succeeding Plan Year.
 
(c)   Effect of Short-Term Payout Election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant, pursuant to Section 4.1, elects a Short-Term Payout, such election shall be effective for the subsequent Plan Year and shall render all of a Participant’s prior deferral elections, if any, ineffective for subsequent Plan Years. To defer compensation for subsequent Plan Years, the Participant must submit a new Election Form. In the absence of the timely delivery of a new Election Form, the Participant’s deferral amount shall be deemed to be zero for the subsequent Plan Year and will remain zero for all subsequent Plan Years unless and until he or she timely delivers a new Election Form to the Committee.
 
(d)   Election Form.   For the above elections to be valid, the Election Form must be properly completed and signed by the Participant and timely delivered to and accepted by the Committee.
 
3.3   Withholding of Annual Deferral Amounts .  For each Plan Year, the Base Annual Salary portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld from each regularly scheduled Base Annual Salary payroll in equal amounts, as adjusted from time to time for increases and decreases in Base Annual Salary.  The Annual Bonus portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld at the time the Annual Bonus is or otherwise would be paid to the Participant, whether or not this occurs during the Plan Year.  The Director’s Compensation portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld at the time the Director’s Compensation is paid to the Participant, whether or not this occurs during the Plan Year.
 
3.4   Employer Contributions .  
 
(a)   Discretionary Matching Contributions .  Each Employer, in its sole discretion, may agree to contribute on behalf of a Participant (or Participants) who is an Employee of that Employer a Matching Contribution with respect to the Plan Year.  The amount of the Matching Contribution shall be determined in relation to the Participant’s Annual Deferral Amount, or to such other compensation that the Participant makes to any other plan of deferred compensation.  For any Plan Year, Matching Contributions may be made for some, but not all, Participants, and the amount of the Matching Contribution may vary from Participant to Participant, all as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion.  No earnings shall be credited on any Matching Contributions until after such contributions are allocated to a Participant’s Matching Contribution Account.
 
(b)   Discretionary Employer Contributions .  Each Employer may, but is not required to, contribute on behalf of a Participant who is an Employee of that Employer an additional Employer Contribution.  For any Plan Year, Employer Contributions may be made for some, but not all, Participants, and the amount of the Employer Contribution may vary from Participant to Participant, all as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion.  No earnings shall be credited on any Employer Contributions until after such contributions are allocated to a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account.
 
3.5   Investment of Trust Assets .  In the event that a Trust is established, the Trustee of the Trust shall be authorized, upon written instructions received from the Committee or investment manager appointed by the Committee, to invest and reinvest the assets of the Trust in accordance with the applicable trust agreement.
 
3.6   Vesting .  A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in his or her Deferral Account, Employer Contribution Account and Matching Contribution Account.
 
3.7   Crediting/Debiting of Account Balances .  In accordance with, and subject to, the rules and procedures that are established from time to time by the Committee, in its sole discretion, amounts shall be credited or debited to a Participant’s Account Balance in accordance with the following rules:
 
(a)   Election of Measurement Funds .  A Participant, in connection with his or her initial deferral election in accordance with Section 3.2(a) above, shall elect, on the Election Form, one or more Measurement Fund(s) (as described in Section 3.7(c) below) to be used to determine the additional amounts to be credited to his or her Account Balance.  A Participant shall elect, by submitting an Election Form to the Committee that is accepted by the Committee, the Measurement Fund(s) to be used to determine the additional amounts to be credited to his or her Account Balance, or to change the portion of his or her Account Balance allocated to each previously newly elected Measurement Fund. Elections made in accordance with the previous sentence shall be made no more frequently than daily and shall apply to the next day the New York Stock Exchange is open (“Business Day”) in which the Participant participates in the Plan and continue thereafter, unless changed in accordance with the previous sentence.
 
(b)   Proportionate Allocation .  In making any election described in Section 3.7(a) above, the Participant shall specify on the Election Form, in increments of one percent (1%), the percentage of his or her Account Balance to be allocated to a Measurement Fund (as if the Participant was making an investment in that Measurement Fund with that portion of his or her Account Balance).
 
(c)   Measurement Funds .  The Participant may elect one or more measurement funds, based on such funds as are designated from time to time by Committee (the “Measurement Funds”).  As necessary, the Committee may, in its discretion, discontinue, substitute or add a Measurement Fund.  The Committee shall give Participants advance written notice of any such changes.
 
(d)   Crediting or Debiting Method .  The performance of each elected Measurement Fund (either positive or negative) will be determined by the Committee, in its reasonable discretion, based on the performance of the Measurement Funds themselves.  Each Business Day, a Participant’s Account Balance shall be credited or debited based on the performance of each Measurement Fund selected by the Participant, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, as though (i) a Participant’s Account Balance were invested in the Measurement Fund(s) selected by the Participant, in the percentages applicable to such date, at the closing price on such date; (ii) the portion of the Annual Deferral Amount that was actually deferred during any payroll period was invested in the Measurement Fund(s) selected by the Participant, in the percentages applicable to that date, no later than the close of business on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the day on which such amounts are actually deferred from the Participant’s Base Annual Salary through reductions in his or her payroll, at the closing price on such date; and (iii) any distribution made to a Participant that decreases such Participant’s Account Balance ceased being invested in the Measurement Fund(s), in the applicable percentages, no earlier than one Business Day prior to the distribution, at the closing price on such date.  Any Employer Contributions and/or Employer Matching Contributions shall be credited to a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account and/or Matching Contribution Account, as the case may be, no later than the end of the first calendar quarter following the Plan Year to which such contributions relate.   Despite the foregoing, to the extent the other amounts described in this Article 3 are paid into the Trust and the Trust assets are invested from time to time to reflect the elections made by Participants pursuant to Section 3.7(a) above, then each Participant’s Account Balance shall be debited or credited on the basis of the actual investment gains or losses of the Trust in lieu of crediting of the gains or losses in accordance with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above.
 
(e)   No Actual Investment .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan that may be interpreted to the contrary, the Measurement Funds are to be used for measurement purposes only, and a Participant’s election of any such Measurement Fund, the allocation to his or her Account Balance thereto, the calculation of additional amounts and the crediting or debiting of such amounts to a Participant’s Account Balance shall not be considered or construed in any manner as an actual investment of his or her Account Balance in any such Measurement Fund.  In the event that the Company or the Trustee (as that term is defined in the applicable trust agreement with the Trust), in its own discretion, decides to invest funds in any or all of the Measurement Funds, no Participant shall have any rights in or to such investments themselves.  Without limiting the foregoing, a Participant’s Account Balance shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on his or her behalf by the Company or the Trust; the Participant shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company.
 
3.8   FICA and Other Taxes .
 
(a)   Deferral Account .  For each Plan Year in which an Annual Deferral Amount is being withheld from a Participant, the Participant’s Employer(s) shall withhold from that portion of the Participant’s Base Annual Salary, Annual Bonus and Director’s Compensation that is not being deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer(s), the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes on such Annual Deferral Amount.  If necessary, the Committee may reduce the Annual Deferral Amount in order to comply with this Section 3.8.
 
(b)   Matching Contribution Account, Employer Contribution Account .  When a Participant is credited with an Employer Contribution Amount or Matching Contribution Amount in his or her Employer Contribution Account or Matching Contribution Account, the Participant’s Employer(s) shall withhold from the Participant’s Base Annual Salary and/or Annual Bonus that is not deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer(s), the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes on such amount.  If necessary, the Committee may reduce the Employer Contribution Account and/or Matching Contribution Account in order to comply with this Section 3.8.
 
(c)   Distributions .  The Participant’s Employer(s), or the trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Employer(s), or the trustee of the Trust, in connection with such payments, in amounts and in a manner to be determined in the sole discretion of the Employer(s) and the trustee of the Trust.
 
ARTICLE 4                                
 
Short-Term Payout; Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies
 
4.1   Short-Term Payout .  In connection with each election to defer an Annual Deferral Amount, a Participant may irrevocably elect to receive a future Short-Term Payout from the Plan with respect to such Annual Deferral Amount.  Subject to the Deduction Limitation and Section 4.2, the Short-Term Payout shall be a lump sum payment in an amount that is equal to the Annual Deferral Amount plus amounts credited or debited in the manner provided in Section 3.8 above on that amount, determined at the time that the Short-Term Payout becomes payable.  Subject to the Deduction Limitation and the other terms and conditions of this Plan, each Short-Term Payout elected shall be paid out on the applicable Benefit Payment Date.  By way of example, if a five-year Short-Term Payout is elected for an Annual Deferral Amount deferred in the Plan Year commencing January 1, 2009, the five-year Short-Term Payout would become payable during the 60-day period commencing January 1, 2015.  For purposes of this Section 4.1, “Participant” shall not include Directors.
 
4.2   Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Short-Term .  Should an event occur that triggers payment of a Separation from Service Benefit under Article 5, any Annual Deferral Amount, plus amounts credited or debited thereon, that is subject to a Short-Term Payout election under Section 4.1 shall not be paid in accordance with Section 4.1 but shall be paid in accordance with Article 5.
 
4.3   Withdrawal Payout/Suspensions for Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies .  If the Participant experiences an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, the Participant may petition the Committee to (i) suspend any deferrals required to be made by a Participant and/or (ii) receive a partial or full payout from the Plan.  The payout shall not exceed the lesser of the Participant’s Account Balance, calculated as if such Participant were receiving a Separation from Service Benefit, or the amount reasonably needed to satisfy the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency.  If, subject to the sole discretion of the Committee, the petition for a deferral suspension and/or payout is approved, the deferral suspension shall take effect upon the date of approval and any payout shall be made within 60 days of the date of approval.  The payment of any amount under this Section 4.3 shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
 
ARTICLE 5                                
 
Separation from Service Benefit
 
5.1   Separation from Service Benefit .  Subject to Section 5.2 and the Deduction Limitation:
 
(a)   A Participant who is an Employee and experiences a Separation from Service shall receive, as a Separation from Service Benefit, his or her Employee Deferral Account, Matching Contribution Account and Employer Contribution Account on the Benefit Payment Date.
 
(b)   A Participant who is a Director and experiences a Separation from Service shall receive, as a Separation from Service Benefit, his or her Director Deferral Account on the Benefit Payment Date.
 
5.2   Payment of Separation from Service Benefit .  
 
(a)   A Participant, in connection with his or her commencement of participation in the Plan, shall elect whether to receive payment of the Separation from Service Benefit in (i) a lump sum, (ii) 60 monthly installments, or (iii) 120 monthly installments. Monthly installments shall be paid pursuant to the Monthly Installment Method.  Such election shall be made no later than the applicable Deferral Election Date and shall be irrevocable.
 
(b)   If a Participant, in connection with his or her commencement of participation in the Plan, elects payment of his Separation from Service Benefit in monthly installments, the Participant may elect whether, in the event of his death before all such installment payments are made, his Beneficiary should receive his remaining Account Balance in (i) installment payments over the remaining number of months and in the same amounts as the benefit would have been paid to the Participant had the Participant survived, or (ii) a lump sum.   Such election shall be made no later than the applicable Deferral Election Date.
 
(c)   If a Participant does not make any election with respect to the payment of the Separation from Service Benefit, then such benefit shall be payable in a lump sum to be paid on the Benefit Payment Date.
 
(d)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 5.2(a) and (b) above, if the Participant’s Account Balance is less than the dollar limitation in effect under Code section 402(g) at the time of Separation from Service, payment of the Account Balance shall be made in a lump sum no later than 30 days after the last day of the calendar quarter in which the Participant experiences the Separation from Service; provided, however, that payment of the Account Balance to a Participant who is also a Specified Employee shall be made pursuant to Section 1.7(c).  Any payment made shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
 
ARTICLE 6                                
 
Disability Waiver
 
6.1   Waiver of Deferral . A Participant who suffers from a Disability may petition the Committee to be excused from fulfilling that portion of the Annual Deferral Amount commitment that would otherwise have been withheld from the Participant’s Base Annual Salary, Annual Bonus or Director’s Compensation for the Plan Year during which the Participant first suffers a Disability.  Such petition must be submitted by the 15th day of the third month following the date the participant becomes Disabled. The suspension shall take effect upon the date the petition is approved by the Committee. During the period of Disability, the Participant shall not be allowed to make any additional deferral elections but will continue to be considered a Participant for all other purposes of this Plan.
 
(a)   Return to Work . If a Participant returns to employment with an Employer after a Disability ceases, the Participant may elect to defer an Annual Deferral Amount for the Plan Year following his or her return to employment or service and for every Plan Year thereafter while a Participant in the Plan; provided such deferral elections are otherwise allowed and an Election Form is delivered to and accepted by the Committee for each such election in accordance with Section 3.2 above.
 
ARTICLE 7                                
 
Elections Relating to Employer Contributions; 409A Transition Elections
 
7.1   Timing of Election .  If an individual initially becomes a Participant solely as a result of the crediting of an Annual Employer Contribution Amount, such Participant shall make the appropriate elections relating to the distribution of such Amounts within 30 days after the end of the Plan Year with respect to which such Annual Employer Contribution Amount is credited.
 
7.2   409A Transition Elections .  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, effective through December 31, 2008, a Participant may make new distribution elections with respect to benefits other than Grandfathered Benefits; provided that any such elections may apply only to benefits that would not otherwise be payable in 2008 and may not cause a benefit to be paid in 2008 that would not otherwise be payable in 2008.  No election under this Section 7.2 shall violate any constructive receipt or other tax rule that would result in the acceleration of taxation of benefits.
 
ARTICLE 8                                
 
Beneficiary Designation
 
8.1   Beneficiary .  Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate his or her Beneficiary(ies) (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan to a beneficiary upon the death of a Participant.  The Beneficiary designated under this Plan may be the same as or different from the Beneficiary designation under any other plan of an Employer in which the Participant participates.
 
8.2   Beneficiary Designation .  A Participant shall designate his or her Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and returning it to the Committee or its designated agent.  A Participant shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Committee’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time.  If the Participant names someone other than his or her spouse as a Beneficiary, a spousal consent, in the form designated by the Committee, must be signed by that Participant’s spouse and returned to the Committee. Upon the acceptance by the Committee of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be canceled.  The Committee shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Participant and accepted by the Committee prior to his or her death.
 
8.3   Acknowledgment .  No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received and acknowledged in writing by the Committee.
 
8.4   No Beneficiary Designation .  If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided under this Article 8 or, if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her surviving spouse.  If the Participant has no surviving spouse, the benefits remaining under the Plan to be paid to a Beneficiary shall be payable to the executor or personal representative of the Participant’s estate.
 
8.5   Doubt as to Beneficiary .  If the Committee has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to this Plan, the Committee shall have the right, exercisable in its discretion, to cause the Participant’s Employer to withhold such payments until this matter is resolved to the Committee’s satisfaction.
 
8.6   Discharge of Obligations .  The payment of benefits under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge all Employers and the Committee from all further obligations under this Plan with respect to the Participant, and that Participant’s Plan Agreement shall terminate upon such full payment of benefits.
 
ARTICLE 9                                
 
Leave of Absence
 
9.1   Paid Leave of Absence .  If a Participant is authorized by the Participant’s Employer for any reason to take a paid leave of absence from the employment of the Employer, the Participant shall continue to be considered employed by the Employer and the Annual Deferral Amount shall continue to be withheld during such paid leave of absence in accordance with Section 3.3.
 
9.2   Unpaid Leave of Absence .  If a Participant is authorized by the Participant’s Employer for any reason to take an unpaid leave of absence from the employment of the Employer, the Participant shall continue to be considered employed by the Employer and the Participant shall be excused from making deferrals until the earlier of the date the leave of absence expires or the Participant returns to paid employment status.  Upon such expiration or return, deferrals shall resume for the remaining portion of the Plan Year in which the expiration or return occurs, based on the deferral election, if any, made for that Plan Year.  If no election was made for that Plan Year, no deferral shall be withheld.
 
ARTICLE 10                                
 
Termination, Amendment or Modification
 
10.1   Termination .  
 
(a)   Although all the Employers anticipate that the Plan will continue for an indefinite period of time, there is no guarantee that the Plan will not terminate at any time in the future.  Accordingly, the Employers reserve the right to terminate the Plan at any time by action of each Employer’s board of directors.
 
(b)   Upon termination of the Plan, the Plan Agreements of the Participants shall terminate and their Account Balances shall be distributed in a lump sum. The termination of the Plan shall not adversely affect any Participant or Beneficiary who has become entitled to the payment of any benefits under the Plan as of the date of termination; provided, however, that upon Plan termination, each Employer shall accelerate installment payments without a premium or prepayment penalty by paying the Account Balance in a lump sum.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, distributions shall not be made in connection with the termination of the Plan unless all the requirements of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) are satisfied.  After a Change in Control, the effect of termination of the Plan shall be governed by Section 10.3 below.
 
10.2   Amendment .  Subject to Section 10.3 below relating to amendments made after a Change in Control, any Employer may, at any time, amend or modify the Plan in whole or in part with respect to that Employer by the action of its board of directors; provided, however, that: (i) no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease or restrict the value of a Participant’s Account Balance in existence at the time the amendment or modification is made, calculated as if the Participant had experienced a Separation from Service as of the effective date of the amendment or modification; and (ii) no amendment or modification of this Section 10.2 or Section 11.2 of the Plan shall be effective.  Such amendment or modification of the Plan shall not affect any Participant or Beneficiary who has become entitled to the payment of benefits under the Plan as of the date of the amendment or modification.
 
10.3   Effect of Change in Control .  Despite the provisions of Sections 10.1 and 10.2 above, following a Change in Control, the provisions of this Plan or any Participant’s Plan Agreement may not be amended or terminated in any manner with respect to a Participant or Beneficiary if such amendment or termination would have an adverse effect in any way upon the computation or amount of or entitlement to benefits of such Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, including, but not limited to, any adverse change in or to the crediting or debiting of amounts to the Account Balances or the time or manner of payment of the Account Balances to any Participant or Beneficiary, unless the Participant or Beneficiary has given written consent to such amendment or termination.  An “adverse change” for purposes of this Section 10.3 shall include, but not be limited to, any acceleration of the payment of the Account Balances payable to the Participant or Beneficiary or a change in the composition of the risk and return characteristics represented by the available Measurement Funds or the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s ability to allocate his or her Account Balances among such Measurement Funds.
 
10.4   Plan Agreement .  Despite the provisions of Sections 10.1 and 10.2 above, if a Participant’s Plan Agreement contains benefits or limitations that are not in this Plan document, the Employer may amend or terminate such provisions only with the consent of the Participant.
 
10.5   Effect of Payment .  The full payment of the applicable benefit under Articles 4 or 5 of the Plan shall completely discharge all obligations to a Participant and his or her designated Beneficiaries under this Plan, and the Participant’s Plan Agreement shall thereafter terminate.
 
ARTICLE 11                                
 
Administration
 
11.1   Committee Duties .  Except as otherwise provided in this Article 11, this Plan shall be administered by a Committee that shall consist of the Board, or such committee as the Board shall appoint.  Members of the Committee may be Participants under this Plan.  The Committee shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.  Any individual serving on the Committee who is a Participant shall not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself or herself.  When making a determination or calculation, the Committee shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by a Participant or the Company.
 
11.2   Agents . In the administration of this Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to any Employer.
 
11.3   Indemnity of Committee .  All Employers shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee, and any Employee to whom the duties of the Committee may be delegated, against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Committee any of its members or any such Employee.
 
11.4   Employer Information .  To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Company and each Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee on all matters relating to the compensation of its Participants, the date and circumstances of the Disability or Separation from Service of its Participants and such other pertinent information as the Committee may reasonably require.
 
ARTICLE 12                                
 
Other Benefits and Agreements
 
12.1   Coordination with Other Benefits .  The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant’s Beneficiary under the Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Participant’s Employer.  The Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided.
 
ARTICLE 13                                
 
Claims Procedures
 
13.1   Presentation of Claim .  Any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant (such Participant or Beneficiary being referred to below as a “ Claimant ”) may deliver to the Committee or its designated agent a written claim for a determination with respect to the amounts distributable to such Claimant from the Plan.  If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the Claimant, the claim must be made within 60 days after such notice was received by the Claimant.  All other claims must be made within 180 days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred.  The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.
 
13.2   Notification of Decision .  The Committee shall consider a Claimant’s claim within a reasonable time and shall notify the Claimant in writing:
 
(a)   that the Claimant’s requested determination has been made and that the claim has been allowed in full; or
 
(b)   that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Claimant’s requested determination, and such notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:
 
(i)   the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim, or any part of it;
 
(ii)   specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which such denial was based;
 
(iii)   a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
 
(iv)   an explanation of the claim review procedure set forth in Section 13.3 below.
 
13.3   Review of a Denied Claim .  Within 60 days after receiving a notice from the Committee that a claim has been denied, in whole or in part, a Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative) may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the denial of the claim.  Thereafter, but not later than 30 days after the review procedure has begun, the Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative):
 
(a)   may review pertinent documents;
 
(b)   may submit written comments or other documents; and/or
 
(c)   may request a hearing, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant.
 
13.4   Decision on Review .  The Committee shall render its decision on review promptly, and not later than 60 days after the filing of a written request for review of the denial, unless a hearing is held or other special circumstances require additional time, in which case the Committee’s decision must be rendered within 120 days after such date.  Such decision must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, and it must contain:
 
(a)   specific reasons for the decision;
 
(b)   specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision was based; and
 
(c)   such other matters as the Committee deems relevant.
 
13.5   Legal Action .  A Claimant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Article 13 is a mandatory prerequisite to a Claimant’s right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under this Plan.
 
ARTICLE 14                                
 
Trust
 
14.1   Establishment of the Trust .  The Company may establish a Trust to hold assets in connection with this Plan. In the event that a Trust is established, each Employer shall transfer over to the Trust such assets as the Employer determines, in its sole discretion, are necessary to provide, on a present-value basis, for its respective future liabilities created with respect to the Annual Deferral Amounts, Annual Employer Contribution Amounts and Matching Contribution Amounts for such Employer’s Participants for all periods prior to the transfer, as well as any debits and credits to the Participants’ Account Balances for all periods prior to the transfer, taking into consideration the value of the assets in the trust at the time of the transfer.
 
14.2   Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust .  The provisions of the Plan and the Plan Agreement shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan.  The provisions of the Trust shall govern the rights of the Employers, Participants and creditors of the Employers to the assets transferred to the Trust.  Each Employer shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under the Plan.
 
14.3   Distributions From the Trust .  Each Employer’s obligations under the Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust, and any such distribution shall reduce the Employer’s obligations under this Plan.
 
ARTICLE 15                                
 
Miscellaneous
 
15.1   Status of Plan .  The Plan is intended to be a plan that is not qualified within the meaning of Code section 401(a) and that “is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of ERISA sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1).  In all respects, the Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Code section 409A and all regulations issued thereunder.  The Plan shall be administered and interpreted to the extent possible in a manner consistent with that intent.
 
15.2   Unsecured General Creditor .  Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in any property or assets of an Employer.  For purposes of the payment of benefits under this Plan, any and all of an Employer’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged unrestricted assets of the Employer.  An Employer’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.
 
15.3   Employer’s Liability .  An Employer’s liability for the payment of benefits shall be defined only by the Plan and the Plan Agreement, as entered into between the Employer and a Participant.  An Employer shall have no obligation to a Participant under the Plan except as expressly provided in the Plan and his or her Plan Agreement.
 
15.4   Nonassignability .  Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable.  No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise.
 
15.5   Not a Contract of Employment .  The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between any Employer and the Participant.  Such employment is hereby acknowledged to be an “at-will” employment relationship that can be terminated at any time for any reason, or no reason, with or without cause, and with or without notice, unless expressly provided in a written employment agreement.  Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of any Employer as an Employee, or to interfere with the right of any Employer to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.
 
15.6   Furnishing Information .  A Participant or his or her Beneficiary will cooperate with the Committee by furnishing any and all information requested by the Committee and take such other actions as may be requested in order to facilitate the administration of the Plan and the payments of benefits hereunder, including but not limited to taking such physical examinations as the Committee may deem necessary.
 
15.7   Terms .  Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.
 
15.8   Captions .  The captions of the articles, sections and paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.
 
15.9   Governing Law .  Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Illinois without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.
 
15.10   Notice .  Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:
 
Executive Vice President- Administration
MB Financial, Inc.
6111 North River Road
Rosemont, IL 60018
 
Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.
 
Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Participant.
 
15.11   Successors .  The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Participant’s Employer and its successors and assigns and the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiaries.  The Company shall require any successor or assignee to expressly and unconditionally assume and agree to perform or cause to be performed each Employer’s obligations hereunder.  In addition, the Company shall require the ultimate parent entity of any successor or assignee to expressly guaranty the prompt performance by such successor or assignee.
 
15.12   Spouse’s Interest .  The interest in the benefits hereunder of a spouse of a Participant who has predeceased the Participant shall automatically pass to the Participant and shall not be transferable by such spouse in any manner, including but not limited to such spouse’s will, nor shall such interest pass under the laws of intestate succession.
 
15.13   Validity .  In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.
 
15.14   Incompetent .  If the Committee determines in its discretion that a benefit under this Plan is to be paid to a minor, a person declared incompetent or a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Committee may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person.  The Committee may require proof of minority, incompetence, incapacity or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate, prior to distribution of the benefit.  Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such payment amount.
 
15.15   Court Order .  The Committee is authorized to make any payments directed by court order in any action in which the Plan or the Committee has been named as a party.  In addition, if a court determines that a spouse or former spouse of a Participant has an interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan in connection with a property settlement or otherwise, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the right, notwithstanding any election made by a Participant, to immediately distribute the spouse’s or former spouse’s interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan to that spouse or former spouse.
 
15.16   Distribution in the Event of Taxation .
 
(a)   In General .  If, for any reason, all or any portion of a Participant’s benefits under this Plan becomes taxable to the Participant prior to receipt, a Participant may petition the Committee before a Change in Control, or the trustee of the Trust after a Change in Control, for a distribution of that portion of his or her benefit that has become taxable.  Upon the grant of such a petition, which grant shall not be unreasonably withheld (and, after a Change in Control, shall be granted), a Participant’s Employer shall distribute to the Participant immediately available funds in an amount equal to the taxable portion of his or her benefit (which amount shall not exceed a Participant’s unpaid Account Balance under the Plan).  If the petition is granted, the tax liability distribution shall be made within 90 days of the date when the Participant’s petition is granted.  Such a distribution shall affect and reduce the benefits to be paid under this Plan.
 
(b)   Trust .  If the Trust terminates in accordance with its terms and benefits are distributed from the Trust thereunder to a Participant, the Participant’s benefits under this Plan shall be reduced to the extent of such distributions.
 
15.17   Insurance .  The Employers, on their own behalf or on behalf of the trustee of the Trust, and, in their sole discretion, may apply for and procure insurance on the life of the Participant, in such amounts and in such forms as the Trust may choose.  The Employers or the trustee of the Trust, as the case may be, shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such insurance.  The Participant shall have no interest whatsoever in any such policy or policies and at the request of the Employers shall submit to medical examinations and supply such information and execute such documents as may be required by the insurance company or companies to whom the Employers have applied for insurance.
 
15.18   Legal Fees to Enforce Rights After Change in Control .  In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall pay all reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses incurred by a Participant or Beneficiary in enforcing any provision of this Plan or as a result of the Company’s or any Employer’s contesting the validity, enforceability or interpretation of this Plan.  Such payment shall be made within 30 days after the Participant or Beneficiary submits in writing a request for payment accompanied with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred by the Participant or Beneficiary. In no case will a payment under this Section 15.18 be made after December 31 of the year following the year in which the Participant or Beneficiary incurred such fees and expenses.
 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has signed this Plan document as of December ___, 2008.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC .
 
 
By:
Title:                                                                


 
APPENDIX A
 
The following provisions govern the distribution of benefits that were earned and vested as of December 31, 2004 (including any earnings thereon).  The provisions of this Appendix A mirror the Plan provisions effective as of December 31, 2004 and should be interpreted accordingly.
 
A.1.   Definitions
 
(a)   “Account Balance” shall mean a Participant’s vested interest in the Plan as of December 31, 2004.
 
(b)   “Disability” shall mean a period of disability during which a Participant qualifies for permanent disability benefits under the Participant’s Employer’s long-term disability plan, or, if a Participant does not participate in such a plan, a period of disability during which the Participant would have qualified for permanent disability benefits under such a plan had the Participant been a participant in such a plan, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.  If the Participant’s Employer does not sponsor such a plan, or discontinues to sponsor such a plan, Disability shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
 
(c)   “Retirement,” “Retire(s)” or “Retired” shall mean severance from employment from all Employers for any reason other than a leave of absence, death or Disability on or after the earlier of the attainment of (a) age sixty-five (65) or (b) age fifty-five (55) with ten (10) years of service.
 
(d)   “Termination of Employment” or “Termination” shall mean the severing of employment with all Employers, voluntarily or involuntarily, for any reason other than Disability, death or an authorized leave of absence.
 
(e)   “Unforeseeable Financial Emergency” shall mean an unanticipated emergency that is caused by an event beyond the control of the Participant that would result in severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from (i) a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or a dependent of the Participant, (ii) a loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty or (iii) such other extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, all as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.  A distribution will be deemed to be on account of an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency if the distribution is on account of:
 
(i)   Unreimbursed medical expenses (as defined in Code section 213(d)) and amounts necessary to obtain medical care for the Participant, the Participant’s spouse or any dependent;
 
(ii)   the purchase of the Participant’s principal residence (but not ongoing mortgage payments);
 
(iii)   tuition and related educational fees for the immediately forthcoming twelve (12) month period of post-secondary education for the Participant, his spouse or dependents; or
 
(iv)   the need to prevent eviction from or foreclosure on a Participant’s principal residence.
 
Terms used in this Appendix but not defined above shall be defined under the terms of the Plan in effect as of December 31, 2004.
 
A.2.   Distribution of Benefits
 
(a)   Withdrawal Payout/Suspensions for Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies .  If the Participant experiences an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, the Participant may petition the Committee to receive a partial or full payout from the Plan.  The payout shall not exceed the lesser of the Participant’s Account Balance, calculated as if such Participant were receiving a Termination Benefit, or the amount reasonably needed to satisfy the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency.  If, subject to the sole discretion of the Committee, the petition for payout is approved, any payout shall be made within 60 days of the date of approval.  The payment of any amount under this Section A.2(a) shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
 
(b)   Withdrawal Election .  A Participant (or, after a Participant’s death, his or her Beneficiary) may elect, at any time, to withdraw all of his or her Account Balance, calculated as if there had occurred a Termination of Employment as of the day of the election, less a withdrawal penalty equal to 10% of such amount (the net amount shall be referred to as the “Withdrawal Amount”).  This election can be made at any time, before or after Retirement, Disability, death or Termination of Employment, and whether or not the Participant (or Beneficiary) is in the process of being paid pursuant to an installment payment schedule.  If made before Retirement, Disability or death, a Participant’s Withdrawal Amount shall be his or her Account Balance calculated as if there had occurred a Termination of Employment as of the day of the election.  No partial withdrawals of the Withdrawal Amount shall be allowed.  The Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) shall make this election by giving the Committee advance written notice of the election in a form determined from time to time by the Committee.  The Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) shall be paid the Withdrawal Amount within 60 days of his or her election.  The payment of the Withdrawal Amount shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
 
(c)   Retirement Benefit .   Subject to the Deduction Limitation, a Participant who Retires shall receive as a Retirement Benefit his or her Account Balance.
 
(i)   Payment of Retirement Benefit .  The Committee, in its sole and unrestricted discretion, but taking into account any election made by the Participant, shall determine whether the Participant will receive distribution of all amounts payable to him under this paragraph, in a lump sum, in installments over 60 months or in installments over 120 months. The Participant may change his elected form of payment by submitting an Election Form to that effect which is accepted by the Committee at least twelve (12) months prior to his or her Retirement Date. Installment payments shall be calculated and paid pursuant to the Monthly Installment Method. The lump sum payment shall be made, or installment payments shall commence, no later than 60 days after the date of the Participant’s Retirement.  Also, the Committee, in its sole and unrestricted discretion, but taking into account any request made by the Participant, shall determine whether the lump-sum payment shall be in cash or in kind.  Payment shall be made no later than 60 days after the date of the Participant’s Retirement.  Any payment made shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
 
(ii)   Death Prior to Entire Payment of Retirement Benefit .  If a Participant dies after Retirement but before the Retirement Benefit is paid in full, the Participant’s unpaid Retirement Benefit payments shall continue and shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary (i) over the remaining number of months and in the same amounts as that benefit would have been paid to the Participant had the Participant survived, or (ii) in a lump sum, if requested by the Beneficiary and allowed in the sole discretion of the Committee, that is equal to the Participant’s unpaid remaining Account Balance.  Payment shall be payable either in cash or in-kind, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, taking into account any request made by the Beneficiary.
 
(d)   Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit.   Subject to the Deduction Limitation, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive a Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit equal to the Participant’s Account Balance if the Participant dies before he or she Retires, experiences a Termination of Employment or suffers a Disability.
 
(i)   Payment of Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit .  The Committee, in its sole and unrestricted discretion, but taking into account any election made by the Participant, shall determine whether the Participant will receive distribution of all amounts payable to him under this paragraph, in a cash lump sum, in installments over 60 months or in installments over 120 months. Installment payments shall be calculated and paid pursuant to the Monthly Installment Method. The lump sum payment shall be made, or installment payments shall commence, no later than 60 days after the date the Committee is provided with proof that is satisfactory to the Committee of the Participant’s death.  Also, the Committee, in its sole and unrestricted discretion, but taking into account any request made by the Beneficiary, shall determine whether the lump-sum payment shall be in cash or in kind.  Any payment made shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
 
(e)   Termination Benefit .  Subject to the Deduction Limitation, the Participant shall receive a Termination Benefit, which shall be equal to the Participant’s Account Balance, if a Participant experiences a Termination of Employment prior to his or her Retirement, death or Disability.
 
(i)   Payment of Termination Benefit .  The Committee, in its sole and unrestricted discretion, but taking into account any election made by the Participant, shall determine whether the Participant will receive distribution of all amounts payable to him under this paragraph, in a lump sum, in installments over 60 months or in installments over 120 months. The Participant may change his elected form of payment by submitting an Election Form to that effect which is accepted by the Committee at least twelve (12) months prior to his or her Retirement Date. Installment payments shall be calculated and paid pursuant to the Monthly Installment Method.  The lump sum payment shall be made, or installment payments shall commence, no later than 60 days after the date of the Participant’s Retirement.  Also, the Committee, in its sole and unrestricted discretion, but taking into account any request made by the Participant, shall determine whether the lump sum payment shall be in cash or in kind.  Payment shall be made no later than 60 days after the date of the Participant’s Termination of Employment.  Any payment made shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.  Should the Participant die before payment of his entire Termination Benefit, Section 5.2 of the Plan shall apply.
 
(f)   Disability Waiver and Benefit.
 
(i)   Disability Benefit .  A Participant suffering a Disability shall, for benefit purposes under this Plan, continue to be considered to be employed and shall be eligible for the benefits provided in (a)-(e) above.  Notwithstanding the above, the Committee shall have the right to, in its sole and absolute discretion and for purposes of this Plan only, and must in the case of a Participant who is otherwise eligible for Retirement, deem the Participant to have experienced a Termination of Employment, or in the case of a Participant who is eligible for Retirement, to have attained (or reached) Retirement, at any time (or in the case of a Participant who is eligible for Retirement, as soon as practicable) after such Participant is determined to be suffering a Disability, in which case the Participant shall receive a Disability Benefit equal to his or her Account Balance at the time of the Committee’s determination; provided, however, that should the Participant otherwise have been eligible for Retirement, he or she shall be paid in accordance with (c) above.  The Disability Benefit shall be paid in a lump sum within 60 days of the Committee’s exercise of such right.  Any payment made shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
 
(g)   Court Order .  The Committee is authorized to make any payments directed by court order in any action in which the Plan or the Committee has been named as a party.  In addition, if a court determines that a spouse or former spouse of a Participant has an interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan in connection with a property settlement or otherwise, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the right, notwithstanding any election made by a Participant, to immediately distribute the spouse’s or former spouse’s interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan to that spouse or former spouse.
 
(h)   Distribution in the Event of Taxation .
 
(i)   In General .  If, for any reason, all or any portion of a Participant’s benefits under this Plan becomes taxable to the Participant prior to receipt, a Participant may petition the Committee before a Change in Control, or the trustee of the Trust after a Change in Control, for a distribution of that portion of his or her benefit that has become taxable.  Upon the grant of such a petition, which grant shall not be unreasonably withheld (and, after a Change in Control, shall be granted), a Participant’s Employer shall distribute to the Participant immediately available funds in an amount equal to the taxable portion of his or her benefit (which amount shall not exceed a Participant’s unpaid Account Balance under the Plan).  If the petition is granted, the tax liability distribution shall be made within 90 days of the date when the Participant’s petition is granted.  Such a distribution shall affect and reduce the benefits to be paid under this Plan.
 
(ii)   Trust .  If the Trust terminates in accordance with Section 3.6(e) of the Trust, and benefits are distributed from the Trust to a Participant in accordance with that Section, the Participant’s benefits under this Plan shall be reduced to the extent of such distributions.
 
(i)   Termination of Participation Benefit . If the Committee determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, or is no longer a director, the Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion immediately distribute the Participant’s then Account Balance as a Termination Benefit to the Participant.
 
EXHIBIT 10.15
 
TAX GROSS UP AGREEMENT
 
This Tax Gross Up Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 5th day of December, 2008 by and between MB Financial, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and the undersigned officer (the “ Executive ”).
 
WHEREAS , it is possible that the Executive may receive or be entitled to receive payments or benefits from the Company and/or its subsidiaries (“ Payments ”) in connection with or arising from a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined), or an associated event linked to a Change in Control, which could result in the receipt by the Executive of an “excess parachute payment” (as such term is defined in Section 280G(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”));
 
WHEREAS , if the Executive receives such an “excess parachute payment” from the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries; the Executive will be subject to a 20% excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code;
 
WHEREAS , it is the intention of the parties that the Executive should not be subject to any penalty tax by virtue of any Payments unless his employment ceases due to a Termination for Cause (as such term is hereinafter defined); and
 
WHEREAS , it has been agreed to by the Company and the Executive that if the Executive is subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 by virtue of any Payments in connection with or arising from a Change in Control, then, the Company shall make an additional cash payment or cash payments to the Executive that will provide the Executive with sufficient funds, on an after tax basis, to pay the penalty tax imposed on any such Payment and the penalty tax imposed on the additional cash payment or payments, unless the Executive’s employment ceases due to a Termination for Cause, except that such additional cash payment shall not be made and the Payments shall be reduced in the event the Payments, prior to reduction, do not exceed a threshold amount described below.
 
NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties, it is agreed by the parties as follows:
 
1.   Definition of Certain Terms .
 
(a)   Change in Control ” means a change in ownership or control of the Company or a substantial portion of the assets of the Company as defined in Section 280G of the Code.  For purposes of this Agreement, references to sections of the Code shall mean such section and each successor or replacement section, together with regulations and other published guidance thereunder.
 
(b)   Termination for Cause ” means, in the case of an Executive who is party to an Employment Agreement, Change in Control Severance Agreement or similar agreement with the Company or a Company subsidiary (any such agreement an “ Employment Agreement ”), means a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company for “cause,” or “just cause” or words of similar import under such Employment Agreement, and for any Executive who is not party to an Employment Agreement, means termination of the employment of the Executive by the Company or a Company subsidiary at any time prior to or within one year following a Change in Control because of the Executive’s willful misconduct, breach of a fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order.  No act or failure to act by the Executive shall be considered willful unless the Executive acted or failed to act in bad faith and without a reasonable belief that his action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Company or a Company subsidiary.  The Executive shall not be subject to or experience a Termination for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution, duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) at a meeting of the Board duly called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board), stating that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive has engaged in conduct described above and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
 
2.   Tax Gross Up Payment .
 
(a)   In the event that any Payments would be subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code (such excise tax and any penalties and interest collectively, the “ Penalty Tax ”), then, except in the case of a De Minimus Excess Amount (as described below), the Company shall pay to the Executive in cash an additional amount equal to the Tax Gross Up Payment.
 
(b)   In the event that the amount by which the present value of the Payments which constitute “parachute payments” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code) (the “ Parachute Payments ”) exceeds three (3) times the Executive’s “base amount” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code) (the “ Base Amount ”) is an amount that is less than 30% of the Base Amount, such excess shall be deemed to be a De Minimus Excess Amount and the Executive shall not be entitled to an Tax Gross-Up Payment.  In such an instance, the Payments shall be reduced to an amount (the “ Non-Triggering Amount ”) such that the present value of the Parachute Payments is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executive’s Base Amount. The reduction required hereby shall be made by first by reducing any cash severance amounts payable to Executive, then by reducing other cash amounts included in the Payments and finally, to the extent necessary, reducing non-cash amounts included in the Payments. The amount of any reduction pursuant to this Section 2(b) is referred to below as the “ Reduction Amount .”
 
(c)     In the event the present value of the Parachute Payments exceed the Non-Triggering Amount by more than 30% of the Base Amount, then the Company shall pay the Tax Gross Up Payment to the Executive. The “ Tax Gross Up Payment ” shall be an amount such that after payment by the Executive of all federal, state, local, employment and Medicare taxes thereon (and any penalties and interest with respect thereto), the Executive retains on an after tax basis a portion of such amount equal to the aggregate of 100% of the Penalty Tax imposed upon the Payments and 100% of the Penalty Tax imposed upon the Tax Gross Up Payment.  For purposes of determining the amount of the Tax Gross Up Payment, the value of any non-cash benefits and deferred payments or benefits subject to the Penalty Tax shall be determined by the Company’s independent tax advisor in accordance with the principles of Section 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.  The Tax Gross Up Payment less required tax withholding shall be paid by the Company to the Executive on or within five business days after the earlier of (i) the date the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries is required to withhold tax with respect to any Payment or (ii) the date any Penalty Tax is required to be paid by the Executive.  As a result of uncertainty in the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code at the time the determinations are made under this Section 2 , or as a result of a subsequent determination by the Internal Revenue Service or a judicial authority, it is possible that the Company should have made Tax Gross-Up Payments and, the reduction, if any, of the Payments pursuant to Section 2(b) should not have been made (collectively an “Underpayment”), or that Tax Gross Up Payments will have been made by the Company which should not have been made and, if applicable, a reduction of the Payments under Section 2(b) should have occurred (collectively an “Overpayment”).  In the case of the Underpayment, the amount of such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.  In the case of an Overpayment, the Executive shall, at the direction and expense of the Company, take such steps as are reasonably necessary (including the filing of returns and claims for refund), follow reasonable instructions from, and procedures established by, the Company, and otherwise reasonably cooperate with the Company to correct such Overpayment, including repayment of such Overpayment to the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Executive experiences a Termination for Cause within one year of the Change in Control, then in that event, (a) if such termination occurs prior to the payment to the Executive of any Tax Gross Up Payment, then the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any Tax Gross Up Payment, or (b) if such termination occurs after an Tax Gross Up Payment has been made to the Executive, then the Executive shall remit to the Company within five days after such termination the full amount of the Tax Gross Up Payments thereto are paid to the Executive and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any other payments pursuant to this Section 2 .  However, if it is later determined that the Executive’s Termination for Cause was improper, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive the Tax Gross Up Payment, together with any actual consequential and incidental damages arising from the delay in his receipt of such payments.
 
3.   TARP .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or in any compensation plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company which covers Executive or to which Executive is a party or in which Executive participates, as of the date hereof, or which may become applicable to Executive hereinafter (collectively, the “ Compensation Arrangements ”), each provision of this Agreement and the Compensation Arrangements is amended and any amounts payable hereunder and thereunder are hereby amended and modified with respect to Executive, if and to the extent necessary, for the Company to comply with any requirements of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“ EESA ”) and/or the TARP Capital Purchase Program (“ CPP ”) (and the guidance or regulations issued thereunder by the United States Treasury Department at 31 CFR Part 30, effective October 20, 2008 (the “CPP Guidance”) which may become applicable to the Company, including, but not limited to, provisions prohibiting the Company from making any “golden parachute payments,” providing the Company may recover (“clawback”) bonus and incentive compensation in certain circumstances, and precluding bonus and incentive arrangements that encourage unnecessary or excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company, in each case within the meaning of EESA and the CPP Guidance and only to the extent applicable to the Company and Executive.  For purposes of this Section 3 , references to “Company” means MB Financial, Inc. and any entities treated as a single employer with MB Financial, Inc. under the CPP Guidance.  Executive hereby agrees to execute such documents, agreements or waivers as the Company deems necessary or appropriate to effect such amendments to this Agreement or the Compensation Arrangements or to facilitate the participation of the Company in the TARP Capital Purchase Program or any other programs under EESA.
 
The application of this Section 3 is intended to, and shall be interpreted, administered and construed to, comply with Section 111 of EESA and the CPP Guidance and, to the maximum extent consistent with this Section 3 and such statute and regulations, to permit the operation of this Agreement and the Compensation Arrangements in accordance with their terms before giving effect to the provisions of this Section 3 , EESA and the CPP Guidance.
 
4.   Repeal and Replacement of Contrary Provisions .  In the event the Company and/or its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Executive, on the other hand, are parties to any agreement or arrangement, including without limitation, any employment agreement, change in control agreement, severance agreement or arrangement, stock option agreement, restricted stock agreement (other than this Agreement), that provides for (a) a reduction of payments or benefits to the Executive so that the payments or benefits do not become nondeductible pursuant to or by reason of Section 280G of the Code or (b) a limitation on the circumstances under which a tax gross up payment is to be paid, or the amount of a gross up payment to be paid, to the Executive, (the “Contrary Provisions”), such Contrary Provisions are hereby repealed and terminated and superceded and replaced by the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any Contrary Provisions implementing provisions similar to those set forth in Section 3 above, provided, further, that the foregoing shall not apply to that certain Transitional Employment Agreement, dated as of January 26, 1999, between the Executive and the Company (as successor to First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc.).
 
5.   Final Agreement and Binding Effect .  This Agreement represents the final agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and may only be modified or amended by subsequent writing that is executed by the parties.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns and the Executive and his or her estate, heirs and beneficiaries.
 
6.   Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.
 
7.   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.
 
This Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto as of the date first above written.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC.
 
 
By:                                                                
 
EXECUTIVE
 
 
 
Print Name:                                                              

EXHIBIT 10.15A
 
TAX GROSS UP AGREEMENT
 
This Tax Gross Up Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 5th day of December, 2008 by and between MB Financial, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and the undersigned officer (the “ Executive ”).
 
WHEREAS , it is possible that the Executive may receive or be entitled to receive payments or benefits from the Company and/or its subsidiaries (“ Payments ”) in connection with or arising from a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined), or an associated event linked to a Change in Control, which could result in the receipt by the Executive of an “excess parachute payment” (as such term is defined in Section 280G(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”));
 
WHEREAS , if the Executive receives such an “excess parachute payment” from the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries; the Executive will be subject to a 20% excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code;
 
WHEREAS , it is the intention of the parties that the Executive should not be subject to any penalty tax by virtue of any Payments unless his employment ceases due to a Termination for Cause (as such term is hereinafter defined); and
 
WHEREAS , it has been agreed to by the Company and the Executive that if the Executive is subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 by virtue of any Payments in connection with or arising from a Change in Control, then, the Company shall make an additional cash payment or cash payments to the Executive that will provide the Executive with sufficient funds, on an after tax basis, to pay the penalty tax imposed on any such Payment and the penalty tax imposed on the additional cash payment or payments, unless the Executive’s employment ceases due to a Termination for Cause, except that such additional cash payment shall not be made and the Payments shall be reduced in the event the Payments, prior to reduction, do not exceed a threshold amount described below.
 
NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties, it is agreed by the parties as follows:
 
1.   Definition of Certain Terms .
 
(a)   Change in Control ” means a change in ownership or control of the Company or a substantial portion of the assets of the Company as defined in Section 280G of the Code.  For purposes of this Agreement, references to sections of the Code shall mean such section and each successor or replacement section, together with regulations and other published guidance thereunder.
 
(b)   Termination for Cause ” means, in the case of an Executive who is party to an Employment Agreement, Change in Control Severance Agreement or similar agreement with the Company or a Company subsidiary (any such agreement an “ Employment Agreement ”), means a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company for “cause,” or “just cause” or words of similar import under such Employment Agreement, and for any Executive who is not party to an Employment Agreement, means termination of the employment of the Executive by the Company or a Company subsidiary at any time prior to or within one year following a Change in Control because of the Executive’s willful misconduct, breach of a fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order.  No act or failure to act by the Executive shall be considered willful unless the Executive acted or failed to act in bad faith and without a reasonable belief that his action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Company or a Company subsidiary.  The Executive shall not be subject to or experience a Termination for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution, duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) at a meeting of the Board duly called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board), stating that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive has engaged in conduct described above and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
 
2.   Tax Gross Up Payment .
 
(a)   In the event that any Payments would be subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code (such excise tax and any penalties and interest collectively, the “ Penalty Tax ”), then, except in the case of a De Minimus Excess Amount (as described below), the Company shall pay to the Executive in cash an additional amount equal to the Tax Gross Up Payment.
 
(b)   In the event that the amount by which the present value of the Payments which constitute “parachute payments” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code) (the “ Parachute Payments ”) exceeds three (3) times the Executive’s “base amount” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code) (the “ Base Amount ”) is an amount that is less than 30% of the Base Amount, such excess shall be deemed to be a De Minimus Excess Amount and the Executive shall not be entitled to an Tax Gross-Up Payment.  In such an instance, the Payments shall be reduced to an amount (the “ Non-Triggering Amount ”) such that the present value of the Parachute Payments is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executive’s Base Amount. The reduction required hereby shall be made by first by reducing any cash severance amounts payable to Executive, then by reducing other cash amounts included in the Payments and finally, to the extent necessary, reducing non-cash amounts included in the Payments. The amount of any reduction pursuant to this Section 2(b) is referred to below as the “ Reduction Amount .”
 
(c)     In the event the present value of the Parachute Payments exceed the Non-Triggering Amount by more than 30% of the Base Amount, then the Company shall pay the Tax Gross Up Payment to the Executive. The “ Tax Gross Up Payment ” shall be an amount such that after payment by the Executive of all federal, state, local, employment and Medicare taxes thereon (and any penalties and interest with respect thereto), the Executive retains on an after tax basis a portion of such amount equal to the aggregate of 100% of the Penalty Tax imposed upon the Payments and 100% of the Penalty Tax imposed upon the Tax Gross Up Payment.  For purposes of determining the amount of the Tax Gross Up Payment, the value of any non-cash benefits and deferred payments or benefits subject to the Penalty Tax shall be determined by the Company’s independent tax advisor in accordance with the principles of Section 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.  The Tax Gross Up Payment less required tax withholding shall be paid by the Company to the Executive on or within five business days after the earlier of (i) the date the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries is required to withhold tax with respect to any Payment or (ii) the date any Penalty Tax is required to be paid by the Executive.  As a result of uncertainty in the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code at the time the determinations are made under this Section 2 , or as a result of a subsequent determination by the Internal Revenue Service or a judicial authority, it is possible that the Company should have made Tax Gross-Up Payments and, the reduction, if any, of the Payments pursuant to Section 2(b) should not have been made (collectively an “Underpayment”), or that Tax Gross Up Payments will have been made by the Company which should not have been made and, if applicable, a reduction of the Payments under Section 2(b) should have occurred (collectively an “Overpayment”).  In the case of the Underpayment, the amount of such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.  In the case of an Overpayment, the Executive shall, at the direction and expense of the Company, take such steps as are reasonably necessary (including the filing of returns and claims for refund), follow reasonable instructions from, and procedures established by, the Company, and otherwise reasonably cooperate with the Company to correct such Overpayment, including repayment of such Overpayment to the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Executive experiences a Termination for Cause within one year of the Change in Control, then in that event, (a) if such termination occurs prior to the payment to the Executive of any Tax Gross Up Payment, then the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any Tax Gross Up Payment, or (b) if such termination occurs after an Tax Gross Up Payment has been made to the Executive, then the Executive shall remit to the Company within five days after such termination the full amount of the Tax Gross Up Payments thereto are paid to the Executive and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any other payments pursuant to this Section 2 .  However, if it is later determined that the Executive’s Termination for Cause was improper, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive the Tax Gross Up Payment, together with any actual consequential and incidental damages arising from the delay in his receipt of such payments.
 
3.   TARP .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or in any compensation plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company which covers Executive or to which Executive is a party or in which Executive participates, as of the date hereof, or which may become applicable to Executive hereinafter (collectively, the “ Compensation Arrangements ”), each provision of this Agreement and the Compensation Arrangements is amended and any amounts payable hereunder and thereunder are hereby amended and modified with respect to Executive, if and to the extent necessary, for the Company to comply with any requirements of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“ EESA ”) and/or the TARP Capital Purchase Program (“ CPP ”) (and the guidance or regulations issued thereunder by the United States Treasury Department at 31 CFR Part 30, effective October 20, 2008 (the “CPP Guidance”) which may become applicable to the Company, including, but not limited to, provisions prohibiting the Company from making any “golden parachute payments,” providing the Company may recover (“clawback”) bonus and incentive compensation in certain circumstances, and precluding bonus and incentive arrangements that encourage unnecessary or excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company, in each case within the meaning of EESA and the CPP Guidance and only to the extent applicable to the Company and Executive.  For purposes of this Section 3 , references to “Company” means MB Financial, Inc. and any entities treated as a single employer with MB Financial, Inc. under the CPP Guidance.  Executive hereby agrees to execute such documents, agreements or waivers as the Company deems necessary or appropriate to effect such amendments to this Agreement or the Compensation Arrangements or to facilitate the participation of the Company in the TARP Capital Purchase Program or any other programs under EESA.
 
The application of this Section 3 is intended to, and shall be interpreted, administered and construed to, comply with Section 111 of EESA and the CPP Guidance and, to the maximum extent consistent with this Section 3 and such statute and regulations, to permit the operation of this Agreement and the Compensation Arrangements in accordance with their terms before giving effect to the provisions of this Section 3 , EESA and the CPP Guidance.
 
4.   Repeal and Replacement of Contrary Provisions .  In the event the Company and/or its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Executive, on the other hand, are parties to any agreement or arrangement, including without limitation, any employment agreement, change in control agreement, severance agreement or arrangement, stock option agreement, restricted stock agreement (other than this Agreement), that provides for (a) a reduction of payments or benefits to the Executive so that the payments or benefits do not become nondeductible pursuant to or by reason of Section 280G of the Code or (b) a limitation on the circumstances under which a tax gross up payment is to be paid, or the amount of a gross up payment to be paid, to the Executive, (the “Contrary Provisions”), such Contrary Provisions are hereby repealed and terminated and superceded and replaced by the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any Contrary Provisions implementing provisions similar to those set forth in Section 3 above, provided, further, that the foregoing shall not apply to that certain Transitional Employment Agreement, dated as of January 26, 1999, between the Executive and the Company (as successor to First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc.).
 
5.   Final Agreement and Binding Effect .  This Agreement represents the final agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and may only be modified or amended by subsequent writing that is executed by the parties.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns and the Executive and his or her estate, heirs and beneficiaries.
 
6.   Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.
 
7.   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.
 
This Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto as of the date first above written.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC.
 
 
By:                                                                
 
EXECUTIVE
 
 
 
Print Name:                                                              

EXHIBIT 10.18A
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC.
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
 
AMENDMENT TO
 
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENTS
 
AND
 
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENTS
 
THIS AMENDMENT AGREEMENT, is made and entered into as of December 5, 2008, by and between MB Financial, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned executive officer of MB Financial, Inc. (“Executive”) under the MB Financial, Inc. Amended and Restated Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), amends each agreement (each an “Option Agreement”) evidencing a stock option and each agreement evidencing a restricted stock award (each a “Restricted Stock Agreement”) granted to the Executive under the Plan and in effect on the date hereof:
 
1.   Effect of Change in Control .  The provisions of each Stock Option Agreement and each Restricted Stock Agreement relating to the effect of a Change in Control are hereby amended in their entirety to provide that upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan): (a) each outstanding Option shall become immediately exercisable in full, and (b) any Restricted Period and other restrictions applicable to Shares subject to such Restricted Stock Agreement shall lapse and such Shares shall become vested in full.
 
2.   Effect of this Amendment Agreement .  Except as expressly provided for herein, this Amendment Agreement shall effect no amendment, change or modification whatsoever of or to an Stock Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Agreement or to the Plan; except that for purposes of determining the exercise period of Options following termination of employment, references to “vesting date” in the Stock Option Agreement shall mean the date the Option would have become exercisable, notwithstanding the acceleration of vesting upon a Change in Control.  Unless defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Amendment Agreement shall have the same meaning ascribed to them under the Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement, as applicable.
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Amendment Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.
 
 
MB FINANCIAL, INC.
 
 
 
Its:
Attested by :
 
   
Its:  ________________________________
 
 
EXECUTIVE :
 
 

 

 
 

 
MB FINANCIAL, INC.
 
SUBSIDIARIES OF MB FINANCIAL, INC.
 
           
Subsidiary
 
Ownership
 
Jurisdiction
 
MB Financial Bank, N.A.
 
Wholly-owned subsidiary of MB Financial, Inc.
 
United States
 
Coal City Capital Trust I
 
MB Financial, Inc. owns 100% of the common securities of the trust
 
Delaware
 
MB Financial Capital Trust I
 
MB Financial, Inc. owns 100% of the common securities of the trust
 
Delaware
 
MB Financial Capital Trust II
 
MB Financial, Inc. owns 100% of the common securities of the trust
 
Delaware
 
Ashland Management Agency, Inc.
 
Wholly-owned subsidiary of MB Financial Bank
 
Illinois
 
MB Financial Capital Trust III
 
MB Financial, Inc. owns 100% of the common securities of the trust
 
Delaware
 
MB Financial Capital Trust IV
 
MB Financial, Inc. owns 100% of the common securities of the trust
 
Delaware
 
MB Financial Capital Trust V
 
MB Financial, Inc. owns 100% of the common securities of the trust
 
Delaware
 
MB Financial Capital Trust VI
 
MB Financial, Inc. owns 100% of the common securities of the trust
 
Delaware
 
FOBB Capital Trust I
 
MB Financial, Inc. owns 100% of the common securities of the trust
 
Connecticut
 
FOBB Capital Trust III
 
MB Financial, Inc. owns 100% of the common securities of the trust
 
Delaware
 
MB1200 Corporation
 
Wholly-owned subsidiary of MB Financial Bank
 
Illinois
 
MB Deferred Exchange Corporation
 
Wholly-owned subsidiary of MB Financial Bank
 
Illinois
 
MB Financial Community Development Corporation
 
Wholly-owned subsidiary of MB Financial Bank
 
Illinois
                                      
MB Financial Center, LLC
 
Wholly-owned subsidiary of MB Financial Bank
 
Illinois
 
MB Financial Center Land Owner, LLC
 
Wholly-owned subsidiary of MB Financial Bank
 
Illinois
 
LaSalle Systems Leasing, Inc.
 
Wholly-owned subsidiary of MB Financial Bank
 
Illinois
 
Melrose Equipment Company, LLC
 
Wholly-owned subsidiary of LaSalle Systems Leasing, Inc.
 
Illinois
 
LaSalle Business Solutions, LLC
 
Subsidiary of LaSalle Systems Leasing, Inc.
 
Illinois
 
MBRE Holdings, LLC
 
Wholly-owned subsidiary of MB Financial Bank
 
Delaware
 
MB Real Estate Holdings, LLC
 
Majority owned subsidiary of MBRE Holdings LLC
 
Delaware
 
Vision Investment Services, Inc.
 
Wholly-owned subsidiary of MB Financial Bank
 
Illinois
 
Vision Asset Management,  Inc.
 
Wholly-owned subsidiary of Vision Investment Services, Inc.
 
Illinois
 
Vision Insurance Services, Inc.
 
Wholly-owned subsidiary of Vision Investment Services, Inc.
 
Illinois
 
Cedar Hill Associates, LLC
 
MB Financial Bank owns 80% of Cedar Hill Associates, LLC
 
Illinois
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT 23
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 



The Board of Directors
MB Financial, Inc.

We consent to incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-3 (no. 333-156332) and Form S-8 (nos. 333-105872, 333-64584, 333-81802, 333-97857, 333-120270 and 333-136997) of MB Financial, Inc. of our reports dated February 26, 2009, relating to our audits of the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting, which appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of MB Financial, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Schaumburg, Illinois
February 26, 2009




 
EXHIBIT 24
 
LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY

 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Mitchell Feiger and Jill York his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign MB Financial Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming said attorney-in-fact and agent or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has subscribed these presents, this 27th day of February 2009.
 
Signature
Title
   
/s/Mitchell Feiger
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Mitchell Feiger
(Principal Executive Officer)
   
/s/Jill E. York
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Jill E. York
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
   
/s/David P. Bolger
Director
David P. Bolger
 
   
/s/Robert S. Engelman, Jr.
Director
Robert S. Engelman, Jr.
 
   
/s/James N. Hallene
Director
James N. Hallene
 
   
/s/Thomas H. Harvey
Director
Thomas H. Harvey
 
   
/s/Patrick Henry
Director
Patrick Henry
 
   
/s/Richard J. Holmstrom
Director
Richard J. Holmstrom
 
   
/s/Charles J. Gries
Director
Charles J. Gries
 
   
/s/Karen J. May
Director
Karen J. May
 
   
/s/Ronald D. Santo
Director
Ronald D. Santo
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT 31.1
 
CERTIFICATION
 
 

 
 
I, Mitchell Feiger, certify that:
 
 
1.           I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of MB Financial, Inc.;
 
 
2.           Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
 
3.           Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
 
4.           The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
a)           Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
b)           Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
 
d)           Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
 
5.           The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
a)           All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
 
b)           Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
 

 
 
Date: February 27, 2009
 

/s/ Mitchell Feiger
Mitchell Feiger
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
EXHIBIT 31.2
 
CERTIFICATION

 
I, Jill E. York, certify that:
 
 
1.           I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of MB Financial, Inc.;
 
 
2.           Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
 
3.           Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
 
4.           The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
a)           Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
b)           Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
 
d)           Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
 
5.           The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
a)           All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
 
b)           Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
 

 
 
Date: February 27, 2009
 


/s/ Jill E. York
Jill E. York
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
EXHIBIT 32
 
CERTIFICATION

 
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each of the undersigned hereby certifies in his or her capacity as an officer of MB Financial, Inc. (the Company) that the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in such report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods presented in the financial statements included in such report.
 

     
Date: February 27, 2009
 
/s/Mitchell Feiger
   
Mitchell Feiger
   
President and Chief Executive Officer
     
Date: February 27, 2009
 
/s/ Jill E. York
   
Jill E. York
   
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer